<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/easy7/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 15 Jul 2023 05:45:20 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>Gamut Surveillance Client Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 15 Jul 2023 05:45:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[2M Live]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bosch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BVMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Config Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[E-Map]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Set Up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3233</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Gamut Surveillance Client Guide,This guide will show you how to access the live footage, recordings and settings of your Gamut ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/#more-3233" aria-label="Read more about Gamut Surveillance Client Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Gamut Surveillance Client Guide,This guide will show you how to access the live footage, recordings and settings of your Gamut camera or recorder, using a Windows or Mac computer.</p>
<h2 data-identifyelement="441">Before You Begin</h2>
<p data-identifyelement="441">Your Gamut device will need to be turned on and connected to your internet router. You will need to use a TV to set up the recorder for the first time, follow the <a href="http://downloads.spycameracctv.com/DVRGT1/manuals/DVRGT1-quickstart.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">quick start guide</a> to do so. After the initial setup, a TV or monitor is not necessary when accessing the recorder via a network connection.</p>
<p data-identifyelement="441">If you are using a recorder and cameras, make sure that the cameras are connected and working.</p>
<p data-identifyelement="441">If you are using a Wi-Fi bridge system with your camera, make sure that the bridges are turned on, wired correctly and communicating before you begin.</p>
<h2>Let’s Get Started</h2>
<p data-identifyelement="441">Now that you have connected your recorder/camera to your internet router and turned it on, you will be able to view it using a program called Surveillance Client.</p>
<p data-identifyelement="441">First you will need to download some software called <strong>Device Config Tool</strong>, which will allow you to find out the IP address of the camera/recorder and edit some of the settings.</p>
<p data-identifyelement="441">Download it from <a href="http://downloads.spycameracctv.com/GAMUT/software/Gamut_Device_Config_Tool.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here if you are using Windows</a>, and <a href="http://downloads.spycameracctv.com/GAMUT/software/Gamut_Device_Config_Tool.dmg" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here if you are using a Mac</a>.</p>
<p data-identifyelement="441">Once the software has been downloaded and installed, you will see a window like the screenshot below. Make a note of the camera/recorders IP address.</p>
<h2>Gamut Surveillance Client Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/2117/gv-eye-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/777/how-to-set-up-2m-live/" rel="nofollow">How to Set Up 2M Live</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/840/acti-cms-2-0-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark2"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark3"></a> Product Description
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark6"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark7"></a> Important Disclaimer</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Thank you for using Surveillance_client series products. Please carefully read the software operation manual before operation.</p>
<p>As the software may be updated at any time, the contents of the operation manual are subject to change without prior notice.</p>
<p><strong>Disclaimer:</strong></p>
<p>The company has sought to the integrity and accuracy of the contents of the operation manual during the compilation process and will not be held liable for any errors or omissions. The company reserves the right to change the software mentioned in the operation manual at any time without prior notice. Thank you for choosing our products. Please carefully read this manual before operation. We assume no economic and legal responsibility for the losses caused by the operation not according to the stipulations.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark8"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark9"></a> Software Related Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The files for software installing, running, recording and sharpshooting are in the following folders by specific paths.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark15"></a> Software Installation Directory</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The default software installation path: C:\Program Files\Dvrsoft\Surveillance_client. User can define the path for installation.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark17"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark18"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark19"></a> Application Environment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Requirements for system configuration:</p>
<p><strong>Hardware</strong></p>
<p>CPU: Intel Core 2 Duo 2.4GHZ or Higher</p>
<p>RAM: 2GB or higher</p>
<p>VGA: DirectX 9.0 compatible VGA card, NVIDIA GeForce 9500GT or higher, with video memory of 512MB or larger</p>
<p>(Make sure the graphics driver provided by the computer supplier has been installed.)</p>
<p>Network Card: Recommend to use gigabit NIC, (including network card, router, switch and network cables of 5e or higher specifications for RJ45 port)</p>
<p>Disk Space: At least 1GB space should be available except the required space for recording.</p>
<p>OS: Window Vista Business, Enterprise, Ultimate (32 bit or 64 bit)</p>
<p>Window 7 Professional, Enterprise, Ultimate (32 bit or 64 bit)</p>
<p>Window 8, Window 8 professional, DirectX 9.1 or higher</p>
<p>Mac OS: 10.6 or higher</p>
<p>&#8211; 4 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark23"></a> System Overview
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark27"></a> Operation Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>In consideration of the functions and features of the software, we strongly recommend that:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark28"></a> All the operators should be trained so as to avoid forming the artificial weak point of protection system.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark29"></a> Sound user management mechanism and level should be established and the low level user’s access should be restricted so as to avoid the possibility of the incorrect operation.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark33"></a> Software Installing and Uninstalling
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark35"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark37"></a> Software Installing</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Double click the installation file “Surveillance_client_1.0.23_2013_07_30” to install the software.</p>
<p>1 The following window will be popped up.</p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="1067" height="764" class="wp-image-3234" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 1" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-1.jpeg 1067w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-1-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-1-1024x733.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-1-768x550.jpeg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1067px) 100vw, 1067px" /></p>
<p>Fig.3-1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark38"></a> Click Next</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" width="1060" height="759" class="wp-image-3235" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 2" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 91" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-2.jpeg 1060w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-2-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-2-1024x733.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-2-768x550.jpeg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1060px) 100vw, 1060px" /></p>
<p>Fig.3-2</p>
<p>&#8211; 5 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark39"></a> The system default installation path: System disk:\ Program Files\Dvrsoft\Surveillance_client. To change the installation path, please click <strong>Browse </strong>to customize. (Fig. 3-2)</li>
</ol>
<p><em>Confirm the installation path and then click Next.</em></p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="976" height="702" class="wp-image-3236" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 3" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-3.jpeg 976w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-3-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-3-768x552.jpeg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 976px) 100vw, 976px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 3-3</p>
<p>5. The program’s shortcut will be created in the following Start Menu folder. The default installation path<br />
is Dvrsoft\Surveillance_client. If you want to select a different folder, please click <strong>Browse </strong>to customize.<br />
(Fig. 3-3)</p>
<p>Confirm the installation path and then click Next.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="996" height="714" class="wp-image-3237" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 4" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-4.jpeg 996w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-4-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-4-768x551.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 996px) 100vw, 996px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 3-4</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the additional tasks you would like Setup to perform while installing Surveillance_client.</li>
</ol>
<p>Additional icons: 1. Create a desktop icon, 2. Create a Quick Launch icon. (Fig.3-4)«</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Install </strong>to start installation. (Fig. 3-5)</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="963" height="691" class="wp-image-3238" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 5" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-5.jpeg 963w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-5-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-5-768x551.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 963px) 100vw, 963px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 3-5</p>
<p>&#8211; 6 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li>After software setup finished, the following window will be popped up. Click <strong>Finish </strong>to exit Setup. (Fig.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark40"></a> 3-6)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="949" height="681" class="wp-image-3239" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 6" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 95" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-6.jpeg 949w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-6-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-6-768x551.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 949px) 100vw, 949px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 3-6</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark41"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark44"></a> Software Uninstalling</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>User can uninstall the software in Add and Remove Programs of the Control Panel.</p>
<p>User can also run the Uninstall program by the following steps:</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Click Start button -&gt;All programs^ Dvrsoft\Surveillance_client^ Uninstall Surveillance_client, the<br />
following window will be popped up. Click Yes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1539" height="528" class="wp-image-3240" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 7" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 96" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-7.jpeg 1539w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-7-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-7-1024x351.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-7-768x263.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-7-1536x527.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-7-1200x412.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1539px) 100vw, 1539px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 3-7</p>
<p>System starts uninstalling the software and the process will be automatically finished.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark45"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark47"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark48"></a> Description on Configuration and Operation</li>
</ol>
<p>In this chapter, we’ll learn the specific operation of Surveillance_client.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark50"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark51"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark52"></a> Software Start-up
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark56"></a> Software Start-up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After installation is finished, a shortcut for Surveillance_client will be generated on the desktop. Run the program by double clicking the shortcut Surveillance_client on the desktop or click Start -&gt;All Programs^ Dvrsoft\Surveillance_client ^ Surveillance_client.</p>
<p><strong>Run the software for the first time</strong></p>
<p>&#8211; 7 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Please start the program Surveillance_client.</p>
<p>1. Click Login. No password by default.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1057" height="695" class="wp-image-3241" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 8" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 97" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-8.jpeg 1057w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-8-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-8-1024x673.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-8-768x505.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1057px) 100vw, 1057px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 4-1</p>
<p>Click Login</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark58"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark59"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark60"></a> Configuration
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark64"></a> Configuration Wizard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>1. Run Surveillance_client and Add Device Wizard will be opened. Click Next.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1130" height="753" class="wp-image-3242" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 9" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 98" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-9.jpeg 1130w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-9-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-9-1024x682.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-9-768x512.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-9-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1130px) 100vw, 1130px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 4-2</p>
<p>Note: If Add Device Wizard is not opened, please single click Help to manually open it.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark65"></a> Click Add Online Device and the client software will scan all the online network DVRs in LAN.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1300" height="501" class="wp-image-3243" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 10" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 99" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-10.jpeg 1300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-10-300x116.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-10-1024x395.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-10-768x296.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-10-1200x462.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1300px) 100vw, 1300px" /></p>
<p>Display online devices</p>
<p>Fig. 4-3</p>
<p>&#8211; 8 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark66"></a> Click a DVR in the list and the added devices, IP address, port and channel number will be displayed. Click Add Selected Device to add.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1431" height="787" class="wp-image-3244" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 11" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 100" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-11.jpeg 1431w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-11-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-11-1024x563.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-11-768x422.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-11-1200x660.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1431px) 100vw, 1431px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 4-4</p>
<p>Click a DVR in the list.</p>
<p>Note: If your DVR is not available in the list, click Exit and then click add to manually input the IP address of DVR.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark67"></a> Input the name of the selected DVR in Device Name field, e.g. home, office, etc.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark68"></a> Input user name in User Name field (default name is admin)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark69"></a> Input password in Password field. The password field is blank by default. You may change the login password of DVR.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 9 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark70"></a> Add Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark71"></a> Click Add.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="926" height="1005" class="wp-image-3245" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 12" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 101" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-12.jpeg 926w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-12-276x300.jpeg 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-12-768x834.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 926px) 100vw, 926px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 4-5</p>
<p>Input the name of your DVR</p>
<p>Input user name (admin by default)</p>
<p>Input password if the password verification is activated.</p>
<p>Click Add</p>
<p>2. Click ImportAll to import all DVRs to the default group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1326" height="974" class="wp-image-3246" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 13" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 102" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-13.jpeg 1326w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-13-300x220.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-13-1024x752.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-13-768x564.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-13-1200x881.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1326px) 100vw, 1326px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 4-6</p>
<p>Click ImportAll</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark72"></a> Click Next and then click Finish to complete the wizard.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 10 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark76"></a> Preview Screen and Control Panel</li>
</ol>
<p>1. Click Main View</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1408" height="1057" class="wp-image-3247" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 14" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 103" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-14.jpeg 1408w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-14-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-14-1024x769.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-14-768x577.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-14-1200x901.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1408px) 100vw, 1408px" /></p>
<p>Fig.5-1</p>
<p>2. Click and drag it to the default group in the show grid.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1423" height="896" class="wp-image-3248" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 15" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 104" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-15.jpeg 1423w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-15-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-15-1024x645.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-15-768x484.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-15-1200x756.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-15-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1423px) 100vw, 1423px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-2</p>
<p>&#8211; 11 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark78"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark80"></a> Add DVR by Using DNS</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If DVRs use dynamic domain names, you may add them into Surveillance_cliento Preconditions:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark81"></a> Create a DDNS account.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark82"></a> Enter domain information and enter DVR local.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark83"></a> Map the port to the router.</li>
</ul>
<p>Add a DVR by using DDNS:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark84"></a> Select ‘Control Panel’ option and click the Group Device Management.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1209" height="910" class="wp-image-3249" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 16" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 105" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-16.jpeg 1209w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-16-300x226.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-16-1024x771.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-16-768x578.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-16-1200x903.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1209px) 100vw, 1209px" /></p>
<p>Click Group Device<br />
Management</p>
<p>Fig. 5-3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark85"></a> Click Add Device.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 12 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>3. Configuration:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1025" height="902" class="wp-image-3250" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 17" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 106" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-17.jpeg 1025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-17-300x264.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-17-768x676.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1025px) 100vw, 1025px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-4</p>
<p>Input the name of your DVR</p>
<p>Input IP adress</p>
<p>Input the port of the client (Default<br />
value: 9000)</p>
<p>Input user name (admin by default)</p>
<p>Input password (default: blank)</p>
<p>Click Add</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark86"></a> Device Name: Input the name of your DVR, e.g. home, office, etc.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark87"></a> IP Address: Input domain name, for example, ddvvrr<em>. 3322.org.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark88"></a> Port: Input the client port of DVR (Default: 9000) .</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark89"></a> User Name: Input user name (admin by default).</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark90"></a> Password: Input password. The password field is blank by default unless the password verification has been activated for DVR.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark91"></a> Click Add.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark92"></a> Click import all to import all DVRs to the default group.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark93"></a> Click ‘Control Panel’ option.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark94"></a> Click Main View.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1030" height="771" class="wp-image-3251" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 18" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 107" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-18.jpeg 1030w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-18-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-18-1024x767.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-18-768x575.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1030px) 100vw, 1030px" /></p>
<p>Click Main View.</p>
<p>Fig.5-5</p>
<p>&#8211; 13 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark95"></a> Click and drag it to the default group in the displayed window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1466" height="883" class="wp-image-3252" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 19" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 108" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-19.jpeg 1466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-19-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-19-1024x617.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-19-768x463.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-19-1200x723.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1466px) 100vw, 1466px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-6</p>
<p><strong>Result</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1441" height="925" class="wp-image-3253" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 20" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 109" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-20.jpeg 1441w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-20-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-20-1024x657.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-20-768x493.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-20-1200x770.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1441px) 100vw, 1441px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-7</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark99"></a> Control Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You may access to your DVR through control panel to preview and playback the videos. You can also open control panel and click the control panel option at any time.</p>
<p>&#8211; 14 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1469" height="1095" class="wp-image-3254" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 21" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 110" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-21.jpeg 1469w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-21-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-21-1024x763.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-21-768x572.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-21-1200x894.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1469px) 100vw, 1469px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-8</p>
<p>The following options can be found in the Control Panel:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark100"></a> Main View: Remotely preview the videos. Refer to 5.3 Main View for details.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark101"></a> Remote Playback: Play the recorded videos in the DVR. Refer 6. Remote Playback for details.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark102"></a> Group Device Management: Manage DVRs and camera groups. Remotely control the DVR configuration. Refer to Group Device Management for details.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark103"></a> Local Log Search: Search log of DVR. Refer to Local Log Search for details.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark104"></a> Account Management: Set up the account and password for the client software. Refer to Account Management for details.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark105"></a> File Management: View and management the snapshots and recorded files. Refer to File Management for details.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark106"></a> System Configuration: Configure Surveillance_client. Refer to System Management for details.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark110"></a> Main View</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>User may preview the videos in Main View. To access to Main View, enter Control Panel and</p>
<p>click Main View (</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="110" height="162" class="wp-image-3255" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 22" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 111"></p>
<p>)</p>
<p>&#8211; 15 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>©</p>
<p><em>®</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1452" height="1198" class="wp-image-3256" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 23" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 112" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-23.jpeg 1452w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-23-300x248.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-23-1024x845.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-23-768x634.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-23-1200x990.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1452px) 100vw, 1452px" /></p>
<p><em>®</em></p>
<p><em>®</em></p>
<p><em>®</em></p>
<p><em>®</em></p>
<p><em>® ®</em></p>
<p>Fig. 5-9</p>
<p>®</p>
<p>®</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark111"></a> DVR List: Display all DVRs and camera groups connecting to the client software.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark112"></a> Camera group is indicated by the icon O and DVR is indicated by the icon —</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark113"></a> Icons related to DVR:</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Camera is online</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>w o</td>
<td>Preview the camera video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Camera is offline (connection problem)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• Click and drag the camera, camera group or show grid to open.</p>
<p>Tip: You may click and drag the camera and create customized view from different DVRs.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark114"></a> Hide the list of DVR/Camera: Click the arrow to hide/display DVR list.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark115"></a> Alarms: Click alarm panel and the system alarm list and events, e.g. motion detection event, will be displayed on the screen.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 16 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Alarm MB!</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Tim*</strong></td>
<td><strong>Group Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>DeMce Name</strong></td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Information</strong></td>
<td><strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2013-05-21 14 10 27</strong></td>
<td><strong>DefaunGroup</strong></td>
<td><strong>DVR</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channels</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Begin</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2013-05- 21 14 10 24</strong></td>
<td><strong>OefaultGroup</strong></td>
<td><strong>DVR</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel^</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Mahon End</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>201305-21 14:1024</strong></td>
<td><strong>DefaunGroup</strong></td>
<td><strong>DVR</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channels</strong></td>
<td><strong>Monon Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Ena</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>201 &gt;05-21 14.10 05</strong></td>
<td><strong>Defa uh Group</strong></td>
<td><strong>DVR</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel?</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Begin</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2013-05-21 14:10:05</strong></td>
<td><strong>DefaunGroup</strong></td>
<td><strong>DVR</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channels</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Moton seam</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>p Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>p] video Eicepiion I</strong></td>
<td><strong>•&gt; Alarm I/O</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Fig. 5-10</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark116"></a> 4.</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark117"></a> 5.</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark118"></a> 6.</p>
<p>Remove alarms</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="103" class="wp-image-3257" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 24" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 113"></p>
<p>Click to remove all the alarms in the list.</p>
<p>Mute alarming sound</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="62" class="wp-image-3258" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 25" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 114"></p>
<p>Click to enable mute or cancel mute. Set the alarming sound.</p>
<p>Toolbar of the Main View:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1224" height="118" class="wp-image-3259" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 26" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 115" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-26.jpeg 1224w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-26-300x29.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-26-1024x99.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-26-768x74.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-26-1200x116.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1224px) 100vw, 1224px" /></p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>8.</p>
<p>Full screen display Selecting a layout | Stop status display</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="108" height="82" class="wp-image-3260" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 27" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 116"></p>
<p>: Click to enable full screen display and press ESC to exit.</p>
<p>Split screen mode selection key</p>
<p>Click to stop all channel previews.</p>
<p>• Screenshot 0^: Click to save the screenshot of the current channel.</p>
<p>Cut videos</p>
<p>: Click to start/stop cutting currently selected channel video.</p>
<p>: Click to go to previous page or next page.</p>
<p>Previous/Next</p>
<p>Sequence : Click to configure sequence mode.</p>
<p>Audio</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="102" height="98" class="wp-image-3261" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 28" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 117"></p>
<p>: Audio ON/OFF</p>
<p>Page 1 of 3</p>
<p>: When multiple cameras are opened, the screen is split to form multi-screen</p>
<p>Page</p>
<p>display window and many pages are formed. The number of current page and total page is displayed<br />
on the bottom of the screen.</p>
<p>Alarm Control Panel:</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>• •</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>• Auto-hide: Click to enable/disable the auto-hide function of alarm panel.</p>
<p>Maximize the alarm panel: Maximize the alarm panel in the tab page.<br />
Display/hide alarm panel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark119"></a> Camera Display: Select a channel and put the cursor on the toolbar of the channel. The toolbar contains the following options:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="659" class="wp-image-3262" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 29" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 118" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-29.jpeg 833w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-29-300x237.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-29-768x608.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Click a channel to<br />
open toolbar.</p>
<p>Fig. 5-11</p>
<p>&#8211; 17 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Cut videos</p>
<p>Screenshot</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="122" height="170" class="wp-image-3263" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 30" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 119"></p>
<p>Click to start or stop cutting the currently selected channel video.</p>
<p>: Click to save the screenshot of the current channel.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>PTZ</p>
<p>Click to use PTZ control. Refer to PTZ Control for details.</p>
<p>Stop Video LJ:</p>
<p>Digital Zoom</p>
<p>Color setting</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="154" class="wp-image-3264" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 31" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 120"></p>
<p>Click to stop the current channel video.</p>
<p>Click to use digital zoom mode.</p>
<p>Open the color setting menu of the current camera.</p>
<p>Mute</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="111" height="74" class="wp-image-3265" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 32" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 121"></p>
<p>: Mute/unmute the current preview video.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark120"></a> CPU status: Display CPU utilization.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark122"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark124"></a> Use Multiple Windows or Monitors</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Create multiple tab pages of preview video windows. Customize the preview video windows as required (4 tab pages can be opened at most).</p>
<p>Open multiple windows:</p>
<p>&#8211; 18 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Click preview tab page and drag it out of the main window to create the 2<sup>nd</sup> display window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1273" height="834" class="wp-image-3266" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 33" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 122" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-33.jpeg 1273w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-33-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-33-1024x671.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-33-768x503.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-33-1200x786.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1273px) 100vw, 1273px" /></p>
<p>Click and drag it out of the main window.</p>
<p>Fig. 5-11</p>
<p>Result:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1272" height="891" class="wp-image-3267" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 34" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 123" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-34.jpeg 1272w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-34-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-34-1024x717.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-34-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-34-1200x841.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1272px) 100vw, 1272px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-12</p>
<p>Open multiple<br />
tab pages. You<br />
can monitor<br />
different videos<br />
from multiple<br />
monitors.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark125"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark126"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark128"></a> Sequence Mode</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When Sequence Mode is enabled, the main view will be in automatic cycle mode in setting time. You may set sequence mode for one or all preview video window.</p>
<p>&#8211; 19 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Use Sequence Mode:</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="96" class="wp-image-3268" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 35" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 124"></p>
<p>to enable sequence mode control.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark129"></a> If you want to use Sequence Mode in current window, click Current Main View and select</li>
</ol>
<p>‘Independent’ or ‘Sync With Global’ to perform independent sequence for current window or</p>
<p>synchronize with other windows in the same time interval.</p>
<p>Click ‘Current Main View’ to use Sequence Mode for current window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="955" height="730" class="wp-image-3269" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 36" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 125" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-36.jpeg 955w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-36-300x229.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-36-768x587.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 955px) 100vw, 955px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-13</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>If you want to use Sequence Mode in all windows, click ‘Global Main View’. All main view windows which are selected ‘sync with global’ will be in synchronized sequence mode. If ‘Force all main view synchronize with global’ is selected, all main view windows will be forced to sequence in the same time interval.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="985" height="728" class="wp-image-3270" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 37" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 126" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-37.jpeg 985w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-37-300x222.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-37-768x568.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 985px) 100vw, 985px" /></p>
<p>Click ‘Global Main View’ to use Sequence Mode in all windows</p>
<p>Fig. 5-14</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark130"></a> Use slider to set the Switch Interval (dwell time)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark131"></a> Click to start sequence mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 20 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark134"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark135"></a> PTZ Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you have a PTZ camera, you may perform remote control by using software.</p>
<p>Note: Before remote control of PTZ, please make sure the relevant parameters of PTZ hve been set in DVR. Refer to operation manual of DVR for the detailed setting of PTZ.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Camera Control</strong>:</p>
<p>1. In Main View, put cursor on PTZ camera and the toolbar will appear. Click EJ to open PTZ control.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="656" class="wp-image-3271" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 38" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 127" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-38.jpeg 833w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-38-300x236.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-38-768x605.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-15</p>
<p>Open PTZ control</p>
<p>PTZ Control</p>
<p>Use cursor to control the position of camera</p>
<p>Adjust PTZ speed</p>
<p>Configure/Call preset point</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="826" class="wp-image-3272" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 39" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 128" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-39.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-39-181x300.jpeg 181w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-16</p>
<p>Adjust the zoom</p>
<p>Adjust the focus</p>
<p>Adjust the aperture</p>
<p>Start/Stop PTZ Cruise</p>
<p>&#8211; 21 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Click to set</p>
<p>Preset point</p>
<p>Select preset number</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="519" height="967" class="wp-image-3273" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 40" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 129" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-40.jpeg 519w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-40-161x300.jpeg 161w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 519px) 100vw, 519px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-17</p>
<p>Set PTZ position</p>
<p>Call preset point</p>
<p>Set preset point</p>
<p>Delete preset point</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark139"></a> PTZ Cruise</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When PTZ cruise is enabled, PTZ will start cruising through saved preset point. Set more than two preset points and cruising can be started.</p>
<p>Start/Stop PTZ cruise.</p>
<p>1. Click Cruise.</p>
<p>2. Click iz to start PTZ cruise and click to stop PTZ cruise.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="852" class="wp-image-3274" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 41" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 130" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-41.jpeg 476w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-41-168x300.jpeg 168w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Fig. 5-18</p>
<p>Click to enable cruise control</p>
<p>Click to stop cruising</p>
<p>Click to start cruising</p>
<p>&#8211; 22 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark141"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark142"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark143"></a> Remote Playback</li>
</ol>
<p>User can view the audios and videos recorded by DVR in the computer through remote playback.</p>
<p>Remote Playback:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark144"></a> Click remote control</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="136" height="129" class="wp-image-3275" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 42" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 131"></p>
<p>Remote<br />
ri:ta:K</p>
<p>the control panel.</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark145"></a> 2. Select the video channel for remote playback.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark146"></a> Playback can be done in 4 channels at the same time.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark147"></a> Select playback in calendar. The red triangle icon indicates that there is video available for playback.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark148"></a> Click Search to show the current videos of DVR.</li>
</ol>
<p>6.</p>
<p>Click <em>r?</em> to play the selected event.</p>
<p>7. Click to select play time in time fence.</p>
<p>Select a camera to play</p>
<p>Select a date in calendar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1326" height="1131" class="wp-image-3276" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 43" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 132" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-43.jpeg 1326w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-43-300x256.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-43-1024x873.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-43-768x655.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-43-1200x1024.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1326px) 100vw, 1326px" /></p>
<p>, Click the time fence to select<br />
Click Start to play</p>
<p>play time.</p>
<p>&#8211; 23 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark151"></a> 6.1 Remote Playback Control</p>
<p>Select</p>
<p>DVR/Camera</p>
<p>Select Camera</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>Select File Type</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>SynchronousPlayback</p>
<p>Select Playing Date</p>
<p>Search Video</p>
<p><strong>File System View Tool Help</strong></p>
<p>Search</p>
<p><strong>File Type:</strong></p>
<p><strong><em><sup>+</sup> Q</em> Default Group</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Q~ »«</strong></li>
<li><strong>fiLI <sup>00</sup></strong></li>
</ul>
<p><sup>_</sup> Q <sup>000</sup></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>»0 Channell</strong></li>
<li><strong>« Channel</strong></li>
<li><strong>&#8216;♦ Channels</strong></li>
<li><strong>* ChanneW</strong></li>
<li>&#8216;♦ Channels</li>
<li><strong>&#8216;• Channels</strong></li>
<li><strong>&#8216;• Channel?</strong></li>
<li><strong>&#8216;• Channels</strong></li>
<li><strong><sup>r</sup>« Channels</strong></li>
<li><strong>« ChanneHÖ</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Window 01</strong></p>
<p><strong>10:00 12:00 14:00 16 00 10:00 20:00 22:00 00:00 OSE</strong></p>
<p>Move to</p>
<p>Previous period</p>
<p>the right</p>
<p>Click to select playing time</p>
<p>Amplify time</p>
<p>Download</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1236" height="98" class="wp-image-3277" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 44" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 133" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-44.jpeg 1236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-44-300x24.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-44-1024x81.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-44-768x61.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-44-1200x95.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1236px) 100vw, 1236px" /></p>
<p>Zoom in/out</p>
<p>Narrow time period</p>
<p>Screenshot</p>
<p>Mute</p>
<p>Cut video</p>
<p>Mute</p>
<p>&#8211; 24 &#8211;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1437" height="1079" class="wp-image-3278" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 45" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 134" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-45.jpeg 1437w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-45-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-45-1024x769.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-45-768x577.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-45-1200x901.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1437px) 100vw, 1437px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1290" height="509" class="wp-image-3279" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 46" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 135" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-46.jpeg 1290w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-46-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-46-1024x404.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-46-768x303.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-46-1200x473.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1290px) 100vw, 1290px" /></p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark153"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark155"></a> Download Video Files</li>
</ol>
<p>DVR video files can be remotely downloaded.</p>
<p>Download video files:</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="80" class="wp-image-3280" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 47" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 136"></p>
<p>to open download menu.</p>
<p>Put cursor on</p>
<p>the video and click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="946" height="668" class="wp-image-3281" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-48.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 48" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 137" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-48.jpeg 946w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-48-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-48-768x542.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 946px) 100vw, 946px" /></p>
<p>Click to open the download menu.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark156"></a> Select a file and click Download. Wait seconds and the download will be started.</li>
</ol>
<p>Video Files</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="997" height="1071" class="wp-image-3282" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 49" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 138" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-49.jpeg 997w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-49-279x300.jpeg 279w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-49-953x1024.jpeg 953w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-49-768x825.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 997px) 100vw, 997px" /></p>
<p>Click to download</p>
<p>&#8211; 25 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Video file format is .264. Video player is internally installed in Surveillance_client. If you want to convert .264 to AVI, please use AVIGenerator on the attached CD.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark158"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark159"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark160"></a> Group Device Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Group Device Management Menu is used for managing DVR and camera group.</p>
<p>The device panel on the left allows you to add, modify and delete DVR system and remotely control DVR device. You can set up camera group by the group panel on the right. Import the channels from device panel into group panel to access the videos or playback. You can select different channels from multiple devices to a group. The defaultgroup is created by default. You may create new group as required.</p>
<p>Manually add DVR DVR</p>
<p>Camera</p>
<p>Scan DVR in LAN</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1365" height="980" class="wp-image-3283" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 50" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 139" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-50.jpeg 1365w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-50-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-50-1024x735.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-50-768x551.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-50-1200x862.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1365px) 100vw, 1365px" /></p>
<p>Camera</p>
<p>Add group</p>
<p>Modify group</p>
<p>Delete group</p>
<p>Camera group</p>
<p>&#8211; DVR</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark161"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark162"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark164"></a> Modify DVR Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>User can modify the name of DVR and delete DVR or camera from group.</p>
<p>Modify DVR information:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark165"></a> In the device list, left click DVR to be modified and then click .</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 26 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1409" height="286" class="wp-image-3284" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 51" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 140" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-51.jpeg 1409w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-51-300x61.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-51-1024x208.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-51-768x156.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-51-1200x244.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1409px) 100vw, 1409px" /></p>
<p>2. Modify DVR information and save.</p>
<p>Click to select DVR</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark167"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark169"></a> Delete DVR</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You may delete DVR from Surveillance_client.</p>
<p>Delete DVR:</p>
<p>and save to delete DVR.</p>
<p>Click to select DVR to be deleted and then click -&#8216;:<sup>l</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1423" height="286" class="wp-image-3285" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 52" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 141" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-52.jpeg 1423w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-52-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-52-1024x206.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-52-768x154.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-52-1200x241.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1423px) 100vw, 1423px" /></p>
<p>Click DVR to be deleted</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark173"></a> Remote Configuration of DVR</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You may remotely configure DVR parameters by software.</p>
<p>Remotely configure DVR:</p>
<p>to set parameters. Refer operation manual for details.</p>
<p>• Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1438" height="321" class="wp-image-3286" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 53" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 142" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-53.jpeg 1438w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-53-300x67.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-53-1024x229.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-53-768x171.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-53-1200x268.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1438px) 100vw, 1438px" /></p>
<p>Click to configure the parameters of DVR.</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark176"></a> 7.4 Create Group</p>
<p>1. Click Add. Input a customized name and then click Yes to confirm.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1438" height="372" class="wp-image-3287" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 54" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 143" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-54.jpeg 1438w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-54-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-54-1024x265.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-54-768x199.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-54-1200x310.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1438px) 100vw, 1438px" /></p>
<p>Click Add</p>
<p>&#8211; 27 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark177"></a> Import DVR channel to group. Select DVR or camera to be imported in the left list to import them to</li>
</ol>
<p>the selected group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1388" height="700" class="wp-image-3288" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 55" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 144" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-55.jpeg 1388w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-55-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-55-1024x516.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-55-768x387.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-55-1200x605.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1388px) 100vw, 1388px" /></p>
<p>— Import the selected camera</p>
<p>Import all channels of</p>
<p>DVR into group.</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark180"></a> 7.5 Modify Group</p>
<p>Modify group name/Delete DVR or camera from group.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark181"></a> Click group name and then click Modify. Input name to be modified in the pop-up box and save by</li>
</ol>
<p>clicking Yes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1415" height="327" class="wp-image-3289" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 56" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 145" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-56.jpeg 1415w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-56-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-56-1024x237.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-56-768x177.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-56-1200x277.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1415px) 100vw, 1415px" /></p>
<p>Click Modify</p>
<p>Click Group</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark182"></a> Click the name of DVR/camera and click Modify. Input the name to modified in the pop-up box and</li>
</ol>
<p>save by clicking Yes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1413" height="403" class="wp-image-3290" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 57" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 146" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-57.jpeg 1413w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-57-300x86.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-57-1024x292.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-57-768x219.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-57-1200x342.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1413px) 100vw, 1413px" /></p>
<p>Click camera or DVR</p>
<p>Click Modify</p>
<p>&#8211; 28 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark184"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark186"></a> Delete Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Delete the name of Group/DVR/Camera</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark187"></a> Click Group/DVR/Camera.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark188"></a> Click Delete and then click Yes to confirm.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1418" height="296" class="wp-image-3291" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 58" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 147" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-58.jpeg 1418w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-58-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-58-1024x214.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-58-768x160.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-58-1200x250.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1418px) 100vw, 1418px" /></p>
<p>Click Delete</p>
<p>Click camera group</p>
<p>• Click camera group and click Delete. Click Yes to confirm.</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark191"></a> 8. Local Log Search</p>
<p>‘Local Log Search’ refers to searching the log of Surveillance_client. Defaultly it can search one week’s log. User may define the log reservation time as one month. Refer to system setting for details.</p>
<p>Search log:</p>
<p>1. Click Local Log Search</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="112" height="162" class="wp-image-3292" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 59" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 148"></p>
<p>on the Control Panel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark192"></a> Set the following search options:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark193"></a> User Name: Select ‘All Users’ to search logs created by all users, or select ‘Specific User’ to view his log.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark194"></a> Log Type: Alarm log records motion detection alarms and system alarms. Operation log records configuration change or access of system users to log system (such as login and logout)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark195"></a> All Type: Select to search logs of all type or specific type.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark196"></a> Group: Select DVR or Camera group to search desired logs or select All Groups to search logs of all DVRs and camera groups.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark197"></a> Start Time/End Time: Select start time or end time of searching.</li>
</ul>
<p>&#8211; 29 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark198"></a> Click Search and all logs meeting search conditions will be displayed in the list.</li>
</ol>
<p>Set searching parameters</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1226" height="1033" class="wp-image-3293" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-60.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 60" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 149" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-60.jpeg 1226w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-60-300x253.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-60-1024x863.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-60-768x647.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-60-1200x1011.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1226px) 100vw, 1226px" /></p>
<p>Click Search</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark200"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark202"></a> Backup Logs</li>
</ol>
<p>User can back up the log search result in the hard disk or view backup log.</p>
<p>Backup log:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark203"></a> Search log by following above steps.</li>
</ol>
<p>2. Click Backup</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1458" height="417" class="wp-image-3294" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-61.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 61" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 150" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-61.jpeg 1458w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-61-300x86.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-61-1024x293.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-61-768x220.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-61-1200x343.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1458px) 100vw, 1458px" /></p>
<p>Click Backup</p>
<p>3.Select a folder and input a file name and then click Save.</p>
<p>Open saved log file:</p>
<p>&#8211; 30 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>1. Click to view backup.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1423" height="428" class="wp-image-3295" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-62.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 62" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 151" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-62.jpeg 1423w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-62-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-62-1024x308.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-62-768x231.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-62-1200x361.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1423px) 100vw, 1423px" /></p>
<p>Click to view</p>
<p>Backup and open saved log files.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark204"></a> Select log file and click Open.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark205"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark208"></a> Account Management</li>
</ol>
<p>User may use Account Management menu to create Surveillance_client user account.</p>
<p>The client software includes the following user types:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark209"></a> Admin: When you firstly run the client software, the default account is admin. The administrator has the privilege to operate client software and remotely configure DVR parameters. The administrator can add, modify or delete any other user accounts.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark210"></a> User: It is standard user account. User’s privileges are assigned by administrator. User cannot change software setting or change other user account. User can change his own password.</li>
</ul>
<p>Visit Account Management:</p>
<p>Click Account Management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="153" height="207" class="wp-image-3296" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-63.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 63" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 152"></p>
<p>on the Control Panel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark211"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark212"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark214"></a> Enable Password of Admin Account</li>
</ol>
<p>The password for admin account is blank by default. No password input is needed to log in Surveillance_client. If password is set for admin account, operator has to input password to log in the client.</p>
<p>Create password for admin account.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark215"></a> To login with admin account, please click admin account and then click Modify.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 31 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Click User Name</p>
<p>Click Modify</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1435" height="311" class="wp-image-3297" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-64.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 64" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 153" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-64.jpeg 1435w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-64-300x65.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-64-1024x222.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-64-768x166.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-64-1200x260.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1435px) 100vw, 1435px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark216"></a> Input password for admin account and repeat inputting to confirm.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark217"></a> Click Save to save password.</li>
</ol>
<p>Note: Click fij to lock Surveillance_client and user should input password for administrator. Or the user can click System &gt; Change user to user other user account to login. Please note that admin account does not logout until another account login.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark218"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark221"></a> Add User Account</li>
</ol>
<p>Note: Only administrator is allowed to create new user account.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark222"></a> Click Add</li>
</ol>
<p>Click Add</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1466" height="312" class="wp-image-3298" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-65.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 65" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 154" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-65.jpeg 1466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-65-300x64.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-65-1024x218.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-65-768x163.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-65-1200x255.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1466px) 100vw, 1466px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark223"></a> Configuration:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark224"></a> Input password for user account and repeat inputting to confirm.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark225"></a> Select privileges for the user account on the bottom area.</li>
</ul>
<p>&#8211; 32 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Set User Type and Password</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1199" height="1164" class="wp-image-3299" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-66.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 66" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 155" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-66.jpeg 1199w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-66-300x291.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-66-1024x994.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-66-768x746.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1199px) 100vw, 1199px" /></p>
<p>Select user Privilege</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark226"></a> Click Save to create user account.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark230"></a> Modify User Account</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark231"></a> Click the account to be modified and click Modify.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click user</p>
<p>Click Modify</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1340" height="343" class="wp-image-3300" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-67.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 67" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 156" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-67.jpeg 1340w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-67-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-67-1024x262.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-67-768x197.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-67-1200x307.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1340px) 100vw, 1340px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark232"></a> Edit the settings and privileges of common users and click Save.</li>
</ol>
<p>Note: Common users can only modify his own password while administrator can modify the password or privileges of any user.</p>
<p>&#8211; 33 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark233"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark236"></a> Delete User</li>
</ol>
<p>• Click user you want to delete and click Delete and click Yes to confirm.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1726" height="341" class="wp-image-3301" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-68.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 68" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 157" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-68.jpeg 1726w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-68-300x59.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-68-1024x202.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-68-768x152.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-68-1536x303.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-68-1200x237.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1726px) 100vw, 1726px" /></p>
<p>Note: Only administrator can delete common user.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark237"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark239"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark240"></a> File Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Use file management to view local videos and screenshots.</p>
<p>Use file management:</p>
<p>1. Click file management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="121" height="167" class="wp-image-3302" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-69.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 69" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 158"></p>
<p>on the Control Panel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark241"></a> Select the camera or DVR you want to search on the left of the screen.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark242"></a> Click Video to search manual videos or click Picture to search screenshot.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark243"></a> Set start time and end time. Time period for cutting videos and pictures is for recording original videos, not for saving files.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark244"></a> Click to search files.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark245"></a> Double click to open files or use button on the bottom of the screen to delete or save files in your computer.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 34 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>Select Picture or Video</p>
<p>Set Start Time and End Time</p>
<p>Select camera group, DVR or camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1434" height="973" class="wp-image-3303" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-70.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 70" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 159" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-70.jpeg 1434w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-70-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-70-1024x695.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-70-768x521.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-70-1200x814.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1434px) 100vw, 1434px" /></p>
<p>Search file</p>
<p>Delete file</p>
<p>Click to save file in a different location.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark247"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark249"></a> Video Player</li>
</ol>
<p>Video player can play downloaded files/ cut videos/ local video files.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark251"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark253"></a> Play downloaded files/Cut videos/Local video files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark254"></a> Click File&gt;Open Video File. The video player will be opened.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="697" height="312" class="wp-image-3304" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-71.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 71" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 160" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-71.jpeg 697w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-71-300x134.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 697px) 100vw, 697px" /></p>
<p>Click File&gt;Open Video File</p>
<p>&#8211; 35 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>2. Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="96" class="wp-image-3305" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-72.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 72" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 161"></p>
<p>and select the video file and click Open to play the video file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1096" height="884" class="wp-image-3306" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-73.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 73" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 162" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-73.jpeg 1096w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-73-300x242.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-73-1024x826.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-73-768x619.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1096px) 100vw, 1096px" /></p>
<p>Click to open a video file.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark257"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark258"></a> Video Play Control</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1086" height="884" class="wp-image-3307" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-74.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 74" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 163" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-74.jpeg 1086w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-74-300x244.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-74-1024x834.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-74-768x625.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1086px) 100vw, 1086px" /></p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Play by frame</p>
<p>Close</p>
<p>Mute On/Off</p>
<p>Play</p>
<p>Screenshot</p>
<p>Fast Forward</p>
<p>Zoom in/out</p>
<p>Pause</p>
<p>Fast Backward</p>
<p>Zoom in: click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="115" height="105" class="wp-image-3308" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-75.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 75" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 164"></p>
<p>•</p>
<p>and then click and drag on the picture, and click again to zoom in.</p>
<p>&#8211; 36 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark261"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark262"></a> System Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>System configuration is used for configuring Surveillance_client.</p>
<p>System configuration:</p>
<p>• Click system configuration</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="210" height="280" class="wp-image-3309" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-76.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 76" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 165"></p>
<p>on the Control Panel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark265"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark266"></a> General</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1400" height="806" class="wp-image-3310" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-77.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 77" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 166" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-77.jpeg 1400w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-77-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-77-1024x590.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-77-768x442.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-77-1200x691.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1400px) 100vw, 1400px" /></p>
<p>Configure general settings:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark267"></a> Configuration:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark268"></a> Language: Select a language.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark269"></a> Log Keeping Time: One week/Half month/One month.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark270"></a> Enable audio on multiple channels simultaneously: Enable multi-channel audio output and play multi-channel audio.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark271"></a> Enable auto-login: Automatically login without inputting account and password.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark272"></a> Resume Live View Status: Open software and the last live view status will be automatically resumed.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark273"></a> Click Save to save the modification.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 37 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark274"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark275"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark276"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark277"></a> File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1368" height="969" class="wp-image-3311" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-78.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 78" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 167" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-78.jpeg 1368w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-78-300x213.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-78-1024x725.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-78-768x544.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-78-1200x850.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1368px) 100vw, 1368px" /></p>
<p>Set saving path of files (Video files and image files)</p>
<p>You can set an alarm message. When the disk space for saving files is less than the set space, the alarm message will appear. The default setting is 600MB.</p>
<p>Configure the folder for saving files:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark278"></a> Click and select the required folder.</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark279"></a> Click Save to save the changes.</li>
</ol>
<p>Set alarm for insufficient disk space:</p>
<p>Alarm will appear if disk space is sufficient. When the disk space for saving is less than set space, the alarm will appear. The minimum value is 500MB.</p>
<p>&#8211; 38 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark281"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark282"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark283"></a> Alarm Sound</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Customize alarm sound: Allow you to configure alarm sound. You may use any WAV file to be the alarm sound.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1339" height="1058" class="wp-image-3312" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-79.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 79" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 168" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-79.jpeg 1339w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-79-300x237.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-79-1024x809.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-79-768x607.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-79-1200x948.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1339px) 100vw, 1339px" /></p>
<p>Play audio alarm</p>
<p>Click to select a</p>
<p>audio for alarm</p>
<p>(wav file)</p>
<p>Save</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark285"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark286"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark287"></a> E-Map
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark288"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark289"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark290"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark291"></a> Add E-Map</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>1 Add, modify and delete E-Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1207" height="906" class="wp-image-3313" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-80.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 80" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 169" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-80.jpeg 1207w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-80-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-80-1024x769.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-80-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-80-1200x901.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1207px) 100vw, 1207px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click “Add-E-Map” to add map</li>
<li>Select the map to be modified and click Modify (to change the name and path of the map)</li>
</ol>
<p>Add E-Map</p>
<p>Modify E-Map</p>
<p>Delete E-Map</p>
<p>&#8211; 39 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p>4 Select the map to be deleted and click Delete</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1182" height="719" class="wp-image-3314" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-81.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 81" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 170" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-81.jpeg 1182w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-81-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-81-1024x623.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-81-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1182px) 100vw, 1182px" /></p>
<p>Click Yes to confirm</p>
<p>Map Name</p>
<p>Add Path</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1227" height="916" class="wp-image-3315" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-82.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 82" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 171" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-82.jpeg 1227w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-82-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-82-1024x764.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-82-768x573.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-82-1200x896.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1227px) 100vw, 1227px" /></p>
<p>Return to map list</p>
<p>Hot spot</p>
<p>Forward</p>
<p>Map Map</p>
<p>Preview Preview</p>
<p>&#8211; 40 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark294"></a> 14.1 Local Playback</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>SynchronousPlayback</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark295"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark297"></a> 14 Local Playback</p>
<p>Select</p>
<p>DVR/Camera</p>
<p>Select Camera</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>Select File Type</p>
<p>Search Video</p>
<p>Previous period</p>
<p>Move to the right</p>
<p>Select Playing Date</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>. . J| . J</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21 | 22] 23 j 24 ] 25 | 2Ö J 27 |</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■&#8217;ov.<sup>1</sup>.-.</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>.&lt; &#8211; ■ 1 I-I4&#8211;I</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click to select playing time</p>
<p>Amplify time</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1236" height="98" class="wp-image-3316" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-83.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 83" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 172" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-83.jpeg 1236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-83-300x24.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-83-1024x81.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-83-768x61.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-83-1200x95.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1236px) 100vw, 1236px" /></p>
<p>Zoom in/out</p>
<p>Narrow time period</p>
<p>03</p>
<p>03 c (/) o</p>
<p>£2</p>
<p>co</p>
<p>CD</p>
<p>(/)</p>
<p>C2 o</p>
<p>Mute</p>
<p>Screenshot <sup>1</sup></p>
<p><sup>Cut video</sup> Download</p>
<p><strong>03</strong></p>
<p>O</p>
<p>Mute</p>
<p>&#8211; 41 &#8211;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1528" height="1080" class="wp-image-3317" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-84.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 84" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 173" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-84.jpeg 1528w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-84-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-84-1024x724.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-84-768x543.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-84-1200x848.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1528px) 100vw, 1528px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1698" height="527" class="wp-image-3318" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-85.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 85" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 174" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-85.jpeg 1698w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-85-300x93.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-85-1024x318.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-85-768x238.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-85-1536x477.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-85-1200x372.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1698px) 100vw, 1698px" /></p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark300"></a> 15 Local Record Schedule</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark302"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark303"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark304"></a> Record Schedule</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1223" height="916" class="wp-image-3319" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-86.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 86" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 175" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-86.jpeg 1223w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-86-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-86-1024x767.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-86-768x575.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-86-1200x899.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1223px) 100vw, 1223px" /></p>
<p>Record Management</p>
<p>Strategy list</p>
<p>Record time</p>
<p>Channel selection <sup>Stream type</sup></p>
<p>Everyday</p>
<p>Record</p>
<p>Group device</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark305"></a> Select the whole group device or select a channel</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark306"></a> Select strategy 0 in the strategy list(you may create a new customized strategy)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark307"></a> Select record time (5-60 min)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark308"></a> Select stream type (Sub stream and Main stream)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark309"></a> Select Everyday or a single day or days</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark310"></a> Select record time(by time period)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark311"></a> Click Save</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark312"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark313"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark314"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark315"></a> Record Setting</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1207" height="905" class="wp-image-3320" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-87.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 87" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 176" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-87.jpeg 1207w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-87-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-87-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-87-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-87-1200x900.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1207px) 100vw, 1207px" /></p>
<p>Loop recording</p>
<p>Duration</p>
<p>Record drive letter</p>
<p>Save</p>
<p>Channel</p>
<p>Start rec ord</p>
<p>Stop record</p>
<p>1 Select record drive letter (Select loop recording and duration as required)</p>
<p>2 Save drive letter</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark316"></a> Select record channel</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark317"></a> Start or stop recording</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; 42 &#8211;</p>
<p>Surveillance-client Software Operation Manual</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark319"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark320"></a> 16 Alarm Configuration</p>
<p><a id="post-3233-bookmark321"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-3233-bookmark323"></a> 16.1 Alarm Configuration</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1223" height="916" class="wp-image-3321" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-88.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 88" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 177" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-88.jpeg 1223w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-88-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-88-1024x767.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-88-768x575.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-88-1200x899.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1223px) 100vw, 1223px" /></p>
<p>Strategy list</p>
<p><sup>Channel selection</sup> Trigger capture<br />
Trigger record and record time<br />
length</p>
<p>Alarm sound</p>
<p>Trigger pop-up and pop-up time<br />
length</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark324"></a> Alarm type: motion detection, video loss, I/O alarm</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark325"></a> Select alarm record channels (single channel, multiple channels and select all)</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark326"></a> Select capture</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark327"></a> Select trigger record and record time length</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark328"></a> Select trigger pop-up and pop-up time length</li>
<li><a id="post-3233-bookmark329"></a> Select alarm sound</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1210" height="907" class="wp-image-3322" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-89.jpeg" alt="word image 3233 89" title="Gamut Surveillance Client Guide 178" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-89.jpeg 1210w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-89-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-89-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-89-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3233-89-1200x900.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1210px) 100vw, 1210px" /></p>
<p>Alarm page</p>
<p>Clear alarm messages</p>
<p>Alarm trigger popup</p>
<p>Alarm record</p>
<p>Alarm capture</p>
<p>&#8211; 43 &#8211;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 20:11:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bosch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BVMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR solutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Favorites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Operation manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Panoramic cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Enterprise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2789</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual, The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/#more-2789" aria-label="Read more about Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual, The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video of Bosch network attached cameras and recorders. The software package consists of an Operator Client for live viewing and playback of video and a Configuration Client. The BVMS Viewer supports the current Bosch IP video product portfolio as well as legacy Bosch video devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark0"></a> 2 Introduction</p>
<p>Click the link to access the Open Source Software licenses used by BVMS and the Mobile App: <a href="http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss/</a> he<strong> HEwAdenoe&#8217;</strong></p>
<p>Covered by one or more claims of the patents listed at patentlist.hevcadvance.com. This manual guides you through the basic steps of the operation with BVMS.</p>
<p>For detailed help and step-by-step instructions read the User Manual or use the Online Help.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS</strong></p>
<p><strong>BVMS Export Player</strong></p>
<p>BVMS Export Player displays exported recordings.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS Viewer</strong></p>
<p>The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video of Bosch network attached cameras and recorders. The software package consists of an Operator Client for live viewing and playback of video and a Configuration Client. The BVMS Viewer supports the current Bosch IP video product portfolio as well as legacy Bosch video devices.</p>
<p>Click the link to access the Open Source Software licenses used by BVMS Viewer: <a href="http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss</a>.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS Configuration Client</strong></p>
<p><strong>BVMS Operator Client</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="587" class="wp-image-2790" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 1" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-1024x576.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>L&#8217; t <sub>d </sub>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a> as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o</p>
<p><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark2"></a> BVMS editions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The different BVMS editions offer you full scalability, so you can expand your video surveillance system according to your needs.</p>
<p>The following editions of BVMS are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>BVMS Professional</li>
<li>BVMS Enterprise</li>
<li>BVMS Plus</li>
<li>BVMS Lite</li>
<li>BVMS Viewer</li>
</ul>
<p>BVMS Viewer and BVMS Professional are Software Only products. You can not use them on Bosch DIVAR IP devices.</p>
<p>You can use BVMS Lite and BVMS Plus on Bosch DIVAR IP devices or as Software Only products on any other hardware.</p>
<h2>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2682/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1670/trendnetview-evo-administration-guide/" rel="nofollow">FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1151/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:</p>
<p><a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">BVMS</td>
<td>System overview | en <strong>13</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>System overview</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>If you plan to install and configure BVMS, participate in a system training on BVMS.</p>
<p>Refer to the Release Notes of the current BVMS version for supported versions of firmware and hardware and other important information.</p>
<p>See data sheets on Bosch workstations and servers for information on computers where BVMS can be installed.</p>
<p>The BVMS software modules can optionally be installed on one PC.</p>
<p><strong>Important components</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Component</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management Server (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Stream management, alarm management, priority management, Management<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> logbook</a>, user management, device state management. Additional Enterprise System license: Managing<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Groups </a>and<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark453">Accounts</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config Wizard</td>
<td>Easy and fast setup of a recording system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration Client (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>System configuration and administration for Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Operator Client (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Live monitoring, storage retrieval and playback, alarm and accessing multiple Management Server computers simultaneously.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Recording Manager (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Distributing storage capacities on iSCSI devices to the encoders, while handling load balancing between multiple iSCSI devices.</p>
<p>Streaming playback video and audio data from iSCSI to Operator Clients.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile Video Service (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Provides a transcoding service that transcodes the live and recorded video stream from a camera configured in BVMS to the available network bandwidth. This service enables video clients like an iPhone or a Web client to receive transcoded streams, for example for unreliable network connections with limited bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Web Client</td>
<td>You can access live and playback videos via Web browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile App</td>
<td>You can use the Mobile App on iPhone or iPad to access live and playback video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bosch Video Streaming Gateway (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Provides the integration of 3rd party cameras, e.g. in low- bandwidth networks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cameo SDK (selectable in</p>
<p>Setup)</td>
<td>The Cameo SDK is used to embed BVMS live and playback <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image panes </a>to your external third-party application. The Image panes follow the BVMS based user permissions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Component</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Cameo SDK provides a subset of the BVMS Operator Client functionalities that enables you to create applications similar to the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Enterprise SDK</td>
<td>The Client Enterprise SDK is meant to control and monitor the behaviour of Operator Client of an Enterprise System by external applications. The SDK allows to browse devices that are accessible by the running, connected Operator Client and to control some UI functionalities.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client SDK / Server SDK</td>
<td>The Server SDK is used to control and monitor the Management Server by scripts and external applications. You can use those interfaces with a valid administrator account.</p>
<p>The Client SDK is used to control and monitor the Operator Client by external applications and scripts (part of the related server configuration).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark5"></a> Hardware requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>See the data sheet for BVMS. Data sheets for platform PCs are also available.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark7"></a> Software requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can not install the BVMS Viewer where any other BVMS component is installed. See the data sheet for BVMS.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark9"></a> License requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>See the data sheet for BVMS for the available licenses.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Concepts</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>% î J</strong></td>
<td>BVMS Viewer offers only basic features. Advanced features are included in BVMS Professional. For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com </a>and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides background information on selected issues.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>BVMS design concepts</strong></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark13"><strong><em>Single Management Server System, page 15</em></strong></a></p>
<p>A single BVMS Management Server System provides management, monitoring and control of up to 2000 cameras/encoders.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark16"><strong><em>Enterprise System, page 16</em></strong></a></p>
<p>An Enterprise Management Server provides simultaneous access to multiple Management Servers. The Enterprise System allows full access to events and alarms from multiple subsystems.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark23"><strong><em>Server Lookup, page 17</em></strong></a></p>
<p>The Server Lookup feature provides a list of available BVMS Management Servers to the BVMS Operator Client. The Operator can select a server out of the list of available server. Connected to the Management Server the Client has full access to the Management Server.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><strong><em>Unmanaged site, page 18</em></strong></a></p>
<p>Devices can be grouped to unmanaged sites. Devices under unmanaged sites are not monitored by the Management Server. The Management Server provides a list of unmanaged sites to the Operator Client. The Operator can connect on demand to the site and gets access to live video data and recorded video data. Event and alarm handling is not available in the unmanaged site concept.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.1.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark13"></a><strong>Single Management Server System</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A single BVMS Management Server can manage up to 2000 channels.</li>
<li>A BVMS Management Server provides management, monitoring, and control of the entire system.</li>
<li>The BVMS Operator Client is connected to the Management Server and receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback.</li>
<li>In most cases all devices are in one local area network with a high bandwidth and a low latency.</li>
</ul>
<p>Responsibilities:</p>
<ul>
<li>Configuring data</li>
<li>Event log (logbook)</li>
<li>User profiles</li>
<li>User priorities</li>
<li>Licensing</li>
<li>Event- and alarm-management</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="275" class="wp-image-2791" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 2" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 438" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2-300x96.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2-768x247.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="724" class="wp-image-2792" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 3" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 439" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3.jpeg 859w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3-300x253.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3-768x647.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="105" class="wp-image-2793" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 4" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 440"></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark17"></a> Enterprise System</p>
<p><strong>4.1.2</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The target of a BVMS<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System </a>is to enable a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark477"> Operator Client </a>to simultaneously access multiple Management Servers (subsystems).</li>
<li>Clients connected to an Enterprise Server have full access to all cameras and recordings from the subsystems.</li>
<li>Clients connected to an Enterprise Server have full real time awareness of events and alarms of all subsystems.</li>
<li>Typical application areas:</li>
<li>Metros</li>
<li>Airports</li>
</ul>
<p>Live, playback, events, alarms</p>
<p>BVMS Enterprise Management Server</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="350" class="wp-image-2794" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 5" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 441" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5-768x314.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="94" class="wp-image-2795" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 6" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 442"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="105" class="wp-image-2796" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 7" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 443"></p>
<p>BVMS Operator Client / Configuration Client</p>
<p>BVMS Subsystem</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="104" class="wp-image-2797" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 8" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 444"></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark65"><em>Accessing the system, page 35</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark24"></a> 4.1.3 Server Lookup</p>
<ul>
<li>The BVMS Server Lookup feature allows Operators to connect to a BVMS Management Server out of a provided list of servers.</li>
<li>A single user of Configuration Client or Operator Client can connect to multiple system access points sequentially.</li>
<li>System access points can be Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</li>
<li>Server Lookup uses dedicated Management Server to host the Server List.</li>
<li>Server Lookup and Management Server or Enterprise Management Server functionally can be run on one machine.</li>
<li>Server Lookup supports you in locating system access points by their names or descriptions.</li>
<li>Once connected to the Management Server the Operator Client receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="339" class="wp-image-2798" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 9" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 445" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9-300x119.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9-768x305.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live, playback, events, alarms &#8211; connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live, playback, events, alarms &#8211; not connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>J</strong></td>
<td>Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ÎIÎÏ,</strong></td>
<td>Server list</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Operator Client</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>BBtIB Sj-fiD 0^</strong></td>
<td>Connected BVMS from server list</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>! BItUB ! </strong>1 1</td>
<td>Not connected BVMS from server list</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark67"><em>Using Server Lookup, page 35</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark27"></a> 4.1.4 Unmanaged site</p>
<ul>
<li>A system design option in BVMS with a large number of small subsystems.</li>
<li>It allows to configure up to 9999 locations in one BVMS Management Server</li>
<li>Operators can access live and recorded video data from up to 20 sites simultaneously.</li>
<li>For an easy navigation sites can be grouped in folders or can be placed on maps.</li>
</ul>
<p>Predefined username and password allow operators to quickly connect to a site .</p>
<p>The unmanaged site concept supports IP based BVMS system as well as analog DVR solutions: &#8211; Bosch DIVAR AN 3000 / 5000 analog recorders</p>
<p>DIVAR hybrid recorders</p>
<p>DIVAR network recorders</p>
<p>DIP 3000/7000 units IP based recording</p>
<p>Single BVMS Management Server System</p>
<p>Adding a site for central monitoring only requires a license per site and is independent of the number of channels in the site.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="486" class="wp-image-2799" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 10" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 446" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10-768x437.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.2</strong></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>&lt;—&gt;</th>
<th>Live, playback, events, alarms</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live and playback video traffic</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>-S</strong></td>
<td>Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>g 19</strong></td>
<td>Operator Client / Configuration Client</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td>site</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>R.</strong></td>
<td>DVR</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Recording</strong></p>
<p>This chapter explains the different recording and replay related functions in the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2800" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 11" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 447"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="472" class="wp-image-2801" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 12" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 448" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12.jpeg 856w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12-768x423.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.2.1</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark21"></a> Automated Network Replenishment (ANR)</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>BVMS Viewer offers only basic features. Advanced features are included in BVMS Professional. For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com </a>and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>When a failure of the network or the central storage occurs, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>function ensures that the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark452">encoder</a> transmits the locally buffered recording of the missing time period to the central storage after the failure is fixed.</p>
<p>The following graphic shows the transmission of video data after a network or storage failure is fixed.</p>
<p><strong>Example: Work around network failure</strong></p>
<p>If the network fails unexpectedly, the ANR function completes the central storage with the locally buffered recording when the network is available again.</p>
<p><strong>Example: Store video data when network is not available</strong></p>
<p>A subway has no network connection to the central storage when located between stations. Only during regular stops the buffered recording can be transmitted to the central storage. Ensure that the time period that is required for transferring the buffered recording, does not exceed the time period of a stop.</p>
<p><strong>Example: ANR for alarm recording</strong></p>
<p>The pre-alarm recording is stored locally. Only in case of an alarm, this pre-alarm recording is transmitted to the central storage. If no alarm occurs, the obsolete pre-alarm recording is not transmitted to the central storage and, hence, does not burden the network.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2802" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 13" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 449"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot use playback from the local storage media when the passwords for &#8216;user&#8217; and &#8216;live&#8217; are set on the encoder. Remove the passwords if required.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Concepts | en <strong>21</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.2.2</strong></td>
<td>The ANR function only works with VRM recording.</p>
<p>The ANR function does not work with an encoder for which a secure connection for live display is configured.</p>
<p>You must have configured the storage media of an encoder to use the ANR function.</p>
<p>The encoder for which you configure the ANR function, must have firmware version 5.90 or later. Not all encoder types support the ANR function.</p>
<p>You cannot use the ANR function with dual recording.</p>
<p>Your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark469"> iSCSI storage system </a>must be properly configured.</p>
<p>The following list contains the possible reasons if you cannot configure the ANR function:</p>
<ul>
<li>Encoder is not reachable (wrong IP address, network failure, etc.).</li>
<li>Storage media of the encoder not available or read-only.</li>
<li>Wrong firmware version.</li>
<li>Encoder type does not support the ANR function.</li>
<li>Dual recording is active.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Overview of the storage related events</strong></p>
<p>This chapter describes the different storage related events.</p>
<p><strong>Buffer Storage State</strong></p>
<p>When a failure of the network or the central storage occurs, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>function ensures that the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark452">encoder</a> transmits the locally buffered recording of the missing time period to the central storage after the failure is fixed.</p>
<p>The buffer storage states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage State Unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Critical Buffer Fill Level</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Failure</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Buffer Storage Overflow</strong></p>
<p>This event indicates that the storage buffer is already full and the recording is not transmitted to the central storage anymore.</p>
<p><strong>Storage State / Secondary Storage State</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Storage State </strong>indicates the status of the connection between a camera and the central storage. The <strong>Storage State Failure </strong>event is triggered if the camera loses the connection to the central storage. If the disconnection only lasts a short moment, this event does not necessarily indicate that video data is lost.</p>
<p>The storage states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage State Unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Failure</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Recording monitor state / Secondary recording monitor state</strong></p>
<p>This event indicates a recording monitoring. As long as the camera can buffer recording in the RAM, no alarm is triggered. The <strong>Recording monitor state recording loss </strong>event is only triggered if within the last two minutes video data can no longer be buffered in the RAM and is lost. The event also indicates the time period when video data was lost.</p>
<p>The recording monitor states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state ok</strong></li>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state recording loss</strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark20"><em>Automated Network Replenishment (ANR), page 20</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark32"></a> 4.3 Alarm handling</p>
<p>Alarms can be individually configured to be handled by one or more user groups. When an alarm occurs, it appears in the Alarm List of all users in the user groups configured to receive that alarm. When any one of these users starts to work on the alarm, it disappears from the Alarm List of all other users.</p>
<p>Alarms are displayed on a workstation’s alarm monitor. This behavior is described in the following paragraphs.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm flow</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>An alarm occurs in the system.</li>
<li>Alarm notifications appear in the Alarm Lists of all users configured for this alarm. Alarm video is immediately displayed on configured monitors. If it is an automatically displayed alarm (auto pop-up), the alarm video is also automatically displayed on the Operator Client workstation’s alarm monitors.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the alarm is configured as an auto-clear alarm, the alarm is removed from the Alarm List after the auto-clear time (configured in the Configuration Client).</p>
<p>On monitors, any quad views from VIP XDs are temporarily replaced by full-screen displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>One of the users accepts the alarm. The alarm video is then displayed on this user&#8217;s workstation (if it is not already displayed via auto pop-up). The alarm is removed from all other Alarm Lists and alarm video displays.</li>
<li>The user who accepted the alarm invokes a workflow that can include reading an action plan and entering comments. This step is optional &#8211; requirements for workflow can be configured by the administrator.</li>
<li>Finally, the user clears the alarm. This removes the alarm from his Alarm List and alarm display.</li>
</ol>
<p>On a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark474"> monitor group</a>, the monitors return to the cameras that were displayed before the alarm occurred.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Image window</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To display alarm video, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window </a>replaces the Live or Playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">window</a> on the monitor that has been configured for alarm display.</li>
<li>Each alarm gets a row of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>s. Up to 5 Image panes can be associated with each alarm. These Image panes can display live video, playback video, or maps.</li>
</ol>
<p>On a monitor group, each alarm can call up cameras on a row of monitors. The number of cameras in the row is limited by the number of columns in the monitor group. Monitors in the row that are not used for alarm video can be configured to either continue with their current display or to display a blank screen.</p>
<ol>
<li>Higher priority alarms are displayed above lower priority alarms on both monitor rows and the Operator Client workstation display alarm rows.</li>
<li>If the Alarm image window is completely full of Alarm image rows and an additional alarm must be displayed, the lowest priority alarms &#8220;stack up&#8221; in the bottom row of the Alarm image window. You can step through the stacked alarms with the controls at the left side of the alarm row.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can step through the alarm stacks on monitor groups with control buttons in the <strong>Monitors </strong>window of the Operator Client workstation display. Monitors in alarm are indicated by red icons with blinking &#8220;LEDs&#8221;.</p>
<p>The alarm title, time, and date can be optionally be displayed on all monitors, or only the first monitor in the alarm row.</p>
<ol>
<li>For equal priority alarms, the administrator can configure the order behavior:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Last-in-First-out (LIFO) mode: in this configuration, new alarms are inserted <em>above </em>older alarms of the same priority.</li>
<li>First-in-First-out (FIFO) mode; in this configuration, new alarms are inserted <em>below </em>older alarms of the same priority.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>An alarm&#8217;s Image row can appear in the Alarm Image window in one of two ways:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>When it is generated (auto pop-up). This occurs when the alarm priority is higher than display priority.</li>
<li>When the alarm is accepted. This occurs when the alarm priority is lower than display priority.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Auto pop-up alarms</strong></p>
<p>Alarms can be configured to automatically display (pop up) in the Alarm Image window, based on the alarm priority. Each user group&#8217;s live and playback displays are also assigned priorities. When alarms are received with priority higher than that of the user&#8217;s display, the alarm automatically displays its alarm row in the Alarm Image window. If the Alarm Image window is not currently displayed, it automatically replaces the Live or Playback Image window on the alarm-enabled monitor.</p>
<p>Although auto pop-up alarms are displayed in the Alarm Image window, they are not automatically accepted. They can be displayed on multiple users&#8217; displays simultaneously. When a user accepts an auto pop-up alarm, it is removed from all other users Alarm Lists and alarm displays.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm handling in case of shutdown</strong></p>
<p>On a server shutdown all active alarms are preserved. The alarms are restored and reappear in the <strong>Alarm List </strong>window, when the system restarts.</p>
<p>Alarms in the state <strong>Accepted </strong>or <strong>Workflow </strong>are automatically set back to the state <strong>Active </strong>when the system restarts. Comments entered for alarms in the state <strong>Workflow </strong>are preserved.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2803" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 14" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 450"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The alarm data is automatically saved every minute, so the maximum data loss is the data accumulated in one minute.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Inactivity logoff</strong></p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>Intended use of inactivity logoff is to protect an Operator Client or Configuration Client during the absence of the operator or administrator.</p>
<p>You can configure per user group that Operator Client shall be logged off automatically after a specified time period without activity.</p>
<p>For Configuration Client no user groups are available. The inactivity logoff setting is valid only for the <strong>admin </strong>user.</p>
<p>All operations with keyboard, mouse and CCTV keyboard affect the specified time period for inactivity logoff. Automatic activities of Operator Client do not affect the time period. Automatic activities of Configuration Client like firmware upload or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark469"> iSCSI </a>setup prevent the inactivity logoff.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can also configure the inactivity logoff for a BVMS Web Client.</p>
<p>Short before an inactivity logoff, a dialog box reminds the user to actively prevent the inactivity logoff.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> records an occurred inactivity logoff.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>If a workstation is located in a public area, the inactivity logoff minimizes the risk that on an unattended workstation Operator Client is accessed by an unauthorized person.</p>
<p>An administrator group member shall logoff automatically after inactivity but a desk officer (operator group) might just watch video without operating the system and does not want an inactivity logoff.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p>Client SDK activity does not support the inactivity logoff, this means that the activity of Client SDK does not affect the specified time period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Version independent Operator Client</strong></p>
<p>For Compatibility mode both Operator Client and Management Server must have a version later than 5.5.</p>
<p>A user of Operator Client can successfully log on to a Management Server where a previous software version is running.</p>
<p>If the server provides a newer configuration than available on the Operator Client workstation, this configuration is automatically copied to the Operator Client workstation. The user can decide to download the new configuration.</p>
<p>Operator Client provides a reduced feature set and is connected to this Management Server. The following Management Server related features are available after logon to a Management Server with a previous version: &#8211; User preferences</p>
<ul>
<li>Start manual recording</li>
<li>Display of device states</li>
<li>Toggling relay states</li>
<li>Searching the Logbook</li>
</ul>
<p>Search for events is not possible.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark487">Server Lookup</a></li>
<li>Remote export</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.5.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Working with Compatibility Mode</strong></p>
<p>CL</p>
<p>: This Operator Client state displays in case of compatibility mode.</p>
<p>In version later than 5.5, the Operator Client will work in compatibility mode if the version of the Management Server is lower than the version of the Operator Client.</p>
<p>In version later than 10.0, the Operator Client will work in compatibility mode in case of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all communication services could be connected by Operator Client.</li>
<li>Example: The Management Server is up and running, but WebServiceHost is down.</li>
<li>There are changes within the communication interface between Operator Client and Management Server</li>
</ul>
<p>Only semantic interface changes or partial drop of services may cause that some functionalities can be missing in the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Concepts | en <strong>25</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark38"></a><strong>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>This chapter illustrates the viewing modes of a panoramic camera which are available in BVMS.</p>
<p>The following viewing modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Circle view</li>
<li>Panorama view</li>
<li>Cropped view</li>
</ul>
<p>Panorama and cropped view modes are created by the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark445"> dewarping </a>process in BVMS.<a href="#post-2789-bookmark451"> Edge</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark451">dewarping </a>is not used.</p>
<p>The administrator must configure the mounting position of a panoramic camera in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>You can resize the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of a camera as required. The Image pane ratio is not restricted to the 4:3 or 16:9 aspect ratio.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark74"><em>Displaying a panoramic camera, page 37</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark77"><em>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera, page 38</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.6.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>360° panoramic camera &#8211; floor- or ceiling mounted</strong></p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 360° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="575" class="wp-image-2804" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 15" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 451" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15.jpeg 853w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15-768x518.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="499" class="wp-image-2805" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 16" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 452" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16.jpeg 782w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16-768x490.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark42"></a> 180° panoramic camera &#8211; floor- or ceiling mounted</p>
<p><strong>4.6.2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="573" class="wp-image-2806" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 17" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 453" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17-768x517.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="577" class="wp-image-2807" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 18" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 454" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18-768x518.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 180° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark45"></a> 4.6.3 360° panoramic camera &#8211; wall mounted</p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 360° camera which is wall mounted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="395" class="wp-image-2808" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 19" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 455" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19.jpeg 449w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19-300x264.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="385" class="wp-image-2809" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 20" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 456" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20.jpeg 449w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark47"></a> 180° panoramic camera &#8211; wall mounted</p>
<p><strong>4.6.4</strong></p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 180° camera which is wall mounted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="390" class="wp-image-2810" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 21" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 457" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21-300x296.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="251" class="wp-image-2811" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 22" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 458" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></p>
<p><strong>o<br />
▼</strong></p>
<p><strong>o</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark50"></a> Cropped view on a panoramic camera</p>
<p><strong>4.6.5</strong></p>
<p>The following example figure illustrates the cropping of a 360° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</p>
<p>The rectilinear section used for cropping is fixed. You can change the section in the cropped Image pane using the available PTZ controls.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="239" class="wp-image-2812" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 23" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 459" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23.jpeg 239w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 239px) 100vw, 239px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="145" class="wp-image-2813" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 24" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 460" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24.jpeg 750w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24-300x58.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="193" class="wp-image-2814" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 25" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 461" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25.jpeg 378w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></p>
<p><strong>©</strong></p>
<p><strong>o</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>Cropping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>Cropped<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark54"></a> 4.7 SSH Tunneling</p>
<p>BVMS provides remote connectivity utilizing Secure Shell (SSH) tunneling.</p>
<p>SSH tunneling constructs an encrypted tunnel established by an SSH protocol/socket connection. This encrypted tunnel can provide transport to both encrypted and un-encrypted traffic. The Bosch SSH implementation also utilizes Omni-Path protocol, which is a high performance low latency communications protocol developed by Intel.</p>
<p><strong>Technical aspects and restrictions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>SSH tunneling utilizes port 5322. This port cannot be modified.</li>
<li>The SSH Service must be installed on the same server as the BVMS Management Server.</li>
<li>(Enterprise) user accounts must have a configured password. (Enterprise) user accounts without a password cannot log on utilizing a SSH connection.</li>
<li>Local storage cameras do not support SSH connection.</li>
<li>Configuration Client cannot connect remotely via SSH. Configuration Client connection must be done via port mapping.</li>
<li>Operator Client checks connection with SSH service every 15 seconds. If the connection is interrupted, Operator Client retests the connection every minute.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Port mapping</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Configure one port forwarding for the BVMS Management Server to utilize port 5322 for both internal and external connections.</p>
<p>This is the only port mapping entry that you need to make for the entire system.</p>
<p>BVMS port mapping is not required.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypted communication</strong></p>
<p>After the connection is established via a SSH tunnel, all communications between the BVMS Management Server and a remote client are encrypted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark56"></a> 5 Use latest software</p>
<p>Before operating the device for the first time, make sure that you install the latest applicable release of your software version. For consistent functionality, compatibility, performance, and security, regularly update the software throughout the operational life of the device. Follow the instructions in the product documentation regarding software updates.</p>
<p>We only create new updates for software versions in general or limited availability state. For more information, refer to:</p>
<p><a href="https://community.boschsecurity.com/t5/Security-Video/Bosch-Building-Technologies-Software-Service-and-Support/ta-p/10669" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Bosch Building Technologies Software Service and Support</a>.</p>
<p>The following links provide more information:</p>
<ul>
<li>General information:<a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/</a></li>
<li>Security advisories, that is a list of identified vulnerabilities and proposed solutions:</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/security-advisories.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/security-advisories.html</a> Bosch assumes no liability whatsoever for any damage caused by operating its products with outdated software components.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2815" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 26" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 462"></p>
<p><strong>6</strong></p>
<p><strong>6.1</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark58"></a> Getting started</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to get started with BVMS.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark60"></a> Starting Operator Client</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Before using the system, activate the licenses that you have ordered. The Configuration Manual or the Configuration Client Online Help describe how to activate the licenses.</li>
<li>To be sure that your BVMS uses the language that you need, please configure this language in your Configuration Client. See the Online Help for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>If a newer version of BVMS is running on the Management Server, this version is installed automatically by no-touch deployment when you log on.</p>
<p><strong>To start the Operator Client:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the <strong>Start </strong>menu, select <strong>Programs </strong>&gt; BVMS &gt; Operator Client.</li>
</ol>
<p>The dialog box for logging on is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type your user name in the <strong>User Name: </strong>field.</li>
<li>Type your password in the <strong>Password: </strong>field.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When you start the application for the first time, type Admin as user name, no password required.</p>
<p>To access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously, type the user name of a member of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select the IP address or the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark446"> DNS </a>name of the Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you use a SSH connection, select <strong>&lt;New&#8230;&gt; </strong>and enter the address in the following format: <strong>ssh://IP or servername:5322.</strong></p>
<p>To use a SSH connection user accounts must have a configured password (see<a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"> <em>SSH</em></a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"><em>Tunneling, page 31</em></a>).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If dual authorization has been configured for your user group, the next logon dialog is displayed.</p>
<p>A user of the configured second user group enters the required information.</p>
<p>The application starts.</p>
<p>If dual authorization is optional, just click <strong>OK </strong>again on the second logon dialog box. But you then only have the user rights of your user group and not the potentially extended user rights of your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark448"> dual authorization </a>group.</p>
<p><strong>To start the Operator Client using Single Sign-on:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>To start the Operator Client using Single Sign-on, the user has to be associated to a LDAP user group that is configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>SSH connection and dual authorization are not supported if a user connects to the Operator Client using Single Sign-on.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>From the <strong>Start </strong>menu, select <strong>Programs </strong>&gt; BVMS &gt; Operator Client. The dialog box for logging on is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</p>
<p>3.</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Use Windows session credentials </strong>check box.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select the IP address or the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark446"> DNS </a>name of the Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To quit Operator Client:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>System </strong>menu, click <strong>Exit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application quits.</p>
<p>If you logged on to Operator Client as a user who is not authorized to quit the application, the <strong>Enter Logoff Password </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Ask a user with corresponding user rights to enter his user name and password to confirm the process.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"><em> SSH Tunneling, page 31</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting Operator Client with command line parameters</strong></p>
<p>The BVMS Operator Client provides automatic logon by using a parameterized startup. Therefore, create a new shortcut to the OperatorClient.exe and adjust the target of the shortcut.</p>
<p>Adjust the text between ** to the specific situation.</p>
<p>*BVMS installation directory*\bin\OperatorClient.exe&#8221; /user=&#8221;*username*&#8221; / password=&#8221;*password*&#8221; /connection=&#8221;*ip address*&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
<p>C:\Program Files\BOSCH\VMS\bin\OperatorClient.exe&#8221; /user=&#8221;Admin&#8221; / password=&#8221;password123&#8243; /connection=&#8221;192.168.20.120&#8243;</p>
<p>The connection parameter works from BVMS 9.0 and newer. The username and password parameters work from BVMS 5.0 onwards.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2816" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 27" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 463"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Username and password are stored as clear text in the target of the shortcut. This can be considered a security risk.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark63"></a> 6.3 Accepting a new configuration</p>
<p>When the system administrator activates a new configuration from within Configuration Client, each Operator Client is either immediately restarted automatically or the user of a workstation is informed about the new configuration and can accept it later. The system administrator configures which of these 2 cases occurs.</p>
<p>If the system administrator activated a new configuration without forcing each Operator Client workstation to accept the new configuration, a dialog box is displayed on all Operator Client workstations. The users can refuse or accept the new configuration. The dialog box is closed after a few seconds without user interaction. In this case the new configuration is refused. If a device (for example a camera) is removed from the system in the new configuration, some functions of this device are not available if you have refused the new configuration.</p>
<p>If you change the password for a user or delete a user while this user is logged on, this user can still continue working with Operator Client after password change or deletion. If after password change or deletion the connection to Management Server is interrupted (for example after activating the configuration), the user cannot automatically reconnect to the Management Server again without logoff/logon at Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To accept a new configuration:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Log off and then log on again.</p>
<p>The new configuration is used now.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td colspan="2">Getting started | en <strong>35</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.4</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2789-bookmark65"></a><strong>Accessing the system</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">You access a system performing the following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Perform one of the following steps to select the network address of the desired system:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click a preselected list entry.</li>
<li>Enter a network address manually.</li>
<li>Select a network address using<a href="#post-2789-bookmark487"> Server Lookup</a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Log on to the desired system:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Single server system</li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark454">Enterprise System</a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.5</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2789-bookmark67"></a><strong>Using Server Lookup</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>—</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>— — —</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>—</td>
<td>The BVMS Server Lookup feature allows Operators to connect to a BVMS Management Server out of a provided list of servers.</p>
<p>A single user of Configuration Client or Operator Client can connect to multiple system access points sequentially.</p>
<p>System access points can be Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>Server Lookup uses dedicated Management Server to host the Server List.</p>
<p>Server Lookup and Management Server or Enterprise Management Server functionally can be run on one machine.</p>
<p>Server Lookup supports you in locating system access points by their names or descriptions.</p>
<p>Once connected to the Management Server the Operator Client receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To</strong></p>
<p>10.</td>
<td><strong>access:</strong></p>
<p>Start Operator Client or Configuration Client.</p>
<p>The logon dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for Configuration Client or <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for Operator Client.</p>
<p>If private and public IP address has been configured for a server, this is indicated.</p>
<p>If you select <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>or <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for the first time, the <strong>Server lookup </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>(Enterprise) Management Server address </strong>field, type in a valid network address of the desired server.</p>
<p>Enter a valid user name and password.</p>
<p>If required, click <strong>Remember settings</strong>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Server lookup </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Select the desired server.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>If the selected server has both a private and a public network address, a message box is displayed asking whether you are using a computer located in the private network of the selected server.</p>
<p>The server name is added to the <strong>Connection: </strong>list in the logon dialog box.</p>
<p>Select this server in the <strong>Connection: </strong>list and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>If you have selected the <strong>Remember settings </strong>check box, you can select this server directly when you again want to access this server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying camera images</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to display camera images.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Selecting a time zone</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Ensure that the time on all computers of your system is set correctly according to each time zone where the computers are located.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Management Server or unmanaged site and all connected devices including encoders, decoders, VRM Server computers, and DVR devices must be in the same time zone. Operator Client computers (including Client SDK and Cameo SDK) and Configuration Client computers can be in other time zones than the Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p>If your Operator Client is located in another time zone than one or more connected Management Server or unmanaged site, you can select one of the following time displays: &#8211; Your local time &#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark494"> UTC</a></p>
<p>&#8211; Time zone of the Management Server or unmanaged site you are connected to The Image panes displaying a camera (live and playback) always show the time of the corresponding Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p>©</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, is displayed on the device icon of each server or unmanaged site that do not share the time zone that is currently selected in the Operator Client:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="379" class="wp-image-2817" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 28" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28-254x300.jpeg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<p>You can select the time zone of a server or unmanaged site for displaying this time zone in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To select the time zone:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a server icon to select the time zone of this server.</li>
<li>In the time zone selector list, select the desired entry.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Operator Client Time</strong>: Operator Client</li>
</ul>
<p>&#8211; <strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p><strong>UTC-x</strong>: time zone of each available Management Server</p>
<p>The time based on the selected time zone is displayed in the menu bar:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="168" class="wp-image-2818" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 29" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 465" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29.jpeg 758w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29-300x66.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark72"></a> 7.2 Displaying a camera in an Image pane</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To assign a camera image to an Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a camera from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.<br />
The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<ol>
<li>. Select an Image pane.</li>
<li>. In the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window, double-click a camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>. Repeat the above steps for every camera you want to display.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can also drag maps and documents to Image panes.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click a camera and click <strong>in next free image pane</strong>. The camera is displayed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To move a camera within the Image window:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag the camera into another Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To zoom digitally:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Rotate the wheel button forward or backward to zoom in or zoom out.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark75"></a> 7.3 Displaying a panoramic camera</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display<a href="#post-2789-bookmark479"> panoramic cameras</a>. The original full image circle of a panorama camera is automatically<a href="#post-2789-bookmark445"> dewarped </a>when displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>You can display panoramic cameras and use PTZ in Live Mode and Playback Mode</p>
<p>You can select a point of interest of the panorama image for display in another Image pane. This Image pane displays the cropped image. Cropping and using PTZ in a cropped image is possible in Live and Playback Mode.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> allows a flexible resizing of the Image pane that displays a panoramic camera or any other camera.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>38 </strong>en</td>
<td>| Displaying camera images BVMS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To display a panoramic camera:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Drag a camera with the icon to an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>The camera image is displayed in panorama view.</p>
<ol>
<li>Use the available control elements in the Image pane for navigating in the image.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To display a cropped image:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a panoramic camera in panorama view.</li>
<li>Press and hold the CTRL-key.</li>
</ol>
<p>The mouse pointer changes accordingly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click and hold a point of interest.</li>
<li>Drag the selected point to another Image pane and drop it. Release the CTRL-key.</li>
</ol>
<p>A section of the panorama view around the selected point is displayed.</p>
<p>You can create another cropped image from this cropped image with the same procedure.</p>
<p>We recommend displaying maximum 10 cropped Image panes simultaneously.</p>
<ol>
<li>Use the available control elements in the Image pane for navigating in the image.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark77"><em>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera, page 38</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark38"><em>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera, page 25</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark77"></a><strong>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>A panoramic camera must be configured in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>for this user.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can switch the viewing mode for a panoramic camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>The following modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>O Circle view</strong></li>
<li><strong>□ Panorama view </strong>(initial view)</li>
<li>O <strong>Cropped view</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To switch:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the title bar of an Image pane displaying a panoramic camera, click the <strong>Switch panoramic mode </strong>icon and select the desired entry.</p>
<p>When the Image pane for this camera is closed and opened again, the <strong>Panorama view </strong>mode is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark74"><em>Displaying a panoramic camera, page 37</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark38"><em>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera, page 25</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Displaying a dual thermal/optical camera</strong></p>
<p>In Operator Client you can display the thermal and optical mode of a dual camera either separately or simultaneously.</p>
<p><strong>To display the desired viewing mode of the camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the camera to an Image pane or</p>
<p>Select an Image pane and in the <strong>Logical Tree </strong>window, double-click the desired camera.</p>
<p>The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p>The viewing mode is displayed in the title bar of the Image pane:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="325" height="46" class="wp-image-2819" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 30" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30.jpeg 325w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30-300x42.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 325px) 100vw, 325px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="142" height="45" class="wp-image-2820" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 31" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 467"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2821" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 32" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 468"></p>
<p><strong>7.6</strong></p>
<p><strong>7.7</strong></p>
<p><strong>7.8</strong></p>
<p><strong>Optical îü Thermal</strong></p>
<p><strong>To switch the viewing mode of the camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the title bar of the Image pane displaying the camera, select the desired viewing mode.</p>
<p><strong>To display the thermal and optical mode of the camera simultaneously:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Select the Image pane displaying the camera.</p>
<p>Press the CTRL-key and drag and drop the camera image to another Image pane.</p>
<p>The second viewing mode of the camera is displayed in the new Image pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark80"></a> Displaying cameras from multiple Management Servers</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Enterprise Logical Tree</strong></p>
<p>Log on as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>In the Enterprise<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, expand the item of the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a>. You can use the devices that are configured for this Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark82"></a> Finding an item in the Logical Tree</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To find an item in the Logical Tree:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Right-click the root node or a child node of the Logical Tree and click <strong>Tree search </strong>Or:</p>
<p>In the Logical Tree window press Ctrl + F.</p>
<p>The search box is displayed</p>
<p>Type a search string representing the display name of an item.</p>
<p>The search is triggered immediately during typing and the first item that matches the search string is marked. If you want to display it in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, double-click it. If the search string is not found, the background color of the search box changes.</p>
<p>Click or <sup>v</sup> to mark the previous or the next matching item.</p>
<p>Click X to close the search box.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark407"><em> Search box, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark85"></a> Changing the number of Image pane rows</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can change the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>To show fewer image pane rows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the <strong>Tools </strong>menu, click <strong>Show fewer Image pane rows </strong>or</p>
<p>Move the <strong>Change image pane rows </strong>slider or</p>
<p>to the left</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Press F7.</p>
<p><strong>To show more Image pane rows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the <strong>Tools </strong>menu, click <strong>Show more Image pane rows </strong>or</p>
<p>Move the <strong>Change image pane rows </strong>slider to the right</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Click ® or</p>
<p>Press F8.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2822" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 33" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 469"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2823" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 34" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 470"> The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If you have reached this number, the <strong>Show more Image pane rows </strong>menu command and the</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>button are disabled.</p>
<p>If the maximum number of Image pane rows has been set to 1, the <strong>Change image pane rows</strong></p>
<p>slider is not displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This limitation does not affect the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark88"></a> 7.9 Arranging and resizing Image panes</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To arrange Image panes:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag an item from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. Repeat this until all required cameras are displayed.</li>
</ol>
<p>If an object is already displayed in a target Image pane, this object is replaced.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag a camera from one Image pane to another, if required.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To resize an Image pane:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Point to a border or corner of an Image pane. The pointer appears as a double-headed arrow.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can resize diagonally, vertically or horizontally.</p>
<p>The resulting size of the Image pane is limited to the grid of the select Image pane pattern.</p>
<p>The Image pane ratio is not restricted to the 4:3 or 16:9 aspect ratio.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to resize the Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark90"></a> 7.10 Displaying the Alarm Image window</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can switch from the Image window to the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> if at least one alarm is in the Alarm List.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2824" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 35" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 471"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To display the Alarm Image window:</strong></p>
<p><em>a*-</em></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>, click .</p>
<p>The Alarm Image window is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To display the Image window again:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>, click .</p>
<p>Live Mode or Playback Mode is displayed depending on the Mode that was displayed before.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting manual recording</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can start recording for each camera manually. The quality level of alarm recording mode is used. The duration of alarm recording is configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If the selected camera is already recording, the quality level is changed to alarm recording mode. With VRM recording, the alarm recording is not protected.</p>
<p><strong>To start recording:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>displaying a camera.</li>
<li>Click * .</li>
</ol>
<p>Recording is started.</p>
<p>VRM recordings only: You cannot manually stop recording. The recording stops after the configured alarm recording time. In the Timeline of the camera, the pre-alarm recording is displayed as alarm recording, if pre-alarm recording is configured in Configuration Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.12</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark93"></a><strong>Starting a pre-configured camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>With a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence</a>, a group of cameras are displayed one after the other. The pre­configured camera sequences are configured in the Configuration Client and appear in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark472">Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p>A sequence is configured to use more than one<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane </a>in Operator Client or in a monitor group. If there are not enough<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image panes </a>or monitor panes to display the whole sequence, only those panes are displayed which fit into the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>. The remaining panes are not displayed and an appropriate message is displayed.</p>
<p>Under the following conditions, a sequence is not being displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video loss</li>
<li>Connection to the camera lost</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>2 </strong>en | Displaying camera images BVMS</p>
<ul>
<li>No permission to display the camera</li>
<li>Camera not configured</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the configuration is changed and activated, a camera sequence (pre-configured or automatic) usually is continued after restart of the Operator Client.</p>
<p><em>b</em> But in the following cases the sequence is not continued:</p>
<p><em>[ A</em> A monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been removed.</p>
<p>The mode of a monitor (single/quad view) where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been changed.</p>
<p>The logical number of a monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed is changed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>7.13</strong></td>
<td><strong>To start and control a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag the required sequence from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane or to a</li>
</ol>
<p>monitor group.</p>
<p>1 k [P</p>
<p>The sequence is displayed indicated by the — symbol when running in an image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>When running in an image pane: Click a playback control icon of the image window toolbar to control the sequence.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Starting an automatic camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>With a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence</a>, a group of cameras are displayed one after the other.</p>
<p>You configure the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark450"> dwell time </a>for these sequences in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu,</p>
<p><strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command).</p>
<p>Under the following conditions, a sequence is not being displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video loss</li>
<li>Connection to the camera lost</li>
<li>No permission to display the camera</li>
<li>Camera not configured</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><em>f</em><strong> • J</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the configuration is changed and activated, a camera sequence (pre-configured or automatic) usually is continued after restart of the Operator Client.</p>
<p>But in the following cases the sequence is not continued:</p>
<p>A monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been removed.</p>
<p>The mode of a monitor (single/quad view) where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been changed.</p>
<p>The logical number of a monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed is changed.</p>
<p><strong>To start a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>where you want the sequence to be played.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Displaying camera images | en <strong>43</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>2. Right-click a folder in the <strong>Logical Tree </strong>and click <strong>Show as sequence in selected image pane</strong>.</p>
<p>The cameras of the selected folder are displayed one after the other in the selected</p>
<p>| [J</p>
<p>Image pane. indicates that the sequence is running.</p>
<p><strong>To pause a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> toolbar, click <strong>^^.</strong></p>
<p>[nW</p>
<p>The sequence stops playing, as indicated by .</p>
<p><strong>To jump to the previous / next step of a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the Image window toolbar, click or <strong>^^.</strong></p>
<p>The sequence jumps to the previous or next step.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using one channel audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You use one channel audio mode when you want to hear only one audio source assigned to a camera. You cannot activate audio for another camera.</p>
<p><strong>To activate / de-activate multichannel audio mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Extras </strong>menu, click <strong>Options </strong></li>
<li>Select the <strong>Playback audio of the selected Image pane </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.15</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using multichannel audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You use multichannel audio mode when you want to hear different audio sources at the same time. You can activate different audio sources assigned to a camera in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of each camera.</p>
<p><strong>To activate / de-activate multichannel audio mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Extras </strong>menu, click <strong>Options </strong></li>
<li>Select the <strong>Multichannel audio playback </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using digital zoom</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>Every<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>provides a digital zoom function. This digital zoom has 11 levels: 1x, 1.35x, 1.8x, 2.5x, 3.3x, 4.5x, 6x, 8.2x, 11x, 14.9x, 20.1x.</p>
<p>When you save a Favorites View, the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are saved.</p>
<p>ll<sup>&#8211;</sup>-.</p>
<p>When you click , the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are used</p>
<p>for instant playback.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When Operator Client restarts, the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are retained.</p>
<p><strong>To use digital zoom:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Rotate the wheel button forward or backward to zoom in or zoom out.</p>
<p>indicates that the digital zoom was used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</p>
<p>3.</td>
<td>Drag the image to navigate to the desired image section.</p>
<p>Right-click the Image pane and click <strong>Zoom 1:1 </strong>to return to the original size.</p>
<p>s <sub>H</sub>.</p>
<p>disappears.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>You can also use the controls for digital zoom in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window. When you rotate the wheel button for PTZ cameras, you use optical zoom.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark150"><em>Using in-window control of a PTZ camera, page 55</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark103"></a> Saving a single image pane</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window <strong>To save a single image pane:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click ^^.</p>
<p>A dialog box for saving the image file is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Select the desired directory, enter a file name, and select the desired file type. JPG and BMP are available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The image pane is saved. The file contains additional information about the camera, map or map viewport.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark105"></a> Printing a single image pane</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window <strong>To print a single image pane:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click <strong>^P.</strong></p>
<p>A dialog box for selecting the printer is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The image pane is printed. The printout contains additional information about the camera, map or map viewport.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Displaying camera images | en <strong>45</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.19</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Switching to full-screen mode</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.20</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p>Full-screen mode hides many control elements, for example the menu commands or the Alarm List if no alarm monitor was switched to full-screen mode. For accessing these control elements, leave the full-screen-mode.</p>
<p><strong>To display the entire Image window in full-screen mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>IS</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> toolbar, click .</p>
<p>The Image window is displayed in full-screen mode.</p>
<p><strong>To leave the full-screen mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click ® .</p>
<p><strong>To maximize a selected Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>and click <strong>Maximize</strong>.</p>
<p>The selected Image pane is displayed using the entire Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying or hiding the Image pane bars</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.21</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To display / hide the toolbars:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click to display the toolbars of the selected image pane.</p>
<p>Click to hide the toolbars of the selected image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying information on a camera</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.22</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To display information:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>with a camera assigned and click <strong>Properties</strong>. A dialog box with the camera properties is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Enabling video content analysis (VCA)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Main window or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">alarm image window</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To enable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Disable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client, after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, or after an alarm with the assigned camera is triggered again.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark115"></a> 7.23 Showing video content analysis (VCA) rules</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To show VCA rules:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> with a camera assigned and click <strong>Show Content Analysis rules</strong>. The VCA rules are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To hide VCA rules:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> with a camera assigned and click <strong>Hide Content Analysis rules</strong>. The VCA rules disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is not persistent after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client or after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark118"></a> 7.24 Starting instant playback</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can view the recordings of a camera in an Image pane in the Live Mode.</p>
<p>If configured you can change the recording source.</p>
<p>The current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are used for instant playback. The start time (number of seconds in the past or rewind time) for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> is configured in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu, <strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command).</p>
<p><strong>To start instant playback:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the required<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>L'&#8221;&#8216;.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The recording is played.</p>
<p>3. Switch to the desired recording source if available.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>After switching the recording source the rewind time can deviate from the configured value.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>tf&#8217;Si</p>
<p><strong>Si.</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>More than one Image pane with instant playback is possible, even multiple instant playbacks of the same camera.</p>
<p>The rewind time for instant playback is configured in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark388"> <em>Control tab, page 134</em></a>.</p>
<p><strong>To start/stop loop playback:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click &#8216; —&#8217;.</p>
<p>The duration of looped instant playback in the live image pane is the rewind time backwards plus the rewind time forwards from the time you click <sup>1</sup> —<sup>1</sup>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark388"><em>Control tab, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark288"><em>Switching the recording source, page 95</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.25</strong></td>
<td><strong>Assigning a camera to a monitor</strong></p>
<p><strong>„ . <sub>rt</sub> S- &#8220;T:</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt;</p>
<p>You can assign IP devices to a decoder. This displays the video signal on the monitor and plays the audio signal on the speakers if connected to the decoder. Bosch Allegiant cameras cannot be assigned this way.</p>
<p><strong>To assign a camera image to a monitor:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a camera from the window to the desired monitor in the Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.26</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>If available you can activate audio for a selected camera.</p>
<p>To hear the audio signal of multiple cameras simultaneously, activate multichannel audio mode.</p>
<p>You switch the audio mode in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu, <strong>Options&#8230;</strong>command). <strong>To activate / de-activate audio:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
<li>Click to de-activate or to activate audio.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.27</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using the Intercom functionality</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can use the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a> only when Live Mode is active.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Ensure that the microphone is active on your sound card and its volume is not 0. You perform this task in the Control Panel of your workstation computer. Additionally ensure that in the recording control of your sound card only the microphone is selected, not the stereo mix. For Windows 7: Disable all input devices except the one you want to use for Intercom functionality.</p>
<p>The following screenshot shows an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="644" height="725" class="wp-image-2825" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 36" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36.jpeg 644w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36-266x300.jpeg 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 644px) 100vw, 644px" /></p>
<p>If you change the setting from stereo mix to microphone after the first start of Operator Client, the setting is overridden after the next start of Operator Client. We recommend to use a headset instead of a microphone-loudspeaker combination to avoid acoustic feedback.</p>
<p>The Intercom functionality only works with an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> encoder</a> that has both audio-in and audio-out. Ensure that the volume settings for the encoder microphone and loudspeakers are not 0. You perform this task in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>To use Intercom functionality on your workstation your user group must be granted to use it. You perform this task in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box, you can configure half<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> or full duplex mode.</p>
<p><strong>To use Intercom functionality:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an Image pane with an audio encoder.</li>
<li>Click and hold the mouse button. If audio was off for this Image pane, it is switched on automatically.</li>
</ol>
<p><sub>Th</sub> . <sub>h t</sub> 1“</p>
<p>The icon changes to .</p>
<p>Now you can talk. If configured, the other side can talk also, regardless whether the icon is clicked or not.</p>
<ol>
<li>Release the mouse button. The transfer is interrupted.</li>
</ol>
<p>Audio remains on for this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2826" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 37" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 473"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>An incoming auto pop-up alarm can interrupt the transfer.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.28</strong></td>
<td><strong>Locking the control of a PTZ camera</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can lock the control of a PTZ camera for other users. A user with a higher priority can take over the control and lock the camera control. A timeout can be configured for this explicit PTZ locking. If you only take over the control without manually locking it before, the control is locked for the user with lower priority for 5 seconds.</p>
<p><strong>To lock a PTZ control:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select one of the following items:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Image pane with PTZ camera</li>
<li>PTZcameraintheLogicalTree</li>
<li>PTZ camera in the Favorites Tree</li>
<li>PTZ camera in the Map window</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the Image pane or the PTZ camera and click <strong>Lock</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The users with lower priorities cannot use the PTZ control any longer. On their displays a corresponding message box is displayed.</p>
<p>To stop the locking of the PTZ control, right-click the Image pane or the PTZ camera and click <strong>Unlock</strong>.</p>
<p>The locking ends automatically after a configured time period or when you log off.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark409"><em>Map window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.29</strong></td>
<td><strong>Updating the reference image</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can update the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark483"> reference image</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To update the reference image:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click an Image pane and click <strong>Reference Image </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Reference Image </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Update.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The image of the time when you click <strong>Update </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Reference Image dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Camera view:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the live view of the selected camera.</p>
<p><strong>Reference Image</strong></p>
<p>Displays the reference image after clicking <strong>Update</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Update</strong></p>
<p>Click to set the reference image. The image of the time when you click <strong>Update </strong>is used.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2827" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 38" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 474"><a id="post-2789-bookmark130"></a> 7.30 Displaying a monitor group</p>
<p>S&#8221; Main window &gt; &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To assign a monitor group to an image pane:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag a monitor group from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane. The selected monitor group is displayed in the image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or select an image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window, double-click a monitor group. The selected monitor group is displayed in the image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To assign a camera to a monitor:</strong></p>
<p>1. Drag a camera from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to a monitor.</p>
<p>The selected camera is displayed in the monitor.</p>
<p>Every assigned camera of a monitor group displays a snapshot. This snapshot helps you to identify, for example, if the correct camera is used or if the camera is reachable. The snapshot image is updated every minute.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="51" class="wp-image-2828" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 39" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 475"><strong>To switch the layout of a monitor group:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><strong>To reset the default layout settings of a monitor group:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the appropriate monitor group in the <strong>Logical tree</strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Reset to default layout settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The default layout settings of a MG are the settings, that are configured in the Configuration Client for this MG.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark133"></a> 7.31 Selecting live stream for display</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can select the stream of a camera for display in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. This is for example useful when the default stream is not available. In this case you can switch to another stream.</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>you select the preferred stream to be used when the camera is displayed later.</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of an already displayed camera you can switch the stream immediately.</p>
<p>The stream selection in an Image pane displaying a camera is retained after restarting Operator Client without explicitly closing this Image pane before. If the default stream has been selected in an Image pane and the default stream is changed using Configuration Client, the stream used for Live display is automatically changed after restart.</p>
<p>You can save the stream selection of an Image pane in a view in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark459"> Favorites Tree</a>.</p>
<p>When using Operator Client with a version earlier than BVMS 5.5.5 to open a view previously saved with Operator Client 5.5.5, the default stream is used.</p>
<p>When using Operator Client with version 5.5.5 to display a view that was saved with Operator Client with a version earlier than 5.5.5, the default stream is used.</p>
<p><strong>To pre-select a preferred stream:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click one of the available menu commands.</p>
<p>When you drag this camera to an Image pane next time, the preferred stream is used for display.</p>
<p><strong>To select a stream:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the camera image in an Image pane, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click one of the available menu commands</p>
<p>The selected stream is used for display.</p>
<p>When you select <strong>Image pane size optimized</strong>, the resolution of the displayed camera is automatically adjusted to the size of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>depending on the resolution of the used monitor.</p>
<p>The <strong>Image pane size optimized </strong>command is not available for the following cameras:</p>
<ul>
<li>Cameras with SD resolution</li>
<li>Cameras with identical resolution on stream 1 and stream 2</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark161"><em>Using favorites and bookmarks, page 62</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark135"></a> 7.32 Displaying video via low bandwidth</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p>To select the preferred transcoding device, use the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>To enable transcoding:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to enable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows transcoded video.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>ff;:. ff::.</p>
<p>icon for hardware transcoding or the</p>
<p>icon for software transcoding is displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying untranscoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p>If a transcoding request cannot be fulfilled, the related Image pane turns black.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Live Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then select another stream.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</p>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Playback Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to disable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</li>
</ul>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2829" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 40" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 476"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>7.33</p>
<p>You can also enable or disable transcoding in an Image pane directly:</p>
<p>Right-click the item, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click the desired menu command.</p>
<p>This setting only affects the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>This command does not affect the setting for the preferred stream in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark137"></a> Using TCP for reliable connection</p>
<p>S&#8221;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>For each Video IP device from Bosch in your system you can establish a more reliable connection if required. This can be useful if you have for example connection losses due to high network load. You enable <a href="#post-2789-bookmark489">TCP </a>for a selected camera to achieve a more reliable connection.</p>
<p>For all cameras of an entire workstation the system administrator can configure that the default protocol is TCP or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark491"> UDP</a>. For a single camera you can override the default protocol. <strong>Note: </strong>From encoder firmware version 7.0, it is possible to display secure UDP for BVIP encoders. You can switch between TCP and UDP for live video of an encoder.</p>
<p>If you are using older firmware versions and the administrator activated the encryption for live video of an encoder in Configuration Client, TCP is selected by default and it is not possible to disable TCP.</p>
<p><strong>To enable TCP:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Enable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The connection to the camera is now established via TCP. The context menu entry of this camera changes to <strong>Disable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To enable UDP:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Disable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The connection to the camera is now established via UDP. The context menu entry of this camera changes to <strong>Enable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To use the configured default protocol:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Use default protocol (TCP) </strong>or <strong>Use default protocol (UDP)</strong>. It depends on the current configuration which of these two menu commands is available.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark140"></a> 7.34 Connecting to an unmanaged site</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can connect to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark492"> unmanaged site</a>. All available devices of all video network devices of this site are then displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>. As soon as you log off or exit Operator Client, this connection is terminated.</p>
<p><strong>To connect:</strong></p>
<p>Q</p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click .</li>
<li>Click <strong>Connect to Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Q</p>
<p>As long as the device is connecting, i is displayed.</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>After the connection is successfully established, is displayed.</p>
<p>All available devices of this site are displayed in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>If not all devices belonging to this site can be connected, is displayed. You can later try to connect the remaining devices that were not connected now.</p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>You can also double-click to connect.</p>
<p><strong>To connect remaining devices:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li>Click <strong>Retry Connection</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2830" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 41" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 477"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="37" class="wp-image-2831" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 42" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 478"><strong>To disconnect a single site:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2832" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 43" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 479"> Click <strong>Disconnect from Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The icon changes:</p>
<p>All<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>To disconnect all sites:</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>All sites are disconnected. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p>All Image panes with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><em> Unmanaged site, page 18</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.35</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying a video analytics alarm</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can display the analytics viewer application of the configured <a href="#post-2789-bookmark495">video analytics </a>platform.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark438"> analytics viewer</a> application shows you analytics alarm details.</p>
<p><strong>Prerequisites</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the video analytics item to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>The default image of the analytics viewer application is displayed.</p>
<p>For displaying the analytics viewer application, a video analytics alarm must be available in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To display the alarm viewer application:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List</a>, click to select a video analytics alarm.</p>
<p>The analytics viewer application is displayed in the Image pane where you dragged the video analytics item.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.36</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying Intelligent Insights widgets</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display an Intelligent Insights widget in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To display an </strong>Intelligent Insights <strong>widget in an image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag an Intelligent Insights widget from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane. The Intelligent Insights widget is displayed in the image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark146"></a> Using PTZ cameras</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2833" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 44" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 480"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group, your <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">Enterprise User Group </a>or your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise Account</a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark148"></a> Controlling PTZ cameras</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can zoom and control the cameras in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window or in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2834" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 45" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 481"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When controlling a MIC 500 PTZ camera, focus near and focus far are permuted. You can switch the behavior directly on the device.</p>
<p><strong>Controlling/zooming cameras in the PTZ Control window:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required Image pane.</li>
<li>Click the various control elements in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window to control the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To move to a preposition of a PTZ camera on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a PTZ camera located on a map, point to <strong>Predefined positions</strong>, and then click the desired preposition command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The camera moves the focus to the selected preposition.</p>
<p><strong>To lock the control of a PTZ camera on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a PTZ camera located on a map and click <strong>Lock</strong>. The PTZ control of this camera is locked for other users.</li>
<li>To unlock: Right-click the locked PTZ camera and click <strong>Unlock</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em> PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark151"></a> 8.2 Using in-window control of a PTZ camera</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>After you have assigned a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera to an Image pane, you can use the camera control functions directly in this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To use the pan and tilt function:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Move the cursor on the Image pane which displays a PTZ camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>The cursor changes to</p>
<ol>
<li>Press and hold the mouse button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The cursor changes to C3\</p>
<p>To pan and tilt the image slowly, move the mouse slightly in the desired direction.</p>
<p>To pan and tilt more quickly, move the mouse further.</p>
<p><strong>To use the optical zoom function:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To zoom in, rotate the wheel button forward.</li>
<li>To zoom out, rotate the wheel button backward.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="173" class="wp-image-2835" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 46" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 482"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2836" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 47" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 483"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="260" height="301" class="wp-image-2837" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 48" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 484"></p>
<p>8.3</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark111"></a> Using the ROI function</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can use<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI </a>with a fixed HD camera.</p>
<p>You can zoom and control the cameras in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window or in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The system administrator must configure the ROI function in Configuration Client.</p>
<p><strong>To use ROI:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Use the following PTZ controls:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="39" class="wp-image-2838" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 49" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 485"></p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Additionally you can use the digital zoom ( save network bandwidth.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>Use the in-window controls.</p>
<p>). But this does not</p>
<p>8.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark113"></a> Using Intelligent Tracking</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2839" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 50" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 486"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>Intended use of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark465"> Intelligent Tracking</a> is to enable a camera to follow a selected object. You can configure whether the selection of an object is automatically or manually. The camera can be a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>camera or a fixed HD camera (only with<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI </a>enabled).</p>
<p>The following 3 modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Off</strong>: Intelligent Tracking is turned off.</li>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Intelligent Tracking turned on, the largest object is automatically selected for tracking, recommended use: rarely moving objects in the image.</li>
<li><strong>Click</strong>: User selects object to be tracked.</li>
</ul>
<p>After selecting the object to be tracked, a PTZ camera moves to follow the object until this object leaves the visible area of the camera or the operator stops tracking.</p>
<p>A fixed HD camera with the Intelligent Tracking feature enabled defines a surrounding region close to the borders of the selected object and zooms into the image to display only the region. Then the region is moved according to the movement of the object.</p>
<p><strong>To use Intelligent Tracking:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the Image pane of the camera and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Click </strong>to enable Intelligent Tracking.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The camera follows an object that moves into the camera image.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark153"></a> Using maps, the global map and map viewports</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2840" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 51" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 487"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use site maps, the <strong>Map </strong>window, the global map and map viewports.</p>
<p><strong>Site maps</strong></p>
<p>You can view a site map in the required ratio and zooming factor. Hence, you see all your devices and their places at a glance.</p>
<p>You can activate that the site map of the camera in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is automatically getting the focus. This site map is displayed in the <strong>Map </strong>window of the <strong>Control </strong>monitor.</p>
<p><strong>Global map</strong></p>
<p>You can see all your cameras that are configured on the global map. You can also search for cameras or locations. You can use the Map-based tracking assistant if the feature is enabled on the respective camera.</p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras. The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Map viewports</strong></p>
<p>A map viewport is an area of the global map with a specific center and zoom level. You can still zoom in and out or move in any direction, but can also come back to the configured default position of the map viewport.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group, your <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">Enterprise User Group</a> or your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise Account</a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark156"></a> 9.1 Displaying a site map</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display a site map in the <strong>Map </strong>window or in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2841" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 52" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 488"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p>Depending on your configuration, a site map can display blinking and colored<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spots</a>. Each hot spot indicates that a specific state change of the corresponding device has occurred<strong>.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To view a site map in the map window:</strong></p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a map from the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to the tab, wait until the <strong>Map </strong>window is displayed, and drop the site map on the <strong>Map </strong>window.</p>
<p>The site map is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To view a map in an Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a site map from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an Image pane.</p>
<p>The site map is displayed in the image pane.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>9.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark409"><em> Map window, page 140</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying a map viewport</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display a map viewport in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To view a map viewport in an image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a map viewport from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane.</p>
<p>The map viewport is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To go to the configured default position of a map viewport:</strong></p>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>After zooming in or out on a map viewport, click 1! to go back to the configured default position.</p>
<p><strong>To search for cameras or locations in a map viewport:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Type the name of a camera, location or address in the search field.</li>
</ol>
<p>As soon as you start typing a dropdown menu with a list of relevant options displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective option from the list</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p>The camera, location or address displays and is indicated with a flag ■. for some seconds.</p>
<p><strong>To display the live video preview of a camera:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Mouse over the respective camera on the global map.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To change floors in map viewports:</strong></p>
<p>1. Click E.</p>
<p>The field opens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9.3</strong></td>
<td>2. Select the respective floor.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark159"></a><strong>Using the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras.</p>
<p>The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p>If a camera is in instant playback mode or in playback mode and you start the Map-based tracking assistant, only the cameras that support playback are available in the Map-based tracking assistant display.</p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant displays five image panes: one main image pane and maximum four side image panes that are indicated by the Latin letters A-D.</p>
<p>The main image pane displays the selected main camera. The side image panes display the neighbor cameras, whose field of view overlap with the main cameras field of view or are closest by distance.</p>
<p>In the global map, the neighbor cameras are also indicated by the Latin letters A-D. When first starting the Map-based tracking assistant, those letters also display for some seconds in the respective image panes. The letters also display in the image pane bar, if enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To use the camera control functions, you have to select the respective image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To start the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="50" class="wp-image-2842" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 53" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 489"> Select the image pane of the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Map-based tracking assistant </strong>display pops up.</p>
<p>The selected camera displays as main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras display in the side image panes. The view cones of the neighbor cameras rotate automatically to the direction of the view cone of the main camera.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If a neighbor camera is a PTZ camera, the actual view cone of the PTZ camera rotates automatically to the direction of the view cone of the main camera.</p>
<p><strong>To display the live video preview of a camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Mouse over the respective camera on the global map.</p>
<p><strong>To reassign a main camera:</strong></p>
<p>Double-click the hot spot of the respective camera.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>The selected camera displays as main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p>Double-click in the side image pane of the respective neighbor camera.</p>
<p>This former neighbor camera now displays as main camera in the central image page. The</p>
<p>neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="57" class="wp-image-2843" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 54" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 490"></p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Double-click any location on the global map where you want to focus on.</p>
<p>The location is indicated with</p>
<p>for some seconds and the closest camera displays as</p>
<p>main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If no camera view cone covers the selected location, the closest camera within a</p>
<p>range of 80 meters automatically displays as main camera. If no camera view cone covers the selected location, and the closest camera is not within a range of 80 meters, no camera displays as main camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2844" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 55" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 491"><strong>Start or stop First person view:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>When First person view is enabled, the global map rotates to align the view cone of the main camera to north orientation.</p>
<p>If the main camera is a dome camera, the global map rotates to align the actual view cone of the dome camera to north orientation.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>First person view is enabled by default when you start the Map-based tracking assistant.</p>
<p><strong>To align the global map to default north orientation:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>The global map rotates to align to default north orientation. <strong>Note: </strong>The First person view stops.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2845" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 56" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 492"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the default north orientation is enabled and you select a new main camera, the global map does not rotate to align the orientation of the camera view cone. If you want that behavior, you have to start First person view.</p>
<p><strong>To stop the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>When the <strong>Map-based tracking assistant </strong>display is enabled, click</p>
<p>to stop the Map-</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2846" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 57" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 493"></p>
<p>based tracking assistant.</p>
<p>You return to your previous mode (live mode, playback mode or alarm display).</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark376"><em> Map-based tracking assistant display, page 125</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark161"></a><strong>Using favorites and bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use the Favorites Tree and the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Favorites Tree</strong></p>
<p>You can add every item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree to create your own subset of the Logical Tree. At any time you can display the view or add or delete devices in a view.</p>
<p>When saving a view in the Favorites Tree, you save the following settings:</p>
<ul>
<li>The assignment of cameras or other objects to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></li>
<li>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image pane pattern</a></li>
<li>The current setting of the digital zoom</li>
<li>The image section</li>
<li>The selected stream (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Bookmark Tree</strong></p>
<p>You can save a time period of live view or a recording in a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>. A bookmark saves a start and an end time, the cameras assigned to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window </a>at this time, and the entire<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark462">pane pattern</a>. A time period of 0 seconds is possible. Bookmarks are saved in the pane.</p>
<p>Deleting a bookmark does not affect the corresponding recordings. You cannot add or remove cameras from a bookmark. To change a bookmark, load it, make your changes and save it.</p>
<p>If a recording is deleted, the corresponding bookmark is not synchronized. If loaded, a black <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p>If you have logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Do not add more than 4 cameras in one bookmark to avoid performance issues when loading the bookmark.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ Î </strong>j</td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark132"><em>Selecting live stream for display, page 50</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark163"></a><strong>Adding items to the favorites tree</strong></p>
<p><strong>s&gt; </strong>I;</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><sub>u</sub> . &#8211; &#8220;I:,<sub>h</sub></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can add each item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to the Favorites Tree. This allows you to define your own subset of the Logical Tree.</p>
<p><strong>To add an item:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an item and click <strong>Add To Favorites</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark167"></a> Creating/editing views</p>
<p>10.2</p>
<p>S&#8217; Tr</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>After having assigned cameras, maps, and HTML files to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a>, you can save this assignment and the Image pane pattern in a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><strong>To create a new view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>. Arrange the cameras in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> in Live Mode and in Playback Mode.</li>
<li>. If desired, use the digital zoom and select an image section.</li>
</ol>
<p>When displaying a view, the live image of the camera is displayed in Live Mode and the recorded video of the camera is displayed in Playback Mode.</p>
<ol>
<li>. In the Image window toolbar, click .</li>
</ol>
<p>A new view is added. Enter a name for the new view.</p>
<p><strong>Limitation for unmanaged sites: </strong>You can create a view of cameras from maximum 20 unmanaged sites.</p>
<p><strong>To display a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the view or right-click the view and click <strong>Load Image pane view</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The assignment saved in this view is displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2847" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 58" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 494"> The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client. If this number has been changed since the last log off from Operator Client and the number of Image pane rows in the saved view exceeds the maximum set by system parameter, the saved view cannot be displayed and a warning is displayed.</p>
<p>You can display the view without the excess rows.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a view for unmanaged sites</strong></p>
<p>When you load a view for cameras from unmanaged sites, the assignment saved in this view is displayed in the Image window and the unmanaged sites are connected automatically.</p>
<p>If the connection takes more than 3 seconds the <strong>Connecting </strong>dialog box is displayed showing the connection progress.</p>
<ol>
<li>To cancel the connection process, click <strong>Cancel</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>No further unmanaged sites are connected and no further camera images are loaded. The unmanaged sites which have already been connected remain connected and the camera images which have already been loaded remain open.</p>
<p>If there are connection problems, the unmanaged sites which could not be connected are displayed in the <strong>Connecting </strong>dialog box.</p>
<ol>
<li>After the connection process has finished, click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the number of already connected unmanaged sites and unmanaged sites assigned to the Favorite view exceeds the maximum number of 20 connected sites, a warning message is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>No </strong>to cancel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK </strong>to continue.</p>
<p>If you continue, the unmanaged sites which are already connected but are not assigned to the Favorite view are disconnected and only unmanaged sites which are assigned to the Favorite view are connected.</p>
<p><strong>To edit a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the view which you want to edit.</li>
<li>Make the required changes, for example assign cameras to Image panes.</li>
<li>Right-click the required view and click <strong>Update Image pane view</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To rename a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the required view and click <strong>Rename</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the name of the view and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete a view:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the view and click <strong>Remove</strong>.</p>
<p>The view is removed from the Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em> Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark169"></a> Exporting favorites settings</p>
<p>10.3</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2848" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 59" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 495"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2849" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 60" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 496"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2850" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 61" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 497"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2851" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 62" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 498"></p>
<p>You can export any single favorites item, folder or the complete favorites tree. You can then share the exported file or files with other users.</p>
<p><strong>To export favorites settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any favorites item, folder or the favorites tree root item, and select <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export favorites </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type a password that supplies the minimum complexity requirements.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or deselect the <strong>Protect file with password </strong>check box if protecting the export file is not required.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Using favorites and bookmarks | en <strong>65</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.4</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>If required, select a folder and change the file name.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Importing favorites settings</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.5</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li><strong>TT</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To import favorites settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any position in the favorites tree where you want to import favorites settings, and select <strong>Import</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Import favorites </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>If the file is protected, type the password and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Adding a bookmark</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Assign desired cameras to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Assign desired cameras to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></p>
<p><strong>To add a bookmark:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Using the Hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>.</li>
<li>In the toolbar, click .</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Add Bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<ol>
<li>The selected time period is copied to the appropriate fields.</li>
<li>Make changes if required.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> is saved in the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Add Bookmark dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>Edit the name of the bookmark.</p>
<p><strong>Start Time</strong></p>
<p>In the lists, select date and time.</p>
<p><strong>End Time</strong></p>
<p>In the lists, select date and time.</p>
<p><strong>Sources</strong></p>
<p>Displays the cameras that belong to this bookmark.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark174"></a> 10.6 Editing a bookmark</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>H ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To edit a bookmark:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> and click <strong>Edit bookmark</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Edit bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make changes if required.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The bookmark is saved in the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2852" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 63" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 499"></p>
<p>10.7</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark177"></a> Loading a bookmark</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><strong>To display a bookmark:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> to the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>. The entire Image window layout saved in the bookmark is displayed in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>. The Hairline is positioned at the start time of the bookmark.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The previous Image window is overwritten.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client. If this number has been changed since the last log off from Operator Client and the number of Image pane rows in the saved bookmark exceeds the maximum set by system parameter, the saved view cannot be displayed and a warning is displayed.</p>
<p>You can display the view without the excess rows.</p>
<p>10.8</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark400"><em> Bookmarks window, page 137</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark180"></a> Exporting video of bookmarks</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt; or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export video of bookmarks:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the tab.</li>
<li>Right-click a bookmark.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>To export a single bookmark click <strong>Export video of bookmark</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>To export multiple bookmarks click <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. Overlappings of recordings are subtracted. If free space is not enough, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The recordings are exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<ol>
<li>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box. If no authentication issues were found, the <strong>Verification Details </strong>button is inactive.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.8.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark222"><em>Authenticity verification result dialog box, page 77</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark184"></a><strong>Export videoofbookmark dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to export video data of a bookmark in native (BVMS Export Player), MP4 or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark475"> MOV</a> format. You can change the time period for the export. For each camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. For detailed information on different export locations, refer to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"> <em>Exporting</em></a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>video data, page 78</em></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Start:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected start time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>End:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected end time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer. Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to enable remote export. You can select a Management Server of your Enterprise</p>
<p>System. On this Management Server the export is performed.</p>
<p>Ensure that the desired storage media is available.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray writer for exporting.</p>
<p>Not active when the <strong>Remote Export </strong>option is selected.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em>Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.8.2</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark187"></a><strong>Export videoofmultiple bookmarks dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>command &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to export video data of multiple bookmarks in native (BVMS Export Player), MP4 or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark475">MOV</a> format. This way you can export different time periods of the same or different cameras in one process. For each camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. For detailed information on different export locations, refer to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"> <em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer.</p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</p>
<p><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select a folder on a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a writer device for exporting.</p>
<p>Enable <strong>Finalize Disk</strong>, if you do not want to burn further data on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select the bookmarks that you want to export.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em> Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.9</strong></td>
<td><strong>Exporting bookmark settings</strong></p>
<p>.. .. s- B _</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>[h]</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You can export any bookmark item, folder or the complete bookmark tree and share the exported file or various files with other users.</p>
<p><strong>To export bookmark settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any bookmark item, folder or the bookmark tree root item, and select <strong>Export bookmark settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export bookmark settings </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type a password that supplies the minimum complexity requirements.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or deselect the <strong>Protect file with password </strong>check box if protecting the export file is not required.</p>
<ol>
<li>If required, select a folder and change the file name.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>10.10</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark191"></a> Importing bookmark settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2853" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 64" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 500"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2854" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 65" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 501"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2855" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 66" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 502"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2856" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 67" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 503"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><strong>To import a bookmark tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any position in the bookmark tree where you want to import bookmark settings, and select <strong>Import bookmark settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Import bookmark settings </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>If the file is protected, type the password and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>71</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Managing recorded videos</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to manage recordings.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ i J</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Selecting a time zone</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ i </strong>j</td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Ensure that the time on all computers of your system is set correctly according to each time zone where the computers are located.</p>
<p>Management Server or unmanaged site and all connected devices including encoders, decoders, VRM Server computers, and DVR devices must be in the same time zone. Operator Client computers (including Client SDK and Cameo SDK) and Configuration Client computers can be in other time zones than the Management Server or unmanaged site. If your Operator Client is located in another time zone than one or more connected Management Server or unmanaged site, you can select one of the following time displays: &#8211; Your local time &#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark494"> UTC</a></p>
<p>&#8211; Time zone of the Management Server or unmanaged site you are connected to The Image panes displaying a camera (live and playback) always show the time of the corresponding Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p><strong>©</strong></p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, is displayed on the device icon of each server or unmanaged site that</p>
<p>do not share the time zone that is currently selected in the Operator Client:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="379" class="wp-image-2857" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 68" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 504" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68-254x300.jpeg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can select the time zone of a server or unmanaged site for displaying this time zone in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To select the time zone:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a server icon to select the time zone of this server.</li>
<li>In the time zone selector list, select the desired entry.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; <strong>Operator Client Time</strong>: Operator Client</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="168" class="wp-image-2858" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 69" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 505" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69.jpeg 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2859" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 70" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 506"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2860" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 71" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 507"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2861" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 72" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 508"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2862" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 73" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 509"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="52" class="wp-image-2863" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 74" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 510"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2864" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 75" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 511"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2865" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 76" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 512"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2866" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 77" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 513"></p>
<p>&#8211; <strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p><strong>UTC-x</strong>: time zone of each available Management Server</p>
<p>The time based on the selected time zone is displayed in the menu bar:</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em> Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></p>
<p>11.2</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark196"></a> Finding recorded video</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Click</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline search </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Timeline search</strong></p>
<p>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Video by event search </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Select Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Click</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Search for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Text Data </strong>dialog box</p>
<p><strong>To find video data: </strong>1. Click somewhere in the timeline.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2867" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 78" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 514"> Drag to move the timeline window to the right or to the left to select a time period.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to select the respective search type entry.</p>
<p>Enter or select the required search criteria.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2868" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 79" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 515"> Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The</p>
<p>window with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p>6. For playing the corresponding video, double-click the entry. The corresponding video is</p>
<p>displayed.</p>
<p>If you searched for text data, the text data pane is automatically opened in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark271"><em>Logbook Results: dialog box, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark204"><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark274"><em>Displaying text data, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark276"><em>Searching for text data, page 92</em></a></li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>73</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.2.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark198"></a><strong>Video Search Resultswindow</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &#8216;■* tab</p>
<p>Displays entries for video data matching different search criteria. You can select an entry for playback, protection, authenticity checking, archiving, or export.</p>
<p>Allows you to play the recordings that match the search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.3</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark201"></a><strong>Playing recorded videos</strong></p>
<p>«► •</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bosch Allegiant cameras are not recorded within BVMS.</p>
<p><strong>To play recorded videos:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Assign a camera to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
<li>Switch to the desired recording source if available.</li>
<li>Use a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline </a>control for the required playing option.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark204"><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark288"><em>Switching the recording source, page 95</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.4</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark204"></a><strong>Using the timeline ®</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can access a specific time in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline </a>via the hairline.</p>
<p><strong>To navigate in the timeline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click somewhere in the timeline.</li>
</ol>
<p>The images of the selected point in time are displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Scroll to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Drag to move the timeline window to the right or to the left.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>4^</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>■“.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The Hairline jumps to this time. The images of the entered point in time are displayed in the image window. Use a timeline control for the required playing option.</p>
<p>You can select a time period in the timeline using the hairline. You can use this selection for further tasks such as for exporting video data.</p>
<p>4 Drag the bottom handles of the Hairline to select a time period or to change this selection.</p>
<p>Drag the upper handles to move the hairline or selection.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to </strong><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark201"><em> Playing recorded videos, page 73</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark207"></a> Changing the playback speed</p>
<p>11.5</p>
<p>*** 1/8 1/41/2 1 2 4 8 Jï tab &gt;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To change the playback speed for playing a video forward or reverse:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Move the slider to the left to decrease the playback speed, and to the right to increase the playback speed.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you set the playback speed to 4x or higher, not all frames will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark210"></a> Restricting or unrestricting video</p>
<p>11.6</p>
<p>M ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can restrict (or unrestrict) the recordings of connected cameras.</p>
<p>When restricted, an unauthorized user cannot display the recordings of these cameras.</p>
<p>For restricting and unrestricting you need the corresponding permission.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2869" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 80" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 516"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Unrestricting / unprotecting a selected time period can possibly unrestrict / unprotect the entire contiguous restricted / protected time period of this camera, even outside the selected time period.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recordings</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period of one or more cameras on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict </strong>to restrict or unrestrict video.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p>In the timeline, restricted video is indicated with dark grey diagonal stripes:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.7</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark213"></a><strong>Protecting or unprotecting video</strong></p>
<p><strong>!*►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can protect the images of the displayed cameras against being overwritten or deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2870" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 81" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 517"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2871" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 82" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 518"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2872" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 83" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 519"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot protect the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Unrestricting / unprotecting a selected time period can possibly unrestrict / unprotect the entire contiguous restricted / protected time period of this camera, even outside the selected time period.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>If you protect the alarm recording of a camera, the protected video data will never be deleted by the VRM automatically. Be aware that too many protected blocks can fill up the storage and the camera may stop recording. You have to manually unprotect the video data in the Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Protect / unprotect time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recording</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Protect / unprotect</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Protect / unprotect time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Protect / unprotect time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Protect / unprotect</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Protect / unprotect time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Protect / unprotect time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Protect </strong>to protect video or <strong>Unprotect </strong>to unprotect video.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p>In the timeline, protected video is indicated with dark grey diagonal stripes: <strong>^$53</strong></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.8</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark216"></a><strong>Deleting video data</strong></p>
<p><strong>M ►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can delete video data from the beginning of the recording to the position of the hairline.</p>
<p>The video data of all cameras available in the timeline is deleted.</p>
<p><strong>VRM recordings: </strong>Protected recordings are not deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2873" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 84" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 520"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2874" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 85" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 521"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot restore deleted video data.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot delete the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Delete time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recordings</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm the warning message.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Delete time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Delete time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="40" class="wp-image-2875" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 86" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 522"></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm the warning message.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Delete time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Delete time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to </strong><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark220"></a> 11.9 Verifying the authenticity of video data</p>
<p>©<br />
Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>You can verify the authenticity of the recordings of all cameras displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To authenticate:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Verify authenticity </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box with a progress bar is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the button.</li>
<li>When the authentication is finished, the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box is displayed and shows the result of the verification process.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.9.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark222"></a><strong>Authenticity verification result dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Verify authenticity&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verify </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog</p>
<p>box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Verify authenticity&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Verify</strong></p>
<p><strong>Authenticity </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verify </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to view the results of an authenticity verification of a selected time period of recorded video. You can save the results in a CSV file.</p>
<p><strong>Created on</strong></p>
<p>Displays the date when the authenticity verification was performed.</p>
<p><strong>By</strong></p>
<p>Displays the name of the user who started the authenticity verification.</p>
<p><strong>Time range</strong></p>
<p>Displays the time period to be verified that was selected by the user.</p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong></p>
<p>Displays the number of cameras which recordings have been verified, and the results.</p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></p>
<p>Click to display detailed information on the authenticity verification.</p>
<p><strong>Authentic</strong></p>
<p>Displays an authentic result. The icon is explained in the summary.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Camera</strong></p>
<p>Displays the camera that was verified.</p>
<p><strong>Date / Time</strong></p>
<p>Displays the authentic time period.</p>
<p><strong>More Information</strong></p>
<p>Displays detailed information on the certificate.</p>
<p><strong>CSV Export</strong></p>
<p>Displays a dialog box to enter path and filename for the authenticity verification report.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="728" class="wp-image-2876" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 87" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 523" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-1024x715.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-768x537.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em>Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark226"></a> Exporting video data</p>
<p>11.10</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2877" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 88" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 524"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot export the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p>You can export video and audio data in native (BVMS Export Player),<a href="#post-2789-bookmark476"> MP4 </a>or in<a href="#post-2789-bookmark475"> MOV</a> format.</p>
<p>For each exported camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. The data can be exported to: &#8211; a local drive</p>
<ul>
<li>a CD/DVD or Blu-Ray disk</li>
<li>a network drive</li>
<li>a USB drive</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Use a fast USB drive to avoid failures.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System: you can select a remote Management Server to perform the export there. You can only export the recordings of the cameras that are managed by the selected Management Server.</p>
<p>Only one export at a time can run on a workstation.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>You need a permission for each camera you want to export.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2878" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 89" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 525"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Remote exports are only possible to a USB drive, CD, DVD or Blu-Ray disk.</p>
<p><strong>Export in native format</strong></p>
<p>The table describes the differences between an unencrypted and an encrypted export of video data in native format.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Criteria</strong></td>
<td><strong>Unencrypted export</strong></td>
<td><strong>Encrypted export</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password protected</td>
<td>No</td>
<td>Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File extension</td>
<td>.info</td>
<td>.encr</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User cancels the export process</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export was not successful</td>
<td>If multiple cameras are exported, all successful exports are saved. The unsuccessful export is deleted.</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Export on multiple disks</strong></p>
<p>Encrypted exports and exports into a single ZIP file are not possible on multiple CDs/DVDs/ Blu-Ray disks. If the export fits on a single CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disk, encrypted export on a CD/ DVD/Blu-Ray disk is possible.</p>
<p>Recordings that were selected for export and exported to CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disks, are first written to the local hard drive and then written to one or more writeable disks.</p>
<p>Unencrypted export on multiple disks is only supported for native format. Exporting with MP4 or MOV format only works when it fits on one disk.</p>
<p>The first inserted disk determines the media type of all following disks.</p>
<p>If recordings were exported to multiple CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disks, and you must view all exported cameras in all exported time periods, copy the content of all disks to your hard drive. You can ignore all occurring overwrite warnings.</p>
<p>You can view the recordings exported to a single disk out of a group of disks that were created during an export.</p>
<p>If exporting video data on a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disk was not successful or the user cancels the export, the already exported video data of this export process is retained.</p>
<p>When the verification of authenticity is enabled in Configuration Client, each export is automatically checked.</p>
<p><strong>Export of a panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>When you export the recordings of a panoramic camera you always export the full image circle. If you export multiple cropped Image panes of the same panoramic camera, the full image circle of this camera is exported only once. This also applies for the export of non- panoramic cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark184"><em>Export video of bookmark dialog box, page 67</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark187"><em>Export video of multiple bookmarks dialog box, page 68</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em>Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark198"><em>Video Search Results window, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark222"><em>Authenticity verification result dialog box, page 77</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark228"></a> 11.10.1 Exporting a timeperiod</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export a time period:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the tab.</li>
<li>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
</ol>
<p>|T.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click .</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. Overlappings of recordings are substracted. If there is not enough free space, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The files are exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<ol>
<li>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If an operator has no permission to see restricted video and exports a restricted time period:</li>
<li>The file exports with empty time ranges.</li>
<li>Multiple files are produced.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark230"></a> 11.10.2 Exporting a single search entry</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export a single search entry:</strong></p>
<p>1. Perform a search for video data.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Click the</p>
<p>tab.</p>
<p>Click an entry in the search result list.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Click the tab.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>8.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>The <strong>Export </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Make the appropriate settings.</p>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The entry is exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<p>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2879" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 90" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 526"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="46" class="wp-image-2880" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 91" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 527"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2881" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 92" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 528"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="51" class="wp-image-2882" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 93" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 529"><a id="post-2789-bookmark232"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark233"></a> Exporting intoasingle file</p>
<p>11.10.3</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can export video recordings into a single ZIP file.</p>
<p><strong>To export into a single file:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="46" class="wp-image-2883" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 94" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 530"></p>
<p>Click the tab.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</p>
<p>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</p>
<p>Click to select <strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong>.</p>
<p>Make the appropriate settings.</p>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. If free space is not enough, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The recordings are exported and the export is added to a single ZIP file.</p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot load a ZIP export file in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em> Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="51" class="wp-image-2884" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 95" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 531"></p>
<p>11.10.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark236"></a> Providing a password for export</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2885" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 96" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 532"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>You can provide a password for each native export that you perform using Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To provide a password:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click to select <strong>Native format</strong>.</li>
<li>Click to select <strong>Encrypt Export</strong>.</li>
<li>Type in a password and confirm it.</li>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The encrypted export is performed.</p>
<p>When loading this export, the operator must type in the password.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark184"><em>Export video of bookmark dialog box, page 67</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark187"><em>Export video of multiple bookmarks dialog box, page 68</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark238"></a><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em>Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark240"></a> Export Video dialog box</p>
<p>11.10.5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2886" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 97" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 533"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2887" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 98" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 534"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2888" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 99" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 535"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2889" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 100" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 536"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt;</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; Timeline </strong>window &gt; <strong>Export </strong>context menu or</p>
<p><strong>Export</strong></p>
<p><strong>video </strong>button</p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Start:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected start time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>End:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected end time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer. Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</p>
<p><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to enable remote export. You can select a Management Server of your Enterprise System. On this Management Server the export is performed.</p>
<p>Ensure that the desired storage media is available.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Split size</strong></p>
<p>Allows you to configure the split size of the exported video in order to adapt the splitted chunks to fit your storage media. This configuration is only available for non-native formats. <strong>Note: </strong>The value is an approximate value. The exported video is splitted in, for example, full frames or blocks. Because of that the size of the exported chunks does not correspond exactly to the same value that you configure.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray writer for exporting.</p>
<p>Not active when the <strong>Remote Export </strong>option is selected.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2890" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 101" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 537"></p>
<p>11.10.6</p>
<p>11.11</p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Click to save the dialog settings until you start Operator Client the next time.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark232"><em>Exporting into a single file, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Export dialogbox</p>
<p>m ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog</p>
<p>box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box or or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to view information on the performed export and to display the results of the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark441">authenticity</a> verification that is automatically performed on every export.</p>
<p><strong>Verification Details</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p>This button is only available if authentication issues were found.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark232"><em>Exporting into a single file, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark244"></a> Loading exported video</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot load a ZIP export file in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Export formats</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Block exports (info), created with the VRM eXport Wizard</li>
<li>Not encrypted Export files (*.info), created with the BVMS Operator Client</li>
<li>Encrypted Export files (*.encr) , created with the BVMS Operator Client</li>
<li>Export files (*.mp4), created with BVC</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Additional Information</strong></p>
<p>Video exports created with the VRM eXport Wizard are displayed as info file.</p>
<p>With the VRM eXport Wizard it is possible to export a large volume of data.</p>
<p>The VRM eXport Wizard is part of the BVMS release ZIP within the folder Bonus. For more information see the VRM eXport Wizard Software Manual.</p>
<p>You can load exported recordings for display. Before you can load an export which was exported into a single ZIP file, extract this ZIP file.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu, click the <strong>Load exported video&#8230; </strong>command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The dialog box for opening export files is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Encrypted export files have the .encr extension, not encrypted files have the .info extension, block exports are displayed as info file.</p>
<p>If you select a file with the .encr extension, type in the password for this export.</p>
<p>|T|</p>
<p>The loaded video is displayed in the window.</p>
<p>For playing the loaded video, expand the entry and drag a camera to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>If the camera has been exported on a computer where Operator Client was logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p>The Export Tree entries are removed when you exit the Operator Client.</p>
<p>lLi</p>
<ol>
<li>For removing the exported video, right-click and click <strong>Unload Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark411"><em>Exports window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark246"></a> 11.12 Enabling video content analysis (VCA)</p>
<p>Main window or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">alarm image window</a></p>
<p><strong>To enable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Disable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client, after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, or after an alarm with the assigned camera is triggered again.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2891" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 102" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 538"><a id="post-2789-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark249"></a> 11.13 Performing a Forensic Search</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Select an image pane &gt;</p>
<p>Forensic Search allows you to search for specific properties in the video of the selected image pane. IVA-based Forensic Search is only available for VRM, local storage and</p>
<p>Bosch Video Client recordings.</p>
<p><strong>To perform a Forensic Search:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the Image pane where you want to find motion.</li>
<li>Using the Hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Q*</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the &#8216; tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Include audio </strong>window is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the appropriate entry.</li>
<li>Configure your Forensic Search.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search </strong>to start the Forensic Search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&lt;=y</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Selectthe tabtofindthematchingentries.</li>
<li>For playing the corresponding video, double-click the entry.</li>
</ol>
<p>The corresponding video is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To configure Motion+:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag an area to select the cells you want to check for motion.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected area is displayed in transparent yellow.</p>
<ol>
<li>To clear a selected area, right-click the selected area and click <strong>Clear All </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Configuring Intelligent Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p><strong>To add a new IVA task:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>New</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate task in the list, for example <strong>Object in field</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure your task.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To edit an existing IVA task:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the task you want to edit.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Make the appropriate changes.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Forensic Search window</strong></p>
<p>Allows you to find video data with selecting a Forensic Search type, for example Motion+. You can search for motion only in the selected image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Presets</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry to load Forensic Search settings that you have saved.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The latest configured Forensic Search settings are always saved automatically. If you select the <strong>&lt;current configuration&gt; </strong>entry, the Forensic Search settings that have been active during the selected time range are loaded.</p>
<p><strong>Save</strong></p>
<p>Click to save your configured Forensic Search preset settings. You can enter a descriptive name.</p>
<p><strong>Type</strong></p>
<p>Select the required analysis type, for example:</p>
<ul>
<li>IntelligentVideoAnalytics</li>
<li>IntelligentVideoAnalyticsFlow</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211; Motion+</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you select one of these algorithms, you can set the corresponding parameters directly.</p>
<p><strong>Tasks</strong></p>
<p>Configure your Forensic Search. See the user documentation of the Intelligent Video Analytics version that you are using.</p>
<p><strong>Metadata Inspection</strong></p>
<p>See object properties of selected objects in the image pane and use these properties to refine your Forensic Search criteria in order to get better results.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the Forensic Search.</p>
<p>For detailed information on video analysis, see the documentation for Video Content Analysis VCA.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.14</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark251"></a><strong>Forensic Search Results window</strong></p>
<p><strong>!&lt;►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Displays entries for video data containing motion for the camera displayed in the selected</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane</a>. You can select an entry for playback, protection, authenticity checking, archiving, or export.</p>
<p>Displays the recordings that match the search criteria.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark248"><em>Performing a Forensic Search, page 85</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark254"></a><strong>Finding logbook entries</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a>, you can search for particular events, alarms, devices, and strings of events. You can save the search criteria as a filter. If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the Logbook search results is changed accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>To find Logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System</a>, select the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> for searching.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Filter </strong>list, select a pre-defined filter if available.</li>
</ol>
<p>A filter contains all the settings that you make in this dialog box.</p>
<p>You can save, load, and delete the selected filter. You can reset the settings of the selected filter.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Date and Time </strong>field, enter start date and time and end date and time for the search process.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Result Count </strong>list, limit the number of matching entries that result from the search.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific events.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to specify search criteria for text data.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Alarms </strong>field, select search criteria to limit the search to specific alarms.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific devices.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Details </strong>field, type a search string. You can use * as a wildcard.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>User name </strong>field, type a user name to search for.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark271"><em>Logbook Results: dialog box, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark268"><em>Search Conditions dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark265"><em>Device Selection dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark262"><em>Event Selection dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Finding logons to an unmanaged site</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>You can find a logon event on a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark478">workstation </a>that is configured in another BVMS as an unmanaged site. If a user of Operator Client accesses this workstation using an unmanaged site, this event is logged as an <strong>Operator Logon </strong>event.</p>
<p><strong>To find a logon:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific events.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Event Selection </strong>dialog box, expand <strong>Events and Alarms</strong>, expand <strong>System Devices</strong>, expand <strong>User Actions</strong>.</li>
<li>Click to select <strong>Operator Logon </strong>and <strong>Operator Logoff</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Please select a Server</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>command</p>
<p>This dialog box only appears when you logged on as user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>Allows you to select a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> where the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> search is performed.</p>
<p><strong>Management Server:</strong></p>
<p>Select the IP address of the desired Management Server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.3</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark259"></a><strong>Select Search Parameters dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) or</p>
<p><strong>M </strong>&#8216;i&#8221;..</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &#8221; &gt; <strong>Video by event search </strong>entry</p>
<p>Allows you to define and save search criteria for finding entries in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> logbook</a>. If you start this dialog box from within the playback mode via <strong>Tools </strong>menu, the time period selected in the <strong>Timeline </strong>window is copied into the <strong>Date and Time </strong>fields.</p>
<p>If you start this dialog box via <strong>Video by event search</strong>, the search for text data is not supported. If you start via the <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command, text search is supported. If you start this dialog box via <strong>Video by event search</strong>, the cameras of the current<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">window</a> are preselected for the search and the Management Server of the camera displayed in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is preselected. If no camera is displayed in the Image window, the first Management Server of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> logical tree </a>is preselected.</p>
<p>If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the logbook search results is changed accordingly.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>89</strong></p>
<p><strong>Filter</strong></p>
<p>Select a filter name with predefined search criteria or type a name for a new filter.</p>
<p><strong>Delete</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the entry selected in the <strong>Filter </strong>list.</p>
<p><strong>Load</strong></p>
<p>Click to load the search criteria of the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Save</strong></p>
<p>Click to save the search criteria with the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Reset</strong></p>
<p>Click to clear all search criteria of the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Date and Time</strong></p>
<p>Type the date and time to define the period you want to search.</p>
<p><strong>Result Count</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry in the list to limit the number of matches that result from the search.</p>
<p><strong>Add</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Event Selection </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove a selected event entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all event entries.</p>
<p><strong>Add/Edit</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Search Conditions </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected condition entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all condition entries.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm priority</strong></p>
<p>Select an alarm priority to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm State</strong></p>
<p>Select an alarm state to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Record only</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching record-only alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Force workflow</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching force workflow alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Auto clear</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching auto-clear alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Add</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Device Selection </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove a selected device entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all device entries.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Details</strong></p>
<p>Type a string to search for. Some important events contain strings to better find them. For example, a particular SystemErrorEvent has the string <strong>Server alarm queue capacity reached!</strong>. You can use * as a wildcard. For example, enter *triggered* to find the string An alarm was triggered by a network failure.*triggered or triggered* will not find this string.</p>
<p><strong>User name</strong></p>
<p>Type a user name to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the search. The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Close</strong></p>
<p>Click to close the dialog box. No search is executed. If you did not save your search criteria with a filter name, they get lost.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.4</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark262"></a><strong>Event Selection dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add </strong>button</p>
<p>Allows you to add<a href="#post-2789-bookmark457"> event</a>s for filtering purposes.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.5</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark265"></a><strong>Device Selection dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add </strong>button</p>
<p>Allows you to select the appropriate devices for finding<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> entries and recorded videos.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em>Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark268"></a><strong>Search Conditions dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add/Edit </strong>button</p>
<p>You can combine multiple values of different text data entries to find the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> entry. For example, you combine a bank routing code with a date to find the respective Logbook entries.</p>
<p><strong>Add Condition</strong></p>
<p>Click to add a new entry in the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>column.</p>
<p>In the list of available data values, select the desired entry.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>column, type in a search string.</p>
<p>Repeat these steps for further data values.</p>
<p><strong>Remove Condition</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all entries.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.7</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark271"></a><strong>Logbook Results: dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Search </strong>button</p>
<p>Displays the results of a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> search. If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the Logbook search results is changed accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Back to filter</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Save results</strong></p>
<p>Click to display a dialog box for saving a text file with Logbook entries as CSV file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ î 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When you open such an exported CSV file in Microsoft Excel, it can happen that time related cells do not display seconds.</p>
<p>To change this behavior, change the formatting of these cells from m/d/yyyy h:mm to m/d/ yyyy h:mm:ss</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.16</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark274"></a><strong>Displaying text data</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click an Image pane &gt; <strong>Text Data Show Bottom </strong>or <strong>Text Data</strong></p>
<p><strong>Show Right</strong></p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; Right-click an Image pane &gt; <strong>Text Data Show Bottom </strong>or <strong>Text Data Show Right</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The system administrator must configure the recording of text data in Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You can display recorded text data in the text data pane.</p>
<p>The text values are displayed in the left column, the names of the text fields are displayed in the right column.</p>
<p><strong>To find recordings with text data:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2892" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 103" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 539"> Select a time period.</li>
<li>Click</li>
<li>Select <strong>Please select a Server</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter or select the required search criteria.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To display text data:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</p>
<p>2.</td>
<td>Move the hairline to a time position when an event with text data has been recorded.</p>
<p>In the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>, start the playback.</p>
<p>The text data is displayed in the text data pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The following screenshot shows an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="643" class="wp-image-2893" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 104" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104-300x226.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104-768x578.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark276"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark277"></a> 11.17 Searching for text data</p>
<p><em>.9.</em> CL</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &gt; Click <em>*</em> &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Search for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Text Data </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>The operator can search for text data to find the corresponding recordings. The text data must be stored in the Logbook.</p>
<p>Text data is delivered by systems like foyer card readers, automatic teller machines, virtual inputs, LPR devices and Person Identification devices. Text data contains textual transaction data like account numbers, bank routing codes, person names or license plate countries.</p>
<p>Text data of a device is recorded together with the corresponding video data.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p>For searching recordings with text data, the text data must be configured to be stored in the Logbook.</p>
<p>The encoder for which you configure the recording text data function, must have firmware version 5.92 or later.</p>
<p>The text data of maximum 32 different devices can be recorded synchronously for one camera. Maximum 3000 bytes of text data can be stored on an encoder per event.</p>
<p>If you see problems with Logbook searches, display of additional data, or CSV exports of Logbook search results, the reason can be that the additional text data contains non-printable characters, for example x00-x1F.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Search for Text Data dialog box</strong></p>
<p>You can find text data in recordings. You can refine your search by adding specific text data with a specific value.</p>
<p>Entries in the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>field and the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>field are retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Sources</strong></p>
<p>In the list, click to select the desired cameras for searching.</p>
<p><strong>Date and Time</strong></p>
<p>Displays the period in which you want to search.</p>
<p><strong>Search Conditions</strong></p>
<p>Add a search condition to refine your search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.18</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark279"></a><strong>Searching for text data in logbook entries</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p><strong>Person Identification use case</strong></p>
<p>It is possible to search for a specific person in all Person Identification events and alarms in order to find past recordings of the specific identified person.</p>
<p>You can search for the following text data in logbook entries in order to find a specific person: &#8211; Person name</p>
<ul>
<li>Person group</li>
<li>Person ID</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To search for text data in logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Text Data </strong>field click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to limit the search to specific text data.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Condition</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate <strong>Data Field Name</strong>.</li>
<li>Type the <strong>Comparative Value</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark282"><em>Erasing text data from logbook entries, page 93</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.19</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark282"></a><strong>Erasing text data from logbook entries</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tools </strong>&gt; <strong>Erase text data from logbook&#8230;</strong></p>
<p>In order to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark456"> erase </a>personal-related data if requested, you can erase text data from logbook entries.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>It is only possible to erase all personal-related text data from a logbook entry at once.</p>
<p><strong>To erase text data from logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Erase text data from logbook </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to specify search criteria for text data.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>column, select the appropriate entry.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>column, type a search string. You can use * as a wildcard.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Date and Time </strong>field, enter start date and time and end date and time for the search process.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Result Count </strong>list, limit the number of matching entries that result from the search. 8. Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the appropriate logbook entries.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can select multiple entries by pressing the CTRL- or the SHIFT-key.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Erase text data from selected entries</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The text data of the selected entries is erased.</p>
<p><strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add/Edit</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Search Conditions </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected condition entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all condition entries.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the search. The <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark279"><em>Searching for text data in logbook entries, page 93</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark285"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark286"></a> 11.20 Displaying video via low bandwidth</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p>To select the preferred transcoding device, use the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>To enable transcoding:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to enable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows transcoded video.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p><strong>«;:.</strong></p>
<p><sup>J</sup> icon for hardware transcoding or the icon for software transcoding is displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying untranscoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p>If a transcoding request cannot be fulfilled, the related Image pane turns black.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Live Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then select another stream.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</p>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Playback Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to disable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</li>
</ul>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2894" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 105" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 541"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>11.21</p>
<p>You can also enable or disable transcoding in an Image pane directly:</p>
<p>Right-click the item, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click the desired menu command.</p>
<p>This setting only affects the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>This command does not affect the setting for the preferred stream in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark288"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark289"></a> Switching the recording source</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>If configured, you can change the recording source.</p>
<p>An icon for changing the recording source displays the current status.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2895" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 106" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 542"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2896" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 107" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 543"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2897" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 108" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 544"></p>
<p>Example:</p>
<p>11.22</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Connect to Site</strong>.</p>
<p>As long as the device is connecting,</p>
<p>is displayed.</p>
<p>After the connection is successfully established,</p>
<p>is displayed.</p>
<p>indicates that Secondary VRM recording is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To switch:</strong></p>
<p>Click an icon for changing the recording source, for example</p>
<p>The icon changes for example to</p>
<p>The Timeline displays the recording of the selected source.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark201"><em>Playing recorded videos, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark117"><em>Starting instant playback, page 46</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark292"></a> Connecting to an unmanaged site</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can connect to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark492"> unmanaged site</a>. All available devices of all video network devices of this site are then displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>. As soon as you log off or exit Operator Client, this connection is terminated.</p>
<p><strong>To connect:</strong></p>
<p>All available devices of this site are displayed in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>If not all devices belonging to this site can be connected, is displayed. You can later</p>
<p>try to connect the remaining devices that were not connected now.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2898" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 109" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 545"></p>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>You can also double-click</p>
<p>to connect.</p>
<p><strong>To connect remaining devices:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="34" class="wp-image-2899" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 110" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 546"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>2. Click <strong>Retry Connection</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2900" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 111" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 547"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="37" class="wp-image-2901" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 112" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 548"><strong>To disconnect a single site:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2902" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 113" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 549"> Click <strong>Disconnect from Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The icon changes:</p>
<p>All<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>To disconnect all sites:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2903" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 114" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 550"></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>All sites are disconnected. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p>All Image panes with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><em> Unmanaged site, page 18</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark298"></a> Handling events and alarms</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to handle alarms.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark318"><em> Managing Person Identification alarms, page 104</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark329"><em> Controlling access control functions, page 108</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2904" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 115" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 551"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2905" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 116" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 552"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2906" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 117" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 553"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2907" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 118" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 554"></p>
<p>12.1</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark295"></a> Accepting an alarm</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>&gt;</p>
<p>You can accept a single alarm or multiple alarms for clearing or starting a workflow. <strong>To accept an alarm:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Select the desired alarm entry and click</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>For returning to the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="68" height="68" class="wp-image-2908" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 119" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 555"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2909" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 120" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 556"></p>
<p>When an alarm is accepted, several things happen simultaneously:</p>
<p>&#8211; The alarm is removed from alarm lists of all other users.</p>
<p>&#8211; If not already displayed, an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark435"> alarm image window</a> replaces the Live Image window on the monitor that has been enabled for alarms.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2910" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 121" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 557"> &#8211; The alarm content (live video,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> video, or site maps) is shown in a row of alarm image panes in the alarm image window.</p>
<p>is enabled.</p>
<p>If there is a workflow associated with the alarm, the workflow button</p>
<p>You can now clear the alarm or start a workflow. If the alarm has been configured to &#8220;force workflow&#8221;, then you must complete the workflow before you can clear the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>To display an alarm camera on a monitor:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the camera image from its alarm image pane to a monitor group.</p>
<p><strong>To accept all alarms on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a camera located on a map, and click <strong>Accept all alarms of this device</strong>. All alarms of this device are accepted. The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark436"> alarm list</a> displays the accepted alarms accordingly.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="48" class="wp-image-2911" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 122" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 558" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122.jpeg 499w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>12.2</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select the desired alarm &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark300"></a> Adding comments to an alarm</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="48" class="wp-image-2912" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 123" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 559" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123.jpeg 499w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="67" class="wp-image-2913" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 124" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 560"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="67" class="wp-image-2914" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 125" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 561"></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select the desired alarm &gt;</p>
<p>You can only comment an alarm after you have accepted it.</p>
<p><strong>To add a comment to an alarm:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p>The Workflow dialog box is displayed for entering a comment and displaying the action plan for this alarm. If no action plan is assigned to the alarm, the dialog box only displays the <strong>Comment: </strong>field.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Comment: </strong>field, type your comment.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Close</strong>.</li>
<li>Clear the alarm.</li>
</ol>
<p>The comment is added as a separate entry in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> and added to the alarm entry in the Logbook.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark302"></a> 12.3 Clearing an alarm</p>
<p>s«</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><sub>M d</sub> &#8211;</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To clear an alarm:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Select the desired alarm entries and click</p>
<p>If the alarm has the Comment or Force Workflow attribute, you cannot clear the alarm directly. In these cases you must first display the action plan and enter a comment. The alarm is cleared and removed from your Alarm List.</p>
<p>If no other alarms are currently being displayed, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> is closed and the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To clear all alarms on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot</a> in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a camera located on a map, and click <strong>Clear all alarms of this device</strong>. All alarms of this device are cleared. The <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List </a>displays the cleared alarms accordingly.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p>12.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark304"></a> Customizing the Alarm List window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>12.5</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To sort the table:</strong></p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Click a column heading.</p>
<p>The arrow in the column heading indicates whether the table is sorted in ascending or descending order.</p>
<p>To change the sorting order, click the column heading again.</p>
<p><strong>To add or remove columns:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the column heading and click a marked entry to remove the corresponding column or click an unmarked entry to add the corresponding column.</p>
<p><strong>To change the sequence of columns:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a column title and move it to the required position.</p>
<p><strong>To change the column width:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Point to the right border of the column heading. The pointer becomes a double-headed arrow *t*. Drag the column border to the left or the right.</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>To quickly make the column wide enough to show all of its contents, double-click the right border of the column heading.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark306"></a> Displaying the Live Image window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Alarm Image window</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Alarm Image window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2915" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 126" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 562"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2916" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 127" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 563"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2917" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 128" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 564"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2918" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 129" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 565"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2919" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 130" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 566"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2920" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 131" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 567"></p>
<p>You can switch to the Live or Playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> when the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> is displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2921" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 132" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 568"><strong>To display the Image window: 4 </strong>In an Alarm Image window, click</p>
<p>. The Image window is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To start/stop loop playback:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click &#8216; — &#8216;.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark310"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark311"></a> Switching alarm displays of alarm image window</p>
<p>12.6</p>
<p>In the alarm image window you can switch the alarm display. The following displays are available:</p>
<p>Multi-row alarm display</p>
<p>Single view alarm display</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2922" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 133" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 569"><strong>To switch to multi-row alarm display:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2923" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 134" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 570"><strong>To switch to single view alarm display:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><strong>To switch between the two alarm displays:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Double-click somewhere in the alarm image window or</p>
<p>double-click on a specific alarm image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>If you are in multi-row alarm display and double-click somewhere in the alarm image window, the first image pane in the alarm image pane row will switch to the main image pane in single view alarm display. If you double-click on a specific alarm image pane in the alarm image window, this specific alarm image pane will switch to the main image pane in single view alarm display.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2924" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 135" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 571"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2925" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 136" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 572"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2926" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 137" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 573"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2927" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 138" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 574"></p>
<p>12.7</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark308"></a> Starting a workflow</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To start a workflow:</strong></p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2928" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 139" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 575"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Select the required alarm entry and click</p>
<p>If this alarm has been configured to force a workflow, the action plan is displayed (if configured for this alarm). Additionally you can enter a comment if this is configured. Perform the required actions.</p>
<p>Clear the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p>12.8</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark313"></a> Un-accepting an alarm</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2929" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 140" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 576"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2930" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 141" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 577"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2931" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 142" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 578"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2932" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 143" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 579"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>When you recall the acceptance of an alarm, it returns to Active state in your Alarm List, and it reappears in the Alarm Lists of all users that originally received the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>To &#8220;un-accept&#8221; an alarm:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Select the accepted alarm entry and click .</p>
<p>The alarm is displayed as active again.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12.9</strong></td>
<td><strong>Triggering a user event</strong></p>
<p>&#8230;. <sup>s</sup>&#8221; , , Ej</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Click</p>
<p>You can trigger a user<a href="#post-2789-bookmark457"> event</a> for a selected Management Server of an Enterprise System that has been configured in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>s</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the desired and click the desired user event command.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The event is triggered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12.10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark316"></a><strong>Alarm List window</strong></p>
<p>Click to accept an alarm.</p>
<p>The alarm is removed from all Alarm Lists and alarm video displays of the other operators.</p>
<p><sup>&lt;</sup>E&gt;</p>
<p>Click to display a dialog box displaying an action plan. If configured, you can enter a comment.</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>Click to clear an alarm.</p>
<p>You cannot clear an alarm that has the comment or force workflow attribute before you have displayed the action plan and entered a comment. If the alarm is configured as an auto-clear alarm, the alarm is removed from the Alarm List after the auto-clear time (configured in the Configuration Client).</p>
<p>Click to revoke the acceptance of an alarm.</p>
<p><strong>*,M</strong></p>
<p>Click to turn alarm audio on / off.</p>
<p>The latest incoming alarm triggers an alarm sound.</p>
<p><em>&amp;</em></p>
<p>Click to display the Alarm List.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark31"><em>Alarm handling, page 22</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2933" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 144" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 580"></p>
<p>13</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark319"></a> Managing Person Identification alarms</p>
<p>When you accept a Person Identification alarm, information about the identified person is displayed in the image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Person Identification information</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Person group</td>
<td>Person group is the group that a person is assigned to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Person image(s)</td>
<td>The default image and all available images from the Person Identification device are displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Person name</td>
<td>The person name is the name of the identified person.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confidence factor</td>
<td>The confidence factor is a measure of the degree of correctness a person is identified by the system in percentage (0 is no correctness, 100 is full correctness).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark321"></a> Managing persons for a Person Identification alarm</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tools </strong>&gt; <strong>Manage persons&#8230; </strong>&gt; <strong>Manage persons </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>The <strong>Manage persons </strong>dialog box allows you to add persons, assign person groups, add images to existing persons and export persons.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Person Identification only supports JPEG files.</p>
<p><strong>To add/import a person:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select a person.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click to add an image of a person.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>drag an image of a person from your file explorer to a person group or the <strong>All </strong>tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>^</td>
<td>This image is assigned as the default image of the person.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To add images to an existing person:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select a person.</p>
<p>The default image and all available images of the person are displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click in the images window to add more images to the person.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To assign a new default image:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Move the mouse over the appropriate image.</p>
<p>The <strong>Set as default </strong>command is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click the <strong>Set as default </strong>command.</p>
<p>The image is assigned as default image.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To assign a person group to a person:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person.</li>
</ol>
<p>For every new person the <strong>Default person group </strong>value is already selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click in the <strong>Default person group </strong>field.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate person group you want to assign to the person.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To export persons:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person.</li>
</ol>
<p>|T|</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to export the person to the file explorer.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2934" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 145" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 581"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>! T !</p>
<p>is disabled, if the <strong>All </strong>tab is selected. Select the <strong>Default person group </strong>tab or any other available person group tab to export persons.</p>
<p><strong>To delete a person:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2935" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 146" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 582"> Select a person.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete multiple persons:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2936" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 147" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 583"> Press the CTRL-key and select multiple persons.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete single person images:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2937" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 148" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 584"> Select the appropriate image.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you delete the default image, the next image is automatically assigned as the default image.</p>
<p><strong>To search for person names:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the search field, type the name of the person that you search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>As soon as you start typing, the results will already be filtered and displayed.</p>
<p>You can immediately start searching for names even if the Operator Client is still importing the person list and the corresponding person images.</p>
<ol>
<li>To discard your search, click or press the esc key.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Controlling intrusion panel functions</strong></p>
<p>You can control several intrusion panel functions from within the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Switching off alarm sirens</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can switch off alarm sirens of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel</a><a href="#post-2789-bookmark440"> area</a> if you have the corresponding permission.</p>
<p><strong>To switch off an alarm siren:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired area ’ and click <strong>Silence Bells</strong>. The alarm siren is silent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operating doors</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel </a>states of a door from within Operator Client: &#8211; Secure a door.</p>
<ul>
<li>Unsecure a door. The state changes to locked.</li>
<li>Lock a door.</li>
<li>Unlock a door. You can lock or secure an unlocked door.</li>
<li>Cycle a door.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for each of these functions to specific user groups.</p>
<p>To lock a door means that a cardholder can open the door using the card.</p>
<p>To unlock a door, means that the door is open for anybody.</p>
<p>To secure a door means that nobody can open the door, even not the cardholders.</p>
<p>To cycle a door means to unlock a locked door for a few seconds, then lock it again.</p>
<p><strong>To operate:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a door in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Lock </strong>/ <strong>Unlock</strong></li>
<li><strong>Secure </strong>/ <strong>Unsecure</strong></li>
<li><strong>Cycle</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for operating a door are not available when the state of this door is unknown.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.3</strong></td>
<td><strong>Bypassing a point</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can change the state of a point to the <strong>Bypassed </strong>state within Operator Client.</p>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for this function to specific user groups.</p>
<p>When you unbypass a point, you change its state back to normal.</p>
<p>To<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> bypass </a>a point means that this point cannot send any alarm. To unbypass a point means that this point can send alarms. Pending alarms are also sent if available.</p>
<p><strong>To bypass or unbypass:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a point in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Controlling intrusion panel functions | en <strong>107</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.3.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for bypassing and unbypassing are not available when the state of the device is unknown.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em> Icons used, page 127</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Arming an area</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel </a>states of an area from within Operator Client:</p>
<ul>
<li>Arm an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark440"> area</a>.</li>
<li>Disarm an area.</li>
<li>Force the arming of an area that is not ready for arming.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for each of these functions to specific user groups.</p>
<p><strong>To arm an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired disarmed area ( * ) and click <strong>Arm</strong>. The icon</p>
<p><strong>F*</strong></p>
<p>for an armed area ( * ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disarm an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired armed area ( * ) and click</p>
<p><strong>Disarm</strong>. The icon for an disarmed area ( * ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To force the arming of an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>H</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired disarmed area ( ■ ” ) and click</p>
<p><strong>S3</strong></p>
<p><strong>Force Arm</strong>. The icon for an armed area ( ■<sup>L</sup> ’ ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for arming and disarming are not available when the state of the device is unknown.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2938" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 149" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 585"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2939" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 150" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 586"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>15</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark329"></a><strong>Controlling access control functions</strong></p>
<p>You can control several access control functions from within the Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>15.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Granting and denying access</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Only <strong>Access requested </strong>alarms with high priority will automatically pop-up in the image window.</p>
<p><strong>To grant or deny access:</strong></p>
<p>Click to accept the <strong>Access requested </strong>alarm.</p>
<p>An alarm-timer is now running, that shows how much time is left.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4 </strong>Click</td>
<td>— to grant access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Or</p>
<p>fiflK</p>
<p>click —■ to deny access.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Once the timer has run out, the system will automatically deny access for this specific request.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>15.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operating doors</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following access control door states from within the Operator Client: &#8211; Secure a door.</p>
<ul>
<li>Lock a door.</li>
<li>Unlock a door.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission of these functions to specific user groups. To secure a door means that an authorized person can open the door using, for example, a card.</p>
<p>To lock a door means that nobody can open the door, even not authorized persons.</p>
<p>To unlock a door means that the door is open for anybody. You can lock or secure an unlocked door.</p>
<p><strong>To operate:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a door in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Lock door / Unlock door</strong></li>
<li><strong>Secure door</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for operating a door are not available when the state of this door is unknown.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using a CCTV keyboard</strong></p>
<p>This chapter describes how to use BVMS Operator Client with a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard or a KBD Universal XF keyboard.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using KBD Universal XF keyboard</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2940" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 151" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 587"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>16.1.1</p>
<p>Refer to the Instructions Manual delivered with your KBD-Universal XF keyboard available on the online product catalog.</p>
<p>You can use the KBD-Universal XF keyboard as a USB keyboard for BVMS.</p>
<p>Attach the keyboard template for BVMS to the keyboard before use.</p>
<p>You can configure the keyboard for use by a left-handed operator. Refer to the Instructions Manual delivered with the KBD Universal XF keyboard.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark335"></a> KBD Universal XF keyboard user interface</p>
<p>The following table lists the icons on the keyboard template and their respective function.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I®</td>
<td></td>
<td>Trigger a user event, only available with single Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>!■&lt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Audio on / off</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Start /stop alarm recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ta</td>
<td></td>
<td>Toggle between Live Mode and Playback Mode Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>J</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Toggle selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>between Live Mode and instant playback. Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Load a sequence. Enter a valid sequence number and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Use the playback buttons for controlling the sequence.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EE</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Reduce number of Image panes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Increase number of Image panes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ld</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Full-screen on / off</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>jsf</em></td>
<td></td>
<td>Maximize / restore selected Image pane</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ESC</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Breaks the entering of a number.</p>
<p>Press twice to close selected Image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>OK</strong></td>
<td>Confirm a number entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>PTZ mode on/off.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Select a PTZ position. Enter a valid number of a preset and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Focus far</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>$</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Focus near</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>!</strong></td>
<td><em>&lt;¡£9</em></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Iris closed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Ö</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Iris open</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Analog monitor mode on /off. Enter a valid monitor number, press <strong>OK</strong>, enter a valid camera number and press <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>y</td>
<td></td>
<td>Set the default Management Server, only available when you log on to Operator Client as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>. Enter a valid server number and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>◄◄</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Fast backward (stepwise)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>◄</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Play backward</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>II</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Pause</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>►</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>►&gt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Fast forward (stepwise)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When a button is not illuminated, it does not have any function. All illuminated buttons have a function.</p>
<p>When a button is blinking, its function is active, for example Playback button is blinking means that the Playback Mode is active. Press the button to toggle to the other state, for example pressing the blinking Playback button switches to Live Mode.</p>
<p>Enter a number and confirm with OK to display the respective camera in the selected Image pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark338"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark339"></a> 16.2 Bosch IntuiKey keyboard user interface</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2941" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 152" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 588"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Every input on the keyboard is cleared after some seconds if no further input is made.</p>
<p>This chapter describes the user interface of the Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p>The following illustration shows the various interface elements of the keyboard:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="573" height="447" class="wp-image-2942" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 153" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 589" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153.jpeg 573w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 573px) 100vw, 573px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Softkeys and softkey display</td>
<td>Allow you to use a fixed set of commands or to control the Logical Tree. The commands displayed in the softkey display change depending on the operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Status display</td>
<td>Changes dynamically and displays information on the current operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Function keys</td>
<td>Allow you to control certain functions directly. Prod: Starts a scan process to find the connected workstation. If scanning is successful: In the softkey display, Terminal and Keyboard Control menus are displayed. For selecting BVMS, press the Terminal softkey.</p>
<p>Mon: Allows you to enter a monitor number (digital or analog monitor).</p>
<p>Clr: Clears any numeric entry or has a Back­function.</p>
<p>■■<sup>4</sup>-&#8220;<sup>&lt;</sup>-’: Currently not supported.</p>
<p>Shot: Allows you to select a camera pre-position or to leave Selection mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Numeric keypad with ENTER key</td>
<td>Allows you to enter logical numbers. The number is displayed in the status display.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Monitor</td>
<td>Displays the selected analog monitor or Image pane number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>Displays the selected camera number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Server</td>
<td>Displays the server number of the Management Server where the currently selected camera is configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Default Server</td>
<td>Displays the server number of the Management Server of an Enterprise System that the keyboard uses as default server. The Logical Tree of this server is displayed in the Tree Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>/ JOGSHUTTLE</td>
<td>Displays the current operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>D1</td>
<td>Displays the selected computer monitor number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>A0</td>
<td>Displays the selected analog monitor number.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="371" class="wp-image-2943" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 154" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 590" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154.jpeg 545w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154-300x204.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /><a id="post-2789-bookmark341"></a> Using a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard connected to a workstation</p>
<p>16.2.1</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th></th>
<th>Unless preceded by pressing the Mon or Shot key, a numeric entry is interpreted as a logical camera number. The camera with the entered number is displayed in an Image pane or an analog monitor.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<p>Status display</p>
<p>The status display changes dynamically to display information about the keyboard’s present mode of operation.</p>
<p>The following illustration shows the various elements of the status display:</p>
<p>16.3</p>
<p>A keyboard connected to a BVMS workstation offers a wide variety of features. Both the analog and the digital mode are available.</p>
<p>If the keyboard is connected to a decoder, the feature set is reduced. Only the analog mode is available.</p>
<p>When connected to a workstation that is using an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System</a>, you must first select the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> and then the camera configured on this Management Server.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark338"><em> Bosch IntuiKey keyboard user interface, page 111</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark344"></a> Starting the IntuiKey keyboard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The keyboard must be connected to a COM port of a workstation.</p>
<ol>
<li>Start the Operator Client on the workstation.</li>
<li>Press the Prod button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The keyboard scans for connected devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Terminal softkey.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Selection Mode is displayed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark346"></a> 16.3.2 Entering operation modes</p>
<p>You can use the keyboard in the following modes:</p>
<ul>
<li>Selection Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to select an Image pane by moving the joystick in the desired direction.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to control fixed and PTZ cameras, maps, and documents in Live Mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>Jogshuttle Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to control cameras in instant playback or in Playback Mode.</p>
<p><strong>To enter Selection Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start the Operator Client and the keyboard. or</li>
<li>Press ENTER to leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode and to return to Selection Mode.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To enter PTZ Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a PTZ camera.</li>
<li>Press Shot.</li>
</ol>
<p>To start a preposition, press Shot again, press the number of a preposition, and press ENTER.</p>
<p><strong>To enter Jogshuttle Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start Playback Mode.</li>
<li>Press Shot.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press ENTER to leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode and start Selection Mode again.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark348"></a> 16.3.3 Displaying cameras</p>
<p>Enter a numeric command to display the camera with this logical number in the active<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">pane </a>or analog monitor.</p>
<p>To display cameras of an Enterprise System, select the Management Server where these cameras are configured.</p>
<p><strong>Toggling between analog mode and workstation mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press Mon twice.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a camera in a computer monitor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Switch to a digital mode.</li>
<li>Press Mon, press 1 &#8211; 4 to select the desired workstation monitor, press the number of the desired Image pane and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The numbering of Image panes is from left to right and top to bottom.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 412, and ENTER. Then press 7 and ENTER. Camera 7 is displayed on the 12th Image pane on workstation monitor 4.</p>
<p><strong>Selecting a Management Server of an Enterprise System:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Press NEXT.</li>
<li>Press the softkey and enter the server number.</li>
</ol>
<p>The server number is configured in Configuration Client in the <strong>Server Number </strong>list. When you now enter the logical number of a camera, a camera configured on this Management Server is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a camera in an analog monitor</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</p>
<p>2.</td>
<td>Switch to analog mode.</p>
<p>Press Mon, press the number of the desired monitor, and press ENTER.</p>
<p>Monitor numbers are configured in the Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</p>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 3, and ENTER. Then press 4 and ENTER. Camera 4 is displayed in the 3rd analog monitor.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2944" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 155" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 591"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When you call up a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera by a numeric command, the system automatically enters PTZ mode.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.3.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using the joystick of IntuiKey keyboard</strong></p>
<p>In Selection Mode, the joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Tilt the joystick to select an Image pane.</li>
</ul>
<p>In PTZ Mode, the joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Twist the joystick to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Tilt the joystick to pan and tilt a PTZ camera.</li>
<li>Use Focus and Iris buttons for a PTZ camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, twist the joystick to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Play forward/backward as long as you twist.</li>
<li>Change the playback speed: Speed depends on the degree of rotation.</li>
<li>Stop a video when playing.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, tilt the joystick to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Tilt up / down when video is stopped: Play forward / backward.</li>
<li>Tilt up / down when video is playing: Set the playback speed.</li>
<li>Tilt right / left: Pause and step forward / backward.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, the Focus and Iris buttons allow you to use the following feature:</p>
<ul>
<li>Press Focus or Iris to move the hairline in the Timeline forward or backward. Focus moves the hairline for a larger amount of time forward or backward, Iris moves the hairline for a smaller amount of time forward or backward.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark480">Playback Mode </a>:</p>
<ul>
<li>To lock the system in the current playback speed, press the Shot button while twisting the joystick.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.3.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using softkeys of IntuiKey keyboard</strong></p>
<p>The following operation modes are available:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>Tree Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>You use this operation mode to control devices that are available in the Logical Tree of the Operator Client.</p>
<ul>
<li>Command Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>You use this operation mode to send commands like switch to Playback Mode.</p>
<p><strong>To toggle between Tree Mode and Command Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Tree Mode: Press the left Level Up softkey as often as needed to display the root level and then press the Exit softkey to display the Command Mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>or</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Command Mode: Press the Tree Mode softkey.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To use the Logical Tree mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Switch to the Tree Mode.</p>
<p>Right side of the softkey display:</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press a softkey to control the item (e.g. display a camera or switch a relay).</p>
<p>When you press a map or a folder (black background), it moves to the left side. The right side displays the its content.</p>
<p>Left side of the softkey display:</p>
<ol>
<li>Press a softkey on the left side to select a folder or a map and to display its content on the right side of the softkey display.</li>
</ol>
<p>To display a map, press the softkey once to mark it (with a rectangle) and press the softkey again to display it in the selected Image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press Level Up to enter the next upper level of the Logical Tree.</li>
<li>Press UP to move the selection upward or DOWN to move downward.</li>
</ol>
<p>The following figures show an example of a Logical Tree and its representation on the softkey display of the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="319" height="524" class="wp-image-2945" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 156" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 592" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156.jpeg 319w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156-183x300.jpeg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 319px) 100vw, 319px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="433" class="wp-image-2946" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 157" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 593" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157.jpeg 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157-256x300.jpeg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><strong>To use the Command Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Switch to the Command Mode.</li>
<li>Press a softkey to execute the desired command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<p>: Load a sequence. In the <strong>Status Display</strong>, enter the sequence number.</p>
<p>/►: Sequence play, pause</p>
<p><strong>/ ^ </strong>: Sequence step forward / backward : Maximize / restore selected Image pane : Close selected Image pane : Toggle between Live Mode and Playback Mode : Toggle selected Image pane between Live Mode and instant playback</p>
<p>-: Show more Image pane rows / Show fewer Image pane rows</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="46" class="wp-image-2947" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 158" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 594"><strong>Note: </strong>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</p>
<p>/ <strong>REC: </strong>Start /stop alarm recording</p>
<p>: Audio on / off</p>
<p>NEXT: Switch to next page</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="37" class="wp-image-2948" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-159.png" alt="word image 2789 159" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 595"> : Trigger a user event (1-4), only available with single Management</p>
<p>Server</p>
<p>: Set the default Management Server, only available when you log on to Operator Client as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>: Image pane bars on / off</p>
<p>&#8211; Full-screen on / off</p>
<p>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which set by a parameter</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard connected to a decoder</strong></p>
<p>A keyboard connected to decoder gives you access to the Management Server without Operator Client software. Hence, you must log on. Only the analog mode is available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.4.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting the keyboard</strong></p>
<p>After starting the keyboard you must log on to the Management Server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2949" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 160" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 596"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Only BVMS users with number-only user names and number-only passwords can use the analog mode of a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p>The user must have access rights for the decoder connected to the Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>To start the keyboard:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press the Terminal softkey.</p>
<p>The following logon display is shown:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="517" class="wp-image-2950" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 161" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 597" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161-190x300.jpeg 190w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /> After successful logon, the Terminal and Keyboard Control softkeys are displayed in the softkey display.</p>
<p>16.4.2</p>
<p>16.4.3</p>
<p>16.4.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark357"></a> Displaying cameras</p>
<ol>
<li>Press Mon, press the number of the desired monitor, and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>Monitor numbers are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 3, and ENTER. Then press 4 and ENTER. Camera 4 is displayed in the 3rd analog monitor.</p>
<p>When the selected monitor displays a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera, the keyboard switches to PTZ mode automatically.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark359"></a> Using the joystick</p>
<p>The joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Twist the joystick to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Tilt the joystick to pan and tilt a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</li>
<li>Use Focus and Iris buttons for a PTZ camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>Using softkeys</p>
<p>The following operation mode is available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Command Mode</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To use the Command Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press a softkey to execute the desired command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Start /stop alarm recording</li>
<li>Log off</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark362"></a> 17 User interface</p>
<p>This chapter contains information on all windows available in Operator Client of BVMS.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2951" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 162" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 598"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark364"><em>Live Mode, page 118</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark369"><em>Playback Mode, page 120</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark364"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark365"></a> 17.1 Live Mode</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You automatically access Live Mode every time you log on.</p>
<p>Allows you to move, resize, or hide all control elements as required.</p>
<p>You can right-click to display the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2952" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 163" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 599"> If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a higher priority than the currently displayed image window, the incoming alarm displays automatically (automatic pop-up alarm).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="588" class="wp-image-2953" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 164" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 600" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>L&#8217; t <sub>d </sub>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a> as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o</p>
<p><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark382"><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark370"></a> Playback Mode</p>
<p>17.2</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can right-click to display the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2954" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 165" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 601"> If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the</p>
<p>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm. If the incoming alarm has a higher priority than the live or playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the alarm image window is displayed automatically. The priorities are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="587" class="wp-image-2955" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 166" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 602" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-1024x576.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Performance</p>
<p>meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage and the memory usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm List</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>Search Results</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays recordings that match the video search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Forensic Search results </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays recordings that match the Forensic Search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; Timeline </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to you to navigate through the recorded videos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>• PTZ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; &#8216; Exports</strong></p>
<p><strong>tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to load exported video data to display it or to search for particular data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CM</p>
<p>■* Forensic</p>
<p>Search window</td>
<td>Allows you to configure Forensic Search.</p>
<p>Forensic Search allows you to search for specific properties in the video of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="559" class="wp-image-2956" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 167" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 603" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-1024x549.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /> The threat level mode is indicated by a red line. The current threat level (for example <strong>Threat level 2</strong>) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></li>
<li><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></li>
<li><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></li>
<li><em>Exports window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Map window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Image window, page 138</em></li>
<li><em>Image pane, page 139</em></li>
<li><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></li>
<li><em>Forensic Search Results window, page 87</em></li>
<li><em>Video Search Results window, page 73</em></li>
<li><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark367"></a> 17.3 Threat level mode</p>
<p>S&#8221;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>Or main window &gt;</p>
<p>When in threat level mode, depending on the user group, the user may have restricted permissions.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 17.1:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Threat level</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Reset</strong></td>
<td>The <strong>Reset </strong>button only displays if the user has the respective permission. Click to end the threat level mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark372"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark373"></a> Alarm display</p>
<p>17.4</p>
<p>Bi</p>
<p>Main window &gt; Select an alarm &gt; <strong>Accept</strong></p>
<p>&#8211; A V</p>
<p>Or main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select an alarm &gt; <strong>Accept</strong></p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark435"> alarm image window</a> displays live or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> video from a camera, maps, documents or map viewports to be displayed in case of an alarm. The alarm image window is displayed automatically if the incoming alarm has a higher priority than the live or playback <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">image window</a>. The priorities are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed image window, the <em>&amp; </em>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If multi-row alarm is configured and when more alarms are displayed than alarm image rows are available, the display in the last row is sequenced. You can control the alarm sequence with the playback controls in the alarm image window toolbar. You cannot perform instant playback in the last row.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2957" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 168" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 604"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="588" class="wp-image-2959" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 169" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 605" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage and the memory usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Alarm Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark447"> document</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Alarm priority</td>
<td>Displays the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark437"> priority</a> value that was configured in the Configuration Client for the automatic display behavior.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Displays the time when the alarm was triggered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Sequence buttons</td>
<td>Click to display the previous or next Alarm Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td>Number of alarms</td>
<td>Displays the number of the currently displayed alarm and the number of all alarms.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click to switch to multi-row alarm display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Id</strong></td>
<td>Click to switch to single view alarm display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>13</strong></td>
<td>A <strong>L&#8217; t &#8216; </strong>d</p>
<p><strong>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The alarm list is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Event Type</strong></td>
<td>Indicates the type of event that triggered the alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>15</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark472">Tree </a>as required.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmark </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>S</em><em>witching alarm displays of alarm image window, page 100</em></li>
<li><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></li>
<li><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></li>
<li><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></li>
<li><em>Map window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Image window, page 138</em></li>
<li><em>Image pane, page 139</em></li>
<li><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark376"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark377"></a> Map-based tracking assistant display</p>
<p>17.5</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>S«</p>
<ul>
<li>Select a camera image pane &gt; ■ ■ Map-based tracking assistant</li>
<li>Select a camera image pane &gt; ■■■&#8217;■ Map-based tracking assistant</li>
</ul>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras. The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p>If a camera is in instant playback mode or in playback mode and you start the Map-based tracking assistant, only the cameras that support playback are available in the Map-based tracking assistant display.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the a*</p>
<p>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a higher priority than the currently displayed image window, the incoming alarm displays automatically (automatic pop-up alarm).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="494" class="wp-image-2960" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 170" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 606" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-1024x485.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-768x364.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>¡to</p>
<p><em><s>M MM</s></em> Map-based tracking assistant</td>
<td>Click to start or stop the Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>t</p>
<p><sup>v</sup> First person view</td>
<td>Click to start or stop First person view.</p>
<p>When you start the Map-based tracking assistant First person view is enabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>3</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>$</strong></td>
<td>Click to align the global map to default north orientation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>ain camera</td>
<td>The main camera displays in the central image pane of the Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>ain image pane</td>
<td>The central image pane displays the main camera image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Neighbor camera</td>
<td>The neighbor cameras are indicated by Latin letters A-D. When first starting the Map-based tracking assistant, those letters also display for some seconds in the respective image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Side image pane</td>
<td>The side image panes display the neighbor cameras, whose field of view overlap with the main cameras field of view or are closest by distance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>F</strong></td>
<td>When you click a location on the global map, the</p>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p>flag symbol displays for some seconds and</p>
<p>indicates the position.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark159"><em> Using the Map-based tracking assistant, page 59</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>User interface | en <strong>127</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark380"></a><strong>Icons used</strong></p>
<p>The following table lists the icons used in Operator Client. For the icons used in the Timeline see chapter <a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a>.</p>
<p>Some of the following icons are not available in BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Toolbar icons</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>: Live Mode</p>
<p><strong>!*►</strong></p>
<p>: Playback Mode</p>
<p>/ : Audio on / off</p>
<p>: Slider to adjust audio volume of all Image panes.</p>
<p>&#8230; <sub>D</sub>. „ &#8230;. .</p>
<p>: Click to disconnect all connected unmanaged sites. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p><strong>■ : </strong>Click to display / hide the toolbar of each Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to display the Image pane in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>ft</p>
<p>: Click to display the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> (only available if alarms are pending).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to display Live or Playback Mode again when the Alarm Image window is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® : </strong>Click to print an image of the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>: Click to save an image file of the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to add a Favorites <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">View</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>[n]</strong></p>
<p>: Click to add a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■</strong></p>
<p>: Click and hold to speak on the loudspeakers of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> encoder</a> with audio configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The button is active when an encoder with audio function is selected in an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>ftv</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><em>■■sc</em> Click to start/stop Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><sup>v</sup> : Click to start/stop First person view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>XX</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to close all open<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a>. This icon has the same function as the shortcut for closing all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to show fewer Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><sup>4 4 4 4 4</sup> : Slider to change Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>A</strong></p>
<p>: Click to show more Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>: Click to access help.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2961" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 171" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 607"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2962" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 172" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 608"><strong>Logical tree icons</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-2963" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 173" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 609"> : Operator Client is connected to a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2964" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 174" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 610"> New configuration available. Log off and log on again to accept.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2965" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 175" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 611"> : This state icon displays when not all communication services can be connected by the Operator Client or when there are changes within the communication interface between the Operator Client and the Management Server.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2966" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 176" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 612"></p>
<p>: For more information see the tooltip.</p>
<p>: Multiple logon with the same user name is denied</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2967" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 177" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 613"></p>
<p>: State is unknown</p>
<p>.*: License not available</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2968" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 178" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 614"></p>
<p>: Not connected</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-2969" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 179" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 615"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2970" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 180" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 616"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2971" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 181" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 617"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2972" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 182" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 618"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2973" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 183" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 619"></p>
<p>: Map viewport</p>
<p>: Fixed, DVR, local storage camera</p>
<p>: ONVIF fixed camera</p>
<p>: Management Server is located in another time zone.</p>
<p>: Folder containing various items</p>
<p>Folder containing various items and having assigned a map</p>
<p>: Panoramic camera</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2974" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 184" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 620"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2975" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 185" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 621"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2976" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 186" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 622"></p>
<p>: PTZ camera</p>
<p>: ONVIF PTZ camera</p>
<p>: Matrix camera</p>
<p>tD: <a href="#post-2789-bookmark496">vsg </a>camera</p>
<p><strong>rs«</strong></p>
<p>, for example : Recording</p>
<p>¿1, for example</p>
<p>: Connection lost</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2977" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 187" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 623"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2978" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 188" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 624"></p>
<p>, for example</p>
<p>: Video loss</p>
<p>, for example</p>
<p>: Bypassed</p>
<p>: Audio is configured</p>
<p>: State unknown</p>
<p>: Too bright</p>
<p>: Too dark</p>
<p>: Too noisy</p>
<p>□: Too blurry</p>
<p>Q: Global scene change</p>
<p><em>::</em>: Reference check failed</p>
<p>: Relay</p>
<p>/</p>
<p>: Inputs</p>
<p>: Command Script</p>
<p>: Document</p>
<p>: Camera sequence</p>
<p>: External application</p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark498"> Primary VRM</a></p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Primary Failover VRM</a></p>
<p>: Secondary Failover VRM</p>
<p>: Indicates a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark495">video analytics </a>device.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark492">unmanaged site </a>which is not connected.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site in another time zone than the Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>^: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site to which a connection is being established.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site which is completely connected. This means that all</p>
<p>devices of this site are connected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2979" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 189" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 625"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2980" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 190" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 626"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2981" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 191" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 627"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2982" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 192" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 628"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2983" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 193" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 629"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2984" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 194" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 630"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2985" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 195" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 631"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2986" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 196" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 632"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2987" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 197" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 633"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2988" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 198" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 634"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2989" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 199" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 635"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2990" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 200" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 636"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2991" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 201" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 637"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2992" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 202" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 638"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2993" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 203" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 639"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2994" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 204" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 640"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2995" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 205" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 641"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-2996" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 206" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 642"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="52" class="wp-image-2997" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 207" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 643"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2998" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 208" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 644"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2999" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 209" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 645"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3000" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 210" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 646"></p>
<p>■i: Indicates an unmanaged site which is partially connected. This means that not all devices of this site are connected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3001" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 211" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 647"></p>
<p>: Intrusion panel.</p>
<p>: <a href="#post-2789-bookmark440">Area </a>configured in an intrusion panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3002" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 212" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 648"></p>
<p>: Area is armed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3003" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 213" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 649"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3004" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 214" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 650"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3005" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 215" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 651"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3006" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 216" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 652"></p>
<p>: Point is in the state<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> bypassed</a>.</p>
<p>: Point is in alarm state.</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>* : Area is disarmed.</p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark481"> Point </a>configured in an intrusion panel and in the state<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> unbypassed</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3007" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 217" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 653"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3008" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 218" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 654"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3009" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 219" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 655"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3010" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 220" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 656"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-3011" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 221" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 657"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3012" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 222" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 658"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-3013" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 223" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 659"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3014" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 224" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 660"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3015" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 225" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 661"></p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Reader (access control)</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is locked.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is unlocked.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is secured.</p>
<p>is secured.</p>
<p>is locked.</p>
<p>is unlocked.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-3016" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 226" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 662"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3017" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 227" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 663"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3018" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-228.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 228" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 664"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3019" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-229.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 229" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 665"></p>
<p>: Camera sequence</p>
<p>: Camera sequence is interrupted.</p>
<p>: Camera sequence is playing.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) with unknown door states.</p>
<p><strong>Image pane toolbar icons</strong></p>
<p>D: Maximize image pane</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="41" class="wp-image-3020" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-230.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 230" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 666"></p>
<p>: Digital zoom</p>
<p>: Transcoding is enabled.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3021" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-231.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 231" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 667"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3022" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-232.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 232" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 668"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3023" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-233.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 233" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 669"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3024" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-234.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 234" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 670"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3025" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-235.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 235" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 671"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3026" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-236.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 236" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 672"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3027" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-237.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 237" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 673"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3028" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-238.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 238" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 674"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3029" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-239.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 239" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 675"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3030" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-240.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 240" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 676"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3031" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-241.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 241" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 677"> : Click to display live mode again.</p>
<p>: Indicates the source of the displayed recording: Primary <a href="#post-2789-bookmark498">VRM </a>recording. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates the source of the displayed recording:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>recording. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that the Primary<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Failover VRM </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates that the Secondary<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Failover VRM </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> Encoder</a> provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates that the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> Encoder</a> provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Text data available</p>
<p>: Text data not available</p>
<p>: Instant playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="97" class="wp-image-3032" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-242.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 242" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 678"> : Manual alarm recording</p>
<p><strong>Image pane icons</strong></p>
<p>: I-frame only playback</p>
<p>: Enabled content analysis</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark383"></a> Menu commands</p>
<p>17.7</p>
<p>Some of the following commands are not available in BVMS Export Player.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>System </strong>menu commands</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Playback mode </strong>/ <strong>Live mode</strong></td>
<td>Switches to Playback or Live Mode depending on the current state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Change password&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for entering a new password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Logoff</strong></td>
<td>Exits the program and displays the dialog box for logging on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Exit</strong></td>
<td>Exits the program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Camera </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Save image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for saving an image of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Print image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for printing an image of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Audio on </strong>/ <strong>Audio off</strong></td>
<td>Turns audio of the selected camera on or off.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Record Camera</strong></td>
<td>Starts recording of the selected camera. The Alarm recording Mode quality level is used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Instant Playback</strong></td>
<td>Starts playback of the selected camera for the configured rewind time. (Not in Playback Mode)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Reference Image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Reference Image </strong>dialog box for the currently selected Image pane. (Not in Playback Mode)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Close</strong></td>
<td>Closes the selected Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Tools </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Find in logbook&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>and the <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p>When you logged on as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">User Group</a>, the <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>and the <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Erase text data from logbook&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Toggle Image pane bars</strong></td>
<td>Hides or displays the Image pane bars.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Show fewer Image pane rows</strong></td>
<td>Decreases the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Show more Image pane rows</strong></td>
<td>Increases the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Timeline </strong>menu commands (Playback Mode only)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>First recording</strong></td>
<td>Moves the hairline to the oldest recording.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Last recording</strong></td>
<td>Moves the hairline to the latest recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td>Plays forward starting from the current position of the hairline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Pause</strong></td>
<td>Stops playback at the current position. Click <strong>Play </strong>to resume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Reverse play</strong></td>
<td>Plays backward from the current position of the hairline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Protect video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Protect Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Unprotect video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Unprotect video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restrict video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Restrict Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Unrestrict video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Unrestrict video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Delete video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Delete Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Verify authenticity&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Export video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Export Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Load exported video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for selecting an export file.</p>
<p>The exported file is then displayed in the <strong>Exports </strong>Tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Alarms </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accept Selected Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all selected alarms to the alarm state <strong>Accepted </strong>and displays them in the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accept All New Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all new alarms to the alarm state <strong>Accepted</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Clear all accepted alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all accepted alarms to the alarm state <strong>Cleared</strong>. The entry is removed from the <strong>Alarm List </strong>and from the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Clear Selected Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all selected alarms to the alarm state <strong>Cleared</strong>. The entry is removed from the <strong>Alarm List </strong>and from the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Workflow&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the action plan for the selected alarm if available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Extras </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Add favorite</strong></td>
<td>Saves the current Image pane pattern as a View in the <strong>Favorites Tree</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Add bookmark</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Add Bookmark </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mute System</strong></td>
<td>Turns off audio of the available Image panes and the alarm sound.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Options&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restore </strong>&gt; <strong>Default settings</strong></td>
<td>Restores the settings for monitor layout, user interface and options to the factory default settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This option considers the configured maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p>The default number of Image pane rows is restored only if it does not exceed the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restore </strong>&gt; <strong>Last settings</strong></td>
<td>Restores the settings for monitor layout, user interface and options to the last loaded settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This option considers the configured maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p>The last loaded number of Image pane rows is restored only if it does not exceed the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Help </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display help</strong></td>
<td>Displays the BVMS Online Help.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>About&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box containing information on the installed system, for example the version number.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark385"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark386"></a> 17.8 Options dialog box</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Extras </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command</p>
<p>Allows you to configure parameters for using Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark285"><em> Displaying video via low bandwidth, page 94</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark389"></a> Control tab</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Control tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dwell time for automatic sequences [s]</strong></p>
<p>Enter the required number of seconds a camera is to be displayed in an Image pane. This time is also valid for alarm sequences.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Control Speed</strong></p>
<p>Move the slider to adjust the control speed for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Rewind time of instant playback [s]</strong></p>
<p>Enter the amount of seconds for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark484"> rewind time </a>of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display the map containing the camera of the selected Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Click to activate that the map of the camera in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is getting the focus.</p>
<p>The map is displayed in the <strong>Map </strong>window of the <strong>Control </strong>monitor. If the selected camera is not configured on any map, the <strong>Map </strong>window is cleared.</p>
<p>The displayed map is the first found map in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>beginning from the root item, that contains the selected camera.</p>
<p>If a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence </a>is running within the selected Image pane, after each sequence step the map in the <strong>Map </strong>window is updated accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Start PTZ mode when selecting PTZ Image pane with mouse</strong></p>
<p>Select to automatically active PTZ mode for Bosch IntuiKey keyboards for the following cases: &#8211; When the user clicks on an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>displaying a PTZ camera.</p>
<p>&#8211; When the user drags a PTZ camera to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.2</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark391"></a><strong>Display tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Display tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Image Pane Aspect Ratio</strong></p>
<p>For each connected monitor select the required aspect ratio for the Image panes in</p>
<p>Operator Client. Use 16:9 for HD cameras. This setting overrides the setting that was made in Configuration Client for the initial startup of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Display Logical Number</strong></p>
<p>Select to display the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark471"> logical number</a> of a camera in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p><strong>IP address visible in print and save</strong></p>
<p>Select to make the IP addresses of devices in the Logical Tree available in printed or saved images.</p>
<p><strong>Text Data Position</strong></p>
<p>Select the desired option for the location of the text data pane when clicking on <strong><sup>=</sup> .</strong></p>
<p><strong>Prefer hardware acceleration</strong></p>
<p>After logon to Operator Client hardware acceleration is enabled by default.</p>
<p>To disable hardware acceleration, clear the check box.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Show diagnostic information in Image panes (enable until logoff)</strong></p>
<p>Select to show decoding method in the Image pane.</p>
<p>The decoding method is displayed in the title bar of all open Image panes.</p>
<p>This setting is not persistent after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Enable colored timeline</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable colored timeline for recordings. With colored timeline enabled, alarm recording, pre-alarm recording and motion recording are indicated by different colors.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.3</strong></td>
<td><strong>Audio tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Audio tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback audio of the selected Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Select to activate audio playback for the video in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Multichannel audio playback</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable simultaneous audio playback for all videos displayed in the Image panes.</p>
<p><strong>Sound volume:</strong></p>
<p>Move the slider to adjust the sound volume of alarm sounds.</p>
<p><strong>Half Duplex</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable half<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> mode for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Full Duplex</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable full<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> mode for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Transcoding tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Transcoding tab</strong></p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with</p>
<p>Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p><strong>Hardware (default)</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable the hardware transcoder. This is the default setting.</p>
<p><strong>Software</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable the software transcoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.9</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark395"></a><strong>Logical Tree window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S- &#8216;I:<sub>th</sub></strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><strong><sub>u</sub> &#8211; &#8220;H,<sub>h</sub></strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Displays the hierarchical structure of all the devices your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark493"> user group </a>has access to.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the server name is displayed as a prefix to the camera name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Only an administrator can create or change the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>Allows you to drag an item to the following elements of the user interface:</p>
<ul>
<li>Camera, map, document to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a></li>
<li>Each item to the <strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</li>
<li>Map to <strong>Map </strong>window</li>
<li>Camera to the <strong>Monitors </strong>window</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></li>
<li><em>Displaying a camera in an Image pane, page 37</em></li>
<li><em>Adding items to the favorites tree, page 62</em></li>
<li><em>Starting a pre-configured camera sequence, page 41</em></li>
<li><em>Displaying video via low bandwidth, page 94</em></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark397"></a><strong>Favorites Tree window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8217; Tr</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can add every item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree to create your own subset of the Logical Tree. At any time you can display the view or add or delete devices in a view.</p>
<p>When saving a view in the Favorites Tree, you save the following settings:</p>
<ul>
<li>The assignment of cameras or other objects to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></li>
<li>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image pane pattern</a></li>
<li>The current setting of the digital zoom</li>
<li>The image section</li>
<li>The selected stream (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark163"><em>Adding items to the favorites tree, page 62</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark166"><em>Creating/editing views, page 63</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.11</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark400"></a><strong>Bookmarks window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8217; </strong>[h]</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can save a time period of live view or a recording in a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>. A bookmark saves a start and an end time, the cameras assigned to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> at this time, and the entire<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark462">pane pattern</a>. A time period of 0 seconds is possible. Bookmarks are saved in the pane.</p>
<p>Deleting a bookmark does not affect the corresponding recordings. You cannot add or remove cameras from a bookmark. To change a bookmark, load it, make your changes and save it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If a recording is deleted, the corresponding bookmark is not synchronized. If loaded, a black <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p>If you have logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Do not add more than 4 cameras in one bookmark to avoid performance issues when loading the bookmark.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark173"><em>Editing a bookmark, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark176"><em>Loading a bookmark, page 66</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark402"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark403"></a> 17.12 Image window</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="614" class="wp-image-3033" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 243" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 679" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-1024x603.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-768x453.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<p>Displays a variable number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>s. Minimum is 1 Image pane. You can display one camera in several Image panes simultaneously.</p>
<p>Allows you to perform the following tasks (not all tasks are available in BVMS Export Player): &#8211; Changing the number of displayed Image panes.</p>
<ul>
<li>Arranging the Image panes with high flexibility, changing the pattern of the Image panes, and saving this arrangement as a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">View</a> in the <strong>Favorites Tree</strong>.</li>
<li>Toggling between Live Mode and Playback Mode (and alarm display if alarms are available).</li>
<li>Switching on/off all audio sources (application must be configured for multi-channel mode).</li>
<li>Starting a sequence.</li>
<li>Switching on/off the Image pane toolbars.</li>
<li>Performing<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a>.</li>
<li>Using<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark84"><em> Changing the number of Image pane rows, page 39</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.13</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark405"></a><strong>Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>BVMS Export Player offers only a restricted feature set.</p>
<p>Allows you to display:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live video from any video source (Live Mode only)</li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark464">Instant playback</a> video</li>
<li>Recorded video (Playback Mode only)</li>
<li>Maps</li>
<li>Documents (HTML files)</li>
<li>Text data</li>
<li>Recording source</li>
</ul>
<p>A blue border indicates that this<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is selected, for example, for displaying a camera image in this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The toolbar of an image pane is only displayed, if the image pane is selected.</p>
<p>If you log on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix is displayed in the image pane toolbar, if the image pane is selected.</p>
<p>Cameras in the map are displayed as<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spots</a>. You can activate a camera in the map by double-clicking, context menu, or dragging and dropping to an Image pane.</p>
<p>When a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera is displayed, you can use in-window control function.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to display it in the next free Image pane.</p>
<p>Right-click in the Image pane and click <strong>Properties </strong>to display the <strong>Properties: </strong>window. This window displays information on the camera.</p>
<p>The time display in the tool bar of a live Image pane always shows the local time of the displayed camera. The time display in the tool bar of a playback Image pane always shows the time of the recorded video.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark274"><em>Displaying text data, page 91</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.14</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark407"></a><strong>Search box</strong></p>
<p>You can use the search box to search for an item in the Logical Tree, in the Favorites Tree and in the Bookmarks.</p>
<p><strong>T; ★ H</strong></p>
<p>1. Main window &gt; &gt; or or tab &gt; Right-click the desired root</p>
<p>node or the desired item &gt; Click <strong>Tree search </strong>Or:</p>
<p>In the Logical Tree window, the Favorites Tree window or the Bookmarks window press Ctrl+F.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The search box is displayed</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>2. Type a search string representing the display name of an item.</p>
<p>The search is triggered immediately during typing and the first item that matches the search string is marked.</p>
<p>If the search string is not found, the background color of the search box changes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="40" class="wp-image-3034" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 244" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 680" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="40" class="wp-image-3035" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 245" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 681" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245.jpeg 320w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click or <sup>v</sup> to mark the previous or the next matching item.</li>
</ol>
<p>The search proceeds through all items in the tree that match the search string and not only through the items in the selected tree node.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click X to close the search box.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark411"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark412"></a> Exports window</p>
<p>17.15</p>
<p>। | &gt; <sup>1</sup> <sup>1</sup> tab</p>
<p>You can import exported video data, display it in an Image pane, search for particular data in it, and unload it again.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark243"><em>Loading exported video, page 84</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-3036" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-246.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 246" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 682"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-3037" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-247.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 247" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 683"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-3038" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-248.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 248" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 684"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-3039" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-249.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 249" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 685"></p>
<p>17.16</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark409"></a> Map window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Drag a map from the</p>
<p>■ to the</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>&gt; Drag a map from the</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>■ to the</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Displays a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark488">site </a>map, it cannot display video content and is not limited to a 4:3 ratio.</p>
<p>If a map cannot be displayed completely in the <strong>Map </strong>window, you can drag the map. A special cursor is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Click to get step-by-step instructions:</strong></p>
<p>&#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark155"> <em>Displaying a site map, page 58</em></a></p>
<p>17.17</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark415"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark416"></a> PTZ Control window</p>
<p>S&#8221; tel</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>PTZ Control </strong>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="44" class="wp-image-3040" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-250.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 250" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 686"></p>
<p>The window becomes active when a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera or a swiveling/tilting camera is displayed in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>Allows you to control a camera with the corresponding functions displayed in the selected</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="112" height="34" class="wp-image-3041" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-251.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 251" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 687"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="40" class="wp-image-3042" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-252.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 252" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 688"></p>
<p>Image pane.</p>
<p>Click to zoom in or out digitally. These controls are active even</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="254" height="232" class="wp-image-3043" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-253.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 253" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 689"></p>
<p>when a non-PTZ camera is selected.</p>
<p>camera in all directions.</p>
<p>Click an arrow or drag the joystick in the center to swivel the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="82" height="50" class="wp-image-3044" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-254.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 254" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 690"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="168" height="51" class="wp-image-3045" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-255.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 255" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 691"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="50" class="wp-image-3046" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-256.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 256" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 692"> Click to close the iris / open the iris.</p>
<p>Click to zoom in the picture angle (zoom angle) / zooming out the picture</p>
<p>angle (wide angle).</p>
<p>Click to set the focus near / focus far.</p>
<p><strong>Predefined positions:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="34" class="wp-image-3047" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-257.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 257" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 693"> Select an entry to move the PTZ control to the predefined position.</p>
<p>Click to save the current position of the PTZ camera to the selected preposition entry.</p>
<p><strong>AUX commands:</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry to execute this command.</p>
<p>17.18</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark418"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark419"></a> Timeline window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="132" height="49" class="wp-image-3048" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-258.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 258" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 694"></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Allows you to control the playback of recorded videos. You can display several cameras simultaneously.</p>
<p>Audio playback is only possible when you play the video in normal speed.</p>
<p>If you are authorized to display recorded videos, you can also listen to the accompanying audio recording.</p>
<p>If you select another time zone, the timeline is changed accordingly.</p>
<p>Allows you to navigate through recorded videos. The playback of all displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane</a>s is synchronized.</p>
<p>Many features enable the precise finding of scenes you are searching for.</p>
<p>The <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline </a>for recordings in Operator Client and BVMS Export Player displays the following information indicated by a color or hatching:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Recording</strong></td>
<td><strong>Color</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording loss / no recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protected recording</td>
<td>Dark grey diagonal stripes on the original color (for example: <strong>^^B)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restricted recording</td>
<td>Dark grey diagonal stripes on the original color (for example: <strong>^^H)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data not yet loaded</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search result</td>
<td><strong>fl B|</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pre-alarm recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Recording</strong></td>
<td><strong>Color</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motion recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To display colored timeline for alarm, pre-alarm and motion recording, enable colored timeline in the <strong>Display </strong>tab. See chapter<a href="#post-2789-bookmark391"> <em>Display tab, page 135</em></a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">**1/8 1/41/2 1 T 4 8</td>
<td>Move the slider to adjust the playback speed for the displayed cameras.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>CHXCEI33K1E3</strong></td>
<td>Use the controls to control the playback of the displayed cameras.</p>
<p>From left to right:</p>
<ul>
<li>Jump to the oldest recording</li>
<li>Single frame backward no matter what frame type</li>
<li>Play backward, you can change the playback speed with the speed slider</li>
<li>Pause play or backward play</li>
<li>Play, you can change the playback speed with the speed slider</li>
<li>Single frame forward no matter what frame type</li>
<li>Jump to the latest recording</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>11/3/2020 4:53:34 AM</strong></td>
<td>4.</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the time for rapid positioning the hairline in the timeline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to move to the time now.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to select a search type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Events</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Displays the selected search type, for example <strong>Video by event search</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to jump to the previous search result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to jump to the next search result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">X</td>
<td>Click to remove all search results.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">lLi</td>
<td>Click to display the <strong>Export Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">G4 (172.31.22.90) [11]</p>
<p>Camera 1 (172.31.22.93) [13]</p>
<p>Camera 1 (172.31.22.95) [19]</p>
<p>RTCAM (172.31.23.201) [G]</td>
<td></td>
<td>Displays all cameras displayed in the image window.</p>
<p>If you log on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>MAN*</em> 7 MAM SCÛAM 5 00 AM i&amp;W AM IK</strong></td>
<td>1</td>
<td>Displays the timelines of the cameras in the camera list.</p>
<p>Allows you rapid time positioning for playing the corresponding videos.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Changing the playback speed, page 74</em></li>
<li><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></li>
<li><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></li>
<li><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></li>
<li><em>Verifying the authenticity of video data, page 76</em></li>
<li><em>Protecting or unprotecting video, page 75</em></li>
<li><em>Restricting or unrestricting video, page 74</em></li>
<li><em>Deleting video data, page 76</em></li>
<li><em>Loading exported video, page 84</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark421"></a> 18 Keyboard shortcuts</p>
<p>This section lists the available keyboard shortcuts for a US keyboard layout.</p>
<p>+ indicates that each key must be pressed simultaneously (for example, Control+z means to press the Control key and the z key simultaneously).</p>
<p>On your Setup CD you find an Acrobat file for printing. The name of this file is</p>
<p>keyboard_layout_en.pdf.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark423"></a> General controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Online Help</td>
<td>F1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rename (for example in favorites)</td>
<td>F2</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark425"></a> Playback controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play / Pause</td>
<td>Space</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous frame</td>
<td><sup>,</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next frame</td>
<td>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set direction to forward</td>
<td>Enter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set direction to backward</td>
<td>Backspace</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jump to oldest recording</td>
<td>Home</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jump to latest recording</td>
<td>End</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase playback speed</td>
<td>Page Up</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decrease playback speed</td>
<td>Page Down</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark427"></a> Image window controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following keyboard shortcuts only work when the Image window has the focus.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Move selected Image pane</td>
<td>Cursor keys</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Image pane</td>
<td>Delete,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close all Image panes</td>
<td>Control + Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show fewer Image pane rows</td>
<td>F7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show more Image pane rows</td>
<td>F8<strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show / hide Image pane bars</td>
<td>F9</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>*Note: </strong>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark429"></a> 19 Troubleshooting</p>
<p>This chapter contains information on how to handle known problems using BVMS Operator Client BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Problems with the settings in the recording control of your soundcard</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Issue</strong></td>
<td><strong>Cause</strong></td>
<td><strong>Solution</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Feedbacks occur when using a microphone for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark467">functionality</a>.</td>
<td>In the recording control of your soundcard the microphone must be selected, not the stereo mix (or something else).</p>
<p>Operator Client checks its configuration file during startup and changes the settings in the recording control accordingly. This configuration file contains a default entry which might not match your system configuration. This setting is restored during each start of Operator Client.</td>
<td>Change the setting in the configuration file of Operator Client to microphone.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark431"></a> 19.1 Reestablishing the connection to a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard</p>
<ol>
<li>Plug in the cable again or wait until the workstation is online.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Off Line message disappears.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Terminal softkey to enter BVMS.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark433"></a> Glossary</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark435"></a><strong>Alarm Image window</strong></p>
<p>Image window for displaying one or more Alarm Image panes.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark436"></a><strong>Alarm List</strong></p>
<p>Window in Bosch Video Management System used to display a list of active alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark437"></a><strong>alarm priority</strong></p>
<p>Each alarm is assigned a priority. Alarms can be configured to automatically display (pop up) in the Alarm Image window, based on the alarm priority. Each user&#8217;s live/playback display is also assigned a priority. When alarms are received with priority higher than that of the user&#8217;s display, the alarm automatically displays its alarm row in the Alarm Image window. If the Alarm Image window is not currently displayed, it automatically replaces the Live or Playback Image window on the alarm-enabled monitor.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark438"></a><strong>analytics viewer</strong></p>
<p>External application that is used for displaying video analytics alarms in Operator Client.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark439"></a><strong>ANR</strong></p>
<p>Automated Network Replenishment. Integrated process that copies missing video data from a video transceiver to the network video recorder after a network failure. The copied video data exactly fills the gap that occurred after the network failure. Hence the transceiver needs any kind of local storage. The recording capacity on this local storage is calculated with the following formula: (network bandwidth x estimated network downtime + safety margin) x (1 + 1/backup speed). The resulting recording capacity is required because the continuous recording must continue during the copy process.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark440"></a><strong>area</strong></p>
<p>A group of detection devices connected to the security system.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark441"></a><strong>authenticity</strong></p>
<p>State of a recorded video that indicates its originality. That means, the recorded video is not manipulated.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark442"></a><strong>bookmark</strong></p>
<p>Used for storing a time period of live or recorded video. This allows for tagging particular scenes for later investigation. Additionally you can share your investigation results with other users by exporting a bookmark.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark443"></a><strong>bypass</strong></p>
<p>Selectively remove points from the security system. A point may be bypassed in order to arm the perimeter with a window open.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark444"></a><strong>camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>A list of cameras that are displayed one after the other. Each camera is displayed for a specific time (dwell time). There are two types of sequences: predefined and automatic. Predefined sequences are defined by the administrator. Icons for these sequences are located in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>Automatic sequences are created when you drag a multiple selection or a folder from the Logical Tree to an Image pane or a decoder. All cameras in this folder or selection sequences in the Image pane. You can create your own sequences by creating a folder in your Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark445"></a><strong>Dewarping</strong></p>
<p>The use of software to convert a circular image from a fisheye lens with radial distortion to a rectilinear image for normal viewing (dewarping is the correction of distortion).</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark446"></a><strong>DNS</strong></p>
<p>Domain Name System. A DNS server converts a URL (<a href="http://www.myDevice.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.myDevice.com</a>, for example) into an IP address on networks that use the TCP/IP protocol.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark447"></a><strong>Document</strong></p>
<p>The document files that are supported by BVMS are HTM, URL, MHT, HTML, TXT.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark448"></a><strong>dual authorization</strong></p>
<p>Security policy that requires two different users to log on to the Operator Client. Both the users must be member of a normal Bosch Video Management System user group. This user group (or these user groups if the users are members of different user groups) must be part of a dual authorization group. A dual authorization group has its own access rights within Bosch Video Management</p>
<p>System. This dual authorization group should have more access rights than the normal user group that the user belongs to. Example: User A is member of a user group called Group A. User B is member of Group B. Additionally a dual authorization group is configured with Group A and Group B as members. For the users of Group A, dual authorization is optional, for users of Group B it is mandatory. When user A logs on, a second dialog box for confirming the logon is displayed.</p>
<p>In this dialog box, a second user can log on if he is available. If not, user A can continue and start the Operator Client. He then has only the access rights of Group A. When user B logs on, again a second dialog box for logging on is displayed. In this dialog box, a second user must log on. If not, user B cannot start the Operator Client.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark449"></a><strong>duplex</strong></p>
<p>Term used to define the direction of data transmission between two parties. Half-duplex allows data transmission in both directions but not simultaneously. Full-duplex allows simultaneous data transmission.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark450"></a><strong>Dwell time</strong></p>
<p>Preset amount of time a camera is displayed in an Image window until the next camera is displayed during a camera sequence.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark451"></a><strong>Edge dewarping</strong></p>
<p>Dewarping performed in the camera itself.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark452"></a><strong>Encoder</strong></p>
<p>Changes an analog stream to a digital stream, e.g., to integrate analog cameras in a digital system like Bosch Video Management System. Some encoders can have a local storage like a flash card, a USB hard disk, or they can store their video data on iSCSI devices. IP cameras have an encoder built in.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark453"></a><strong>Enterprise Account</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise Account is an authorization that enables a user of Operator Client to connect to the devices of a Management Server being part of an Enterprise System. In an Enterprise Account, all permissions for the devices of this Management Server are configured. Operator Client can simultaneously connect to all Management Server computers that are part of this Enterprise System. This access is either controlled by the membership to an Enterprise User Group, and is controlled by the device permissions configured in the Enterprise Account for this Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark454"></a><strong>Enterprise System</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise System is a feature of Bosch Video Management System that allows a user of Operator Client to access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark455"></a><strong>Enterprise User Group</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise User Group is a user group that is configured on an Enterprise Management Server. Enterprise User Group defines the users that are authorized to access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously. Defines the operating permissions available for these users.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark456"></a><strong>erase</strong></p>
<p>The right of erasure in the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) provides that the data subject has the right to request erasure of personal data related to them on any one of a number of grounds within 30 days.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark457"></a><strong>Event</strong></p>
<p>A circumstance or state that is linked to an alarm and/or an action. Events can arise from many sources such as cameras, archivers, directories, digital inputs, etc. They can include start­recording states, loss of signal states, disk full messages, user logons, digital input triggers, etc.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark458"></a><strong>Failover VRM</strong></p>
<p>Software in the BVMS environment. Takes over the task of the assigned Primary VRM or Secondary VRM in case of failure.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark459"></a><strong>Favorites Tree</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark460"></a><strong>Hotspot</strong></p>
<p>Mouse sensitive icon on a map. Hotspots are configured in Configuration Client. Hotspots can be for example cameras, relays, inputs. The operator uses it for localizing and selecting a device in a building. If configured, hotspots can display a blinking background color when a specific state event or alarm occurs.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark461"></a><strong>Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Used for displaying live or recorded video of a single camera, a site map, a document, a sequence, a monitor group, an external application or a map viewport.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark462"></a><strong>Image pane pattern</strong></p>
<p>Arrangement of Image panes.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark463"></a><strong>Image window</strong></p>
<p>Container for Image panes, structured by an Image window pattern.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark464"></a><strong>Instant playback</strong></p>
<p>Plays the recorded image of the selected camera in an Image pane on the live screen. The start time (number of seconds in the past, or rewind time) can be configured.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark465"></a><strong>Intelligent Tracking</strong></p>
<p>Intelligent Tracking is a software process running on a camera that allows the camera to follow a selected object.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark466"></a><strong>Intelligent Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p>Algorithm that detects specific properties and the behavior of objects in a scene monitored by a video camera and from this generates alarm events that, in turn, can be processed in a CCTV system. Recording with Intelligent Video Analytics settings activated is a precondition to be able to selectively and quickly search through video material later. Intelligent Video Analytics makes it possible to capture and evaluate directional movement of objects in such a way that false alarms are prevented to a large extent.</p>
<p>Intelligent Video Analytics adapts automatically to changing environmental conditions and is therefore largely non-sensitive to perturbing influences such as rain and tree movement. Especially when used for forensic search, Intelligent Video Analytics allows for filtering moving objects by their color specifications. With the aid of Intelligent Video Analytics algorithm extensive video material can be searched selectively for objects with specific color properties.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark467"></a><strong>Intercom functionality</strong></p>
<p>Used to talk on the loudspeakers of an encoder. This encoder must have audio-in and audio-out. The Intercom functionality can be granted per user group.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark468"></a><strong>intrusion control panel</strong></p>
<p>Generic name for the core device in a Bosch intrusion (burglary) security system. Keypads, modules, detectors, and other devices connect to the control panel.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark469"></a><strong>iSCSI</strong></p>
<p>Internet Small Computer System Interface. Protocol that manages storage via a TCP/IP network. iSCSI enables access to stored data from everywhere in the network. Especially with the advent of Gigabit Ethernet, it has become affordable to attach iSCSI storage servers simply as remote hard disks to a computer network. In iSCSI terminology, the server providing storage resources is called an iSCSI target, while the client connecting to the server and accessing the resources of the server is called iSCSI initiator.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark470"></a><strong>Logbook</strong></p>
<p>Container for logging all events in Bosch Video Management System.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark471"></a><strong>Logical number</strong></p>
<p>Logical numbers are unique IDs assigned to each device in the system for ease of reference. Logical numbers are only unique within a particular device type. Typical use of logical numbers are Command Scripts.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark472"></a><strong>Logical Tree</strong></p>
<p>Tree with a customized structure of all the devices. The Logical Tree is used in the Operator Client to select cameras and other devices. In the Configuration Client, the &#8220;Full Logical Tree&#8221; is configured (on the Maps and Structure page) and tailored for each user group (on the User Groups page).</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark473"></a><strong>Management Server</strong></p>
<p>BVMS server managing devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark474"></a><strong>monitor group</strong></p>
<p>A set of monitors connected to decoders. The monitor group can be used for alarm processing in a given physical area. For example, an installation with three physically separated control rooms might have three monitor groups. The monitors in an monitor group are logically configured into rows and columns and can be set to different layouts, e. g. full-screen or quad view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark475"></a><strong>MOV</strong></p>
<p>File extension of the default video format used by QuickTime Player from Apple.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark476"></a><strong>MP4</strong></p>
<p>MP4 is a digital multimedia container format most commonly used to store video and audio, but it can also be used to store other data such as subtitles and still images. MP4 files are supported by most software media players.</p>
<p><strong>No-touch deployment</strong></p>
<p>Method for automatic downloading, installing and running .NET applications without changing the registry or shared system components. With Bosch Video Management System, no-touch deployment is used for updating the Operator Clients from the Management Server.</p>
<p>The update takes place if a new version is stored on the Management Server and when each user is logging on to the Operator Client. If you work with one Operator Client against multiple Management Server computers, no-touch deployment uses only the software version stored on the Management Server where the Operator Client has last logged on successfully. When you try to log on to another Management Server with a different application version, this one displays the Management Server as not online because the software versions do not match.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark477"></a><strong>Operator Client</strong></p>
<p>Component of Bosch Video Management System that provides the user interface for system monitoring and operation.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark478"></a><strong>Operator Client workstation</strong></p>
<p>Computer in the Bosch Video Management System environment for viewing live and playback video and for configuration tasks. Operator Client is installed on this computer.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark479"></a><strong>Panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>Camera with a 360° or 180° view angle.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark480"></a><strong>Playback Mode</strong></p>
<p>Feature of Operator Client. Used to playback and search through archived videos.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark481"></a><strong>point</strong></p>
<p>A detection device connected to the security system. Points show on the keypad individually and with custom text. The text might describe a single door, motion sensor, smoke detector, or an protected space such as UPSTAIRS or GARAGE.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark482"></a><strong>PTZ camera</strong></p>
<p>Camera with pan, tilt, and zoom function.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark483"></a><strong>Reference image</strong></p>
<p>A reference image is continuously compared with the current video image. If the current video image in the marked areas differs from the reference image, an alarm is triggered. This allows you to detect tampering that would otherwise not be detected, for example if the camera is turned.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark484"></a><strong>Rewind time</strong></p>
<p>Number of seconds when an Image pane is switched to instant playback.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark485"></a><strong>ROI</strong></p>
<p>Region of Interest. Intended use of ROI is to save bandwidth when zooming into a section of the camera image with a fixed HD camera. This section behaves like a PTZ camera.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark486"></a><strong>Secondary VRM</strong></p>
<p>Software in the BVMS environment. Ensures that the recording performed by one or multiple Primary VRMs is additionally and simultaneously performed to another iSCSI target. The recording settings can deviate from the settings of the Primary VRM.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark487"></a><strong>Server Lookup</strong></p>
<p>Access method for a user of Configuration Client or Operator Client to sequentially connect to multiple system access points. A system access point can be a Management Server or an Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark488"></a><strong>Site</strong></p>
<p>User-created entity for grouping related system resources together for ease of viewing and management. Typically, a site corresponds to a physical location, like a building or a floor, but it may be used to represent any concept. It consists of a Management Server, usually Configuration Client and multipe Operator Client installations.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark489"></a><strong>TCP</strong></p>
<p>Transmission Control Protocol. Connection- oriented communication protocol used to transmit data over an IP network. Offers a reliable and ordered data transmission.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark490"></a><strong>Timeline</strong></p>
<p>Part of the Bosch Video Management System user interface. Displays lines as graphical representations of the recordings of the selected cameras. The Timeline allows you to navigate through recorded videos.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark491"></a><strong>UDP</strong></p>
<p>User Datagram Protocol. A connectionless protocol used to exchange data over an IP network. UDP is more efficient than TCP for video transmission because of lower overhead.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark492"></a><strong>unmanaged site</strong></p>
<p>Item of the Device Tree in BVMS that can contain video network devices like Digital Video Recorders. These devices are not managed by the Management Server of your system. The user of Operator Client can connect to the devices of an unmanaged site on demand.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark493"></a><strong>User group</strong></p>
<p>User groups are used to define common user attributes, such as permissions, privileges and PTZ priority. By becoming a member of a group, a user automatically inherits all the attributes of the group.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark494"></a><strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p>Universal Time Coordinated</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark495"></a><strong>Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p>Video analytics is a software process that compares a camera image with the stored images of specific persons or objects. In case of a match, the software triggers an alarm.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark496"></a><strong>Video Streaming Gateway (VSG)</strong></p>
<p>Virtual device that allows integrating Bosch cameras, ONVIF cameras, JPEG cameras, RTSP encoders.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark497"></a><strong>view</strong></p>
<p>Collection of image panes that you can recall for instant live viewing. Sequences cannot be part of a view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark498"></a><strong>VRM</strong></p>
<p>Video Recording Manager. Software package in Bosch Video Management System which manages storing video (MPEG-4 SH++, H.264 and H.265) with audio data and metadata on iSCSI devices in the network. VRM maintains a database containing the recording source information and a list of associated iSCSI drives.</p>
<p>VRM is realized as a service running on a computer in the Bosch Video Management System network. VRM does not store video data itself but distributes storage capacities on iSCSI devices to the encoders, while handling load balancing between multiple iSCSI devices. VRM streams playback from iSCSI to Operator Clients.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>GV-Eye Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/gv-eye-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/gv-eye-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Jun 2023 09:20:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile APPS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ClareVision App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Favorites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GV-Eye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WebCam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2117</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[GV-Eye Installation Guide, With GV-Eye mobile app, you can connect to GeoVision IP devices and software from your iOS or ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="GV-Eye Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/gv-eye-installation-guide/#more-2117" aria-label="Read more about GV-Eye Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>GV-Eye Installation Guide, With GV-Eye mobile app, you can connect to GeoVision IP devices and software from your iOS or Android mobile devices to remotely watch live view, play back recordings, trigger outputs, take snapshots and more.</p>
<h2><a href="https://www.geovision.com.tw/product/GV-Eye" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">GV-Eye</a></h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="107" class="wp-image-2118" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 1" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 774"></p>
<p>Using GV-Eye, you can access GV-IP devices and software from your mobile devices, to watch live views, play back recordings, trigger outputs, take snapshots and more.</p>
<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>Starting from GV-Eye V2.7, users can connect to GV-VMS (V17.4 / V18.1 or later), GV-DVR / NVR (V8.8.0 or later) and GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway (V2.0.0 or later) via GV-Relay QR-code. This is a paid service that results in connecting to GV-SNVR via QR-code scan to be charged as well.</p>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1911/clarevision-app-guide/" rel="nofollow">ClareVision App Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1151/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1879/night-owl-x-cms-installation-setup/" rel="nofollow">Night Owl X CMS Installation Setup</a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark0"></a> 1. Specifications</p>
<p><strong>General</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Supported OS</strong></td>
<td>iOS 13 ~ 16.3; Android 8 ~ 12</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Codec</strong></td>
<td>MPEG4, MJPEG, H.264 and H.265</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resolutions</strong></td>
<td>Up to 12 MP (4000 x 3000)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functions</strong></td>
<td>360° Mode, Live View, PIP (Picture-in-picture), Fisheye Dewarping, PTZ Control &amp; Preset, Remote Playback, I / O Output trigger, Snapshot, 2-Way Audio, Stream Switching, Device Search, Hardware Decoding, Add via QR code</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Languages</strong></td>
<td>English, Japanese, Traditional Chinese</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Note</strong>: Mobile devices need to support 64-bit ABI (arm64-v8a) to install GV-Eye for Android V2.9.1 or later.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Default Port Settings</strong></p>
<p>Below is a list of default port for GeoVision services that are used for remote connection.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Connection Port</strong></td>
<td><strong>Playback Port</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-IP devices (VSS Port)</strong></td>
<td>10000</td>
<td>5552</p>
<p>80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway Server</strong></td>
<td>11000</td>
<td>5552</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-Mobile Server</strong></td>
<td>55000</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-VMS</strong></td>
<td>56000</td>
<td>5552</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark2"></a> Installing GV-Eye</li>
</ol>
<p>You can download GV-Eye from the <strong>App Store </strong>or <strong>Google Play </strong>and install the application.</p>
<p>Upon first-time startup, you will be directed to a dialog box to enable or disable <strong>Demo Mode</strong>. Select <strong>Yes </strong>to enable <strong>Demo Mode </strong>to be guided through the key features of GV-Eye. Select <strong>No </strong>to disable <strong>Demo Mode </strong>and the main page appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="535" class="wp-image-2119" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 2" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 775" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-2.jpeg 839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-2-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-2-768x490.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="523" class="wp-image-2120" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 3" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 776" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-3.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-3-225x300.jpeg 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></p>
<p><strong>GV-Eye icon on iPad</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dialog Box of Demo Mode on iPad</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark4"></a> Main Page
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark6"></a> General Mode</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The following main page of <strong>General Mode </strong>is exemplified using an <em>iPad</em>. The main page is set to be General Mode by default.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="611" height="725" class="wp-image-2121" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 4" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 777" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-4.jpeg 611w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-4-253x300.jpeg 253w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 611px) 100vw, 611px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Group List</td>
<td>Manages groups for GV / UA-IP devices. For details, see <em>7. Group Management</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Camera List</td>
<td>Adds and removes connections to GV / UA-IP devices and software. Depending on the type of connection desired, see <em>5. GV-Relay QR Code</em> and / or <em>6. Manual &amp; Automatic Connection for GV-IP Devices and Software</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Full Screen</td>
<td>iPads and Android Tablets: Opens and closes the Camera List.</p>
<p>iPhones, iPod Touch and Android Phones: Opens the Camera List.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name, which turns red during recording.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No</strong>.</td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5.</td>
<td>Edge Setting</td>
<td>Configures IP address and recording storage path of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6.</td>
<td>Settings</td>
<td>Tap this button to access the GV-Eye settings. For details, see <em>11. System Settings</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7.</td>
<td>Device Time</td>
<td>Displays the device time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark8"></a> Easy Mode</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To quickly access real-time images of all channels for individual hosts, tap <strong>Settings </strong>and enable <strong>Easy Mode. </strong>Optionally, click <strong>Migrate to EZmode </strong>to load the camera data from General Mode.</p>
<p>When <strong>Easy Mode </strong>is enabled, tap the device you wish to display the camera channels from.</p>
<p>The live view is shown as below, exemplified using an <em>iPad</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="900" height="477" class="wp-image-2122" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 5" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 778" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-5.jpeg 900w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-5-300x159.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-5-768x407.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Device List</td>
<td>Displays and manages GV- / UA-IP devices and software. Swipe right to refresh, configure, or delete the specified device / software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Add Device</td>
<td>Adds IP devices and software. Depending on the type of connection desired, see <em>5. GV-Relay QR Code</em> and / or <em>6. Manual &amp; Automatic Connection for GV-IP Devices and Software</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Settings</td>
<td>Tap this button to access the GV-Eye settings. For details, see <em>11. System Settings.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name, which turns red during recording.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Swipe right on the live view images to access all channels on different pages.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark10"></a> GV-Relay QR Code</li>
</ol>
<p>GV-Eye can be connected to GV-IP devices and software under the same LAN, through the Internet or by scanning of the GV-Relay QR code. The following sections focus on connecting by GV-Relay QR-code, which avoids the precondition of configuring for Windows Firewall and port forwarding. To do this, the binding of a GV-Relay account is required, see <em>5.1 Setting up GV-Relay Account</em>.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>This function is only supported by GV-DVR / NVR (V8.8.0 or later), GV-VMS (V17.4 / V18.1 or later), GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway (V2.0.0 or later), GV-SNVR0411 (firmware V2.00 or later), GV-SNVR0811 (firmware V2.30 or later), GV-SNVR1600 (firmware V1.20 or later), GV-SNVR0812, GV-SNVR1611, GV-SNVR1612, GV-SNVR3203, GV-SNVR6403, and UA-DVR / SNVR.</li>
<li>The GV-Relay data is a paid service and if users don’t want to purchase data after the free quota given is used up, they may connect manually, see <em>6. Manual &amp; Automatic Connection for GV-IP Devices and Software</em>.</li>
<li>All images streamed via GV-Relay QR-code connection shall consume the data within the GV-Relay account according to their resolutions and fps, and you won’t be able to access such streams once the data is used up.</li>
<li>To use this function, the GV-Software must be connected to the Internet.</li>
<li>To connect manually or detect for GV-IP devices under the same LAN, see <em>6 Manual &amp;</em></li>
</ol>
<p><em>Automatic Connection for GV-IP Devices and Software</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark12"></a> Setting up GV-Relay Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For connecting by the QR-code scan, you must first set up a GV-Relay account. To do this, tap □ on the main page to access the settings page and tap <strong>Add a binding account </strong>under <strong>Account Management</strong>. The following page appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="557" class="wp-image-2123" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 6" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 779" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-6.jpeg 423w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-6-228x300.jpeg 228w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Type a valid e-mail address under <strong>Mailbox binding </strong>to use it as your GV-Relay account.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>Get verification Code</strong>. The <strong>Email verification </strong>page appears.</li>
<li>Upon receiving of the verification code, enter the 4-digit code within its validity period of 10 minutes, as illustrated below and tap <strong>verification</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="413" class="wp-image-2124" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 7" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 780" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-7.jpeg 366w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-7-266x300.jpeg 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Alternatively, tap <strong>Google </strong>to log into your Google account.</li>
<li>Once successfully bound, the e-mail or Google account is used as your GV-Relay account and tracks the amount of data available, for viewing images through relay.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>All GV-Relay accounts are given 10.00 GB of free data every month and additional data can be purchased as desired, see <em>5.3.1 Purchasing Relay Data</em>.</p>
<p>To connect to GV-Software by scanning GV-Relay QR code, see <em>5.2 Connecting via GV-Relay QR Code</em>.</p>
<p>To manage your GV-Relay account, see <em>5.3 Managing GV-Relay Account</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark14"></a> Connecting via GV-Relay QR Code</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect to GV-Software or devices by scanning its GV-Relay QR code. To do this, follow the steps below.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>For connecting by the QR-code scan, you must first set up a GV-Relay account, see
<ol>
<li><em>Setting up GV-Relay Account</em>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To use this function, the GV-Software or devices must be connected to the Internet.</li>
<li>For the list of GV-Software or devices supported, refer to Note 1 in <em>5. GV-Relay QR</em></li>
</ol>
<p><em>Code</em></p>
<p>1. On the GV-Software or device, go to its corresponding service / settings page, as described below:</p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-VMS, click <strong>Toolbar &gt; Network &gt; Mobile Server &gt; QR Code</strong>, select <strong>Enable </strong>and click <strong>Start</strong>. By default, GV-Relay uses the port value of <em>443</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="412" height="482" class="wp-image-2125" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 8" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 781" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-8.jpeg 412w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-8-256x300.jpeg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 412px) 100vw, 412px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When port 443 has been used by other servers, such as for WebCam SSL or RTSP, select port 9443 for GV-Relay connection instead.</p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-DVR / NVR, click <strong>Network &gt; Webcam Server &gt; QR Code</strong>, select <strong>Enable </strong>and click <strong>OK </strong>for the changes to take effect. Note that the <strong>Mobile Server </strong>(<strong>Webcam Server &gt; Mobile</strong>) must be enabled first. Once enabled, close the dialog box and scan the QR code within <strong>WebCam</strong>, which can be accessed via <em>Windows notification</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="451" class="wp-image-2126" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 9" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 782" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-9.jpeg 326w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-9-217x300.jpeg 217w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="245" class="wp-image-2127" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 10" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 783" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-10.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-10-300x229.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway, click <strong>Server &gt; Video Gateway</strong>, select <strong>Yes </strong>to enable <strong>Video Relay </strong>and click <strong>Save </strong>for the changes to take effect.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="262" class="wp-image-2128" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 11" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 784" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-11.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-11-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-SNVR0400F/0411/0811/0812/1600/1611/1612, click <strong>Setting &gt; Service &gt;</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Mobile APP</strong>, select <strong>Enable </strong>and click <strong>Apply </strong>for the changes to take effect.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="469" height="341" class="wp-image-2129" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 12" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 785" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-12.jpeg 469w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-12-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-SNVR3203/6403, click <strong>Network </strong>&gt; <strong>Basic </strong>&gt; <strong>Mobile APP</strong>. The QR code is shown as below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="439" class="wp-image-2130" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 13" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 786" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-13.jpeg 429w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-13-293x300.jpeg 293w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>For UA-DVR / SNVR, click <strong>System </strong>&gt; <strong>Information </strong>&gt; <strong>Information</strong>. The QR code is shown as below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="565" height="448" class="wp-image-2131" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 14" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 787" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-14.jpeg 565w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-14-300x238.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="555" class="wp-image-2132" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 15" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 788" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-15.jpeg 277w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-15-150x300.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 277px) 100vw, 277px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="556" class="wp-image-2133" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 16" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 789" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-16.jpeg 256w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-16-138x300.jpeg 138w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 256px) 100vw, 256px" /></p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p><strong>Device </strong>page.</p>
<p>Tap <strong>Add </strong>on the Camera / Group List page (No. 3, <em>4 Main Page</em>) to access the <strong>Add</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>QR-code scan </strong>. The QR code reader appears.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hold your device over the QR code on the GV-Software to the point where the QR code is clearly visible. When the scanning is successful, the following page appears. Type a desired <strong>Name </strong>and the login Username and Password of the GV-Software and tap <strong>Get Information</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="333" height="365" class="wp-image-2134" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 17" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 790" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-17.jpeg 333w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-17-274x300.jpeg 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>All IP devices from the GV-Software are displayed. Select the devices you want to be</li>
</ol>
<p>imported to GV-Eye and click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="333" height="660" class="wp-image-2135" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 18" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 791" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-18.jpeg 333w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-18-151x300.jpeg 151w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></p>
<p>All of the selected IP devices are added to the GV-Eye under a Host Group.</p>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark16"></a> 5.3 Managing GV-Relay Account</p>
<p>When you are logged into your GV-Relay account, the following Account Management page appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="438" height="336" class="wp-image-2136" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 19" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 792" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-19.jpeg 438w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-19-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Account name</td>
<td>Displays the GV-Relay account currently logged in.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Account file</td>
<td>Tap to view the amount of data on the GV-Relay account and/or purchase data. See <em>5.3.1 Purchasing Relay Data</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Share account barcode</td>
<td>Tap to display a QR code for sharing the account’s data to other mobile devices. See <em>5.3.2 Sharing Relay Data</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Shared device list</td>
<td>Tap to display all mobile device(s) using the data of the GV-Relay account logged in. See <em>5.3.2 Sharing Relay Data</em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5.</td>
<td>Unbind the account</td>
<td>Tap to log off the GV-Relay account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark18"></a> Purchasing Relay Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To purchase data, tap <strong>Account file </strong>(No. 2, <em>5.3 Managing GV-Relay Account</em>) and <strong>Shopping</strong></p>
<p><strong>cart </strong>. The Purchase page appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="209" class="wp-image-2137" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 20" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 793" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-20.jpeg 359w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-20-300x175.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></p>
<p>Tap the <strong>Shopping cart </strong>V next to the amount of data you want to purchase.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark20"></a> Sharing Relay Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The data of a GV-Relay account can be shared to other mobile devices for GV-Relay streaming on those devices. To share the data from device A to device B, follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li>On device A, tap <strong>Share account barcode </strong>(No. 3, <em>5.3 Managing GV-Relay Account</em>) The Share account QR code, with its validity period, appears.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="302" class="wp-image-2138" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 21" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 794" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-21.jpeg 280w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-21-278x300.jpeg 278w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 280px) 100vw, 280px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>On device B, start GV-Eye and tap □ <strong>&gt; Add a binding account </strong>and tap the <strong>QR Code </strong>button l~ .</li>
<li>Scan the QR code from Step 1 using device B. Once successfully scanned, the data from device A is shared to device B.</li>
</ol>
<p>All images streamed by GV-Relay connection on both device A and B will consume the data from device A.</p>
<p><strong>Removing Shared Device(s)</strong></p>
<p>To remove a shared device, tap <strong>Shared device list </strong>(No. 4, <em>5.3 Managing GV-Relay Account</em>) and select the account you want to remove.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark22"></a> Manual &amp; Automatic Connection for GV-IP Devices and</li>
</ol>
<p>Software</p>
<p>GV-Eye can be connected to GV-IP devices and software under the same LAN or through the Internet.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To connect by the GV-Relay QR code, see <em>5. GV-Relay QR Code</em>.</li>
<li>If the GV-IP Devices and/or software to which you want to connect isn’t behind a Windows Firewall or router, the related settings may be skipped.</li>
</ol>
<p>Refer to the following sections according to the type of connection needed:</p>
<p><strong>For GV-Software / SNVR</strong></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Configure for Remote Connection</th>
<th rowspan="2"></th>
<th>If behind Windows Firewall</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>See <em>6.1 Configurations on GV- Software before Connecting</em></td>
<td>See <em>6.2 Configuring</em></p>
<p><em>Windows Firewall for Communication</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th colspan="3"></th>
<th rowspan="2">See <em>6.5 Automatic Connection</em></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>¿Via LAnJ</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J If behind a router &#8220;</td>
<td></td>
<td>J Via &#8220;Internet</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>See <em>6.3 Port Forwarding</em></td>
<td></td>
<td>See <em>6.4</em></p>
<p><em>Manual Connection</em></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>For GV-IP Devices</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="641" height="114" class="wp-image-2139" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 22" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 795" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-22.jpeg 641w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-22-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 641px) 100vw, 641px" /></p>
<p>See <em>6.2 Configuring Windows Firewall for</em></p>
<p><em>Communication</em></p>
<p>See <em>6.3 Por Forwarding</em></p>
<p>See <em>6.4 Manual Connection</em></p>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark24"></a> 6.1 Required Configurations on GV-Software before Connecting</p>
<p>For GV-Software to be accessible by GV-Eye, the related services and the corresponding port(s) must first be enabled. Refer to the following sections depending on the type of GV-Software in which you want to connect:</p>
<ul>
<li>For GV-VMS, see <em>6.1.1 Connection Settings on GV-VMS</em></li>
<li>For GV-DVR / NVR, see <em>6.1.2 Connection Settings on GV-DVR / NVR</em></li>
<li>For GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway, see <em>6.1.3 Connection Settings on GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway</em></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>There are no required configurations for GV-SNVR to be accessible by GV-Eye. If the GV-SNVR is behind a router, see <em>6.3 Port Forwarding</em> and <em>6.4 Manual Connection</em>, respectively, for connecting to GV-Eye through the Internet. Otherwise see <em>6.5 Automatic Connection</em> for connecting to GV-Eye within the same LAN.</li>
<li>While there are also no required configurations for GV-Mobile Server, if it is behind an active Windows Firewall, make sure its mobile service is allowed for communication. See <em>6.2 Configuring Windows Firewall for Communication</em>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark26"></a> Connection Settings on GV-VMS</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>On your GV-VMS, click <strong>Home </strong>&gt; <strong>Toolbar ÉS </strong>&gt; <strong>Network </strong>on &gt; <strong>Mobile Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Mobile Server Lite dialog box appears.</p>
<ol>
<li>Keep the default <strong>Server Port </strong>of <em>56000</em> or modify if necessary and click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="414" class="wp-image-2140" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 23" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 796" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-23.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-23-285x300.jpeg 285w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Home kiJ </strong>&gt; <strong>Toolbar bS </strong>&gt; <strong>Network rt </strong>to make sure <strong>Mobile Service </strong>is</li>
</ol>
<p>enabled, and optionally click <strong>Control Center Server </strong>and enable <strong>Remote ViewLog</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service </strong>to allow remote playback through GV-Eye.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="367" height="448" class="wp-image-2141" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 24" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 797" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-24.jpeg 367w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-24-246x300.jpeg 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 367px) 100vw, 367px" /></p>
<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>After the abovementioned settings are set, if the PC has an active Windows Firewall, the related services must also be enabled on the Windows Firewall for GV-VMS to be accessible by GV-Eye. See <em>6.2 Configuring Windows Firewall for Communication</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark28"></a> Connection Settings on GV-DVR / NVR</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the main screen of GV-DVR / NVR, click <strong>Network </strong>and select <strong>Webcam Server</strong>. The Server Setup dialog box appears.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Mobile </strong>tab, select the upper-left checkbox to enable mobile service and its corresponding ports. Keep the default <strong>Stream Port </strong>of <em>56000</em> or modify if necessary.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="322" height="451" class="wp-image-2142" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 25" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 798" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-25.jpeg 322w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-25-214x300.jpeg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 322px) 100vw, 322px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Optionally select <strong>Run ViewLog Server </strong>in the <strong>General </strong>tab to allow remote playback through GV-Eye.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="344" height="484" class="wp-image-2143" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 26" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 799" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-26.jpeg 344w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-26-213x300.jpeg 213w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 344px) 100vw, 344px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>. The GV-DVR / NVR can now be added to GV-Eye.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>After the abovementioned settings are set, if the PC has an active Windows Firewall, the related services must also be enabled on the Windows Firewall for GV-DVR / NVR to be accessible by GV-Eye. See <em>6.2 Configuring Windows Firewall for Communication</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark30"></a> Connection Settings on GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway to be accessible by GV-Eye, its Recording Server and Video Gateway services must first be enabled. Note that these two services are enabled by default.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the main screen of GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway, click <strong>Server </strong>&gt; Service</li>
</ol>
<p>©. This dialog box appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="296" class="wp-image-2144" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 27" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 800" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-27.jpeg 498w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-27-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure <strong>Start </strong>is selected for both <strong>Recording Server </strong>and <strong>Video Gateway </strong>and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
<li>Optionally click <strong>Server </strong>&gt; <strong>Video Gateway </strong>® to change the <strong>Connect Port</strong>,</li>
</ol>
<p>otherwise keep its default value of <em>11000</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="148" class="wp-image-2145" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 28" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 801" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-28.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-28-300x82.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway can now be added to GV-Eye.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>After the abovementioned settings are set, if the PC has an active Windows Firewall, the related services must also be enabled on the Windows Firewall for GV-Recording / Video Gateway to be accessible by GV-Eye. See <em>6.2 Configuring Windows Firewall for Communication</em>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark32"></a> 6.2 Configuring Windows Firewall for Communication</p>
<p>For GV-Software installed on a PC with active Windows Firewall to be accessible by GV-Eye, the related services / programs must first be enabled:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open <strong>Control Panel </strong>from the Windows Start menu, click <strong>System and Security </strong>&gt;</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Windows Firewall </strong>and click <strong>Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall</strong>.</p>
<p>The Allowed Programs dialog box appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="301" class="wp-image-2146" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 29" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 802" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-29.jpeg 640w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-29-300x141.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Allowed Programs list, select to allow the related services / programs depending on the type of GV-Software to which you want to access.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="606" height="528" class="wp-image-2147" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 30" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 803" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-30.jpeg 606w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-30-300x261.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-VMS / DVR / NVR, allow <strong>GeoRSWLite.exe</strong>, <strong>MobileServerServiceLite.exe </strong>and <strong>ViewLog Server </strong>for both private and public networks.</li>
<li>For GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway, allow <strong>GeoRecordingServer.exe </strong>and <strong>ViewLog Server </strong>for both private and public networks.</li>
<li>For GV-Mobile Server, allow <strong>GeoRSWLite.exe </strong>and <strong>MobileServerServiceLite.exe </strong>for both private and public networks.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>. The GV-Software can now be communicated through Windows Firewall.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If any one of the above programs cannot be found within the list, click <strong>Allow another</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>program&#8230; &gt; Browse </strong>and:</p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-VMS / DVR / NVR, locate <em>GeoRSWLite</em>, <em>MobileServerServiceLite</em> and <em>Vlsvr</em></li>
</ol>
<p>from the GV-VMS / DVR / NVR’s directory.</p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway, locate <em>GeoRecordingServer</em> and <em>Vlsvr</em></li>
</ol>
<p>from the GV-Recording Server / Video Gateway’s directory.</p>
<ol>
<li>For GV-Mobile Server, locate <em>GeoRSW</em> and <em>MobileServerServiceLite</em> from the</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="239" class="wp-image-2148" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 31" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 804" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-31.jpeg 587w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-31-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="7" height="107" class="wp-image-2149" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 32" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 805"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="594" height="90" class="wp-image-2150" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 33" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 806" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-33.jpeg 594w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-33-300x45.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 594px) 100vw, 594px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="585" height="214" class="wp-image-2151" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 34" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 807" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-34.jpeg 585w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-34-300x110.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /></p>
<p>GV-Mobile Server’s directory.</p>
<p>Organize</p>
<p>New folder</p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>Date modified</p>
<p>Favorites</p>
<p>9/30/2017 2:02 PM</p>
<p>1/3/2017 6:40 PM</p>
<p>7/2/2018 2:54 PM</p>
<p>11/2/2010 12:07 PM</p>
<p>■ Desktop Downloads Recent Places</p>
<p>Æ GeoInfoTransporter &amp; GeoNotificationServer IJl GeoRecordingServer</p>
<p>GeoRSSiuAdapter</p>
<ol>
<li>If the GV-Software is behind a router, see <em>6.3 Port Forwarding</em> and <em>6.4 Manual Connection</em>, respectively, for connecting to GV-Eye through the Internet. Otherwise see <em>6.5 Automatic Connection</em> for connecting to GV-Eye within the same LAN.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark34"></a> 6.3 Port Forwarding</p>
<p>If the GV-IP devices and/or software to which you are trying to connect are behind a router, you need to configure for port forwarding.</p>
<p><strong>IMPORTANT: </strong>Prior to port forwarding, first make sure you have a public IP accessible through the Internet. This can be done by one of the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Register for a <em>static public IP address</em> from your Internet Service Provider (ISP).</li>
<li>Assign a <em>domain name</em> to your dynamic public IP address through the router’s DDNS settings. Consult your router manufacturer for details.</li>
<li>For port forwarding depending on the brand and model of your router, click<a href="https://portforward.com/router.htm" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> here.</a></li>
<li>Make sure the ports mapped coincide with the GV-IP devices and software to which you</li>
</ol>
<p>want to connect:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Default Connection</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>Default Playback Port</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-IP devices (VSS Port)</strong></td>
<td>10000</td>
<td>5552</p>
<p>80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-Recording Server /</strong></p>
<p><strong>Video Gateway Server</strong></td>
<td>11000</td>
<td>5552</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-Mobile Server</strong></td>
<td>55000</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-VMS</strong></td>
<td>56000</td>
<td>5552</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-DVR / NVR</strong></td>
<td>56000</td>
<td>5552</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-SNVR0400F/0411 /0811 /0812/1600/1611/1612</strong></td>
<td>10000</td>
<td>80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-SNVR3203/6403</strong></td>
<td>554</p>
<p>80</td>
<td>554</p>
<p>80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>UA-SNVR / DVR</strong></td>
<td>80</td>
<td>80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>UA-IP cameras</strong></td>
<td>80</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>After Port Forwarding is set, look for the GV-IP devices’ and / or software’s public IP address by typing “what is my ip” in a Web browser. Your Public IPv4 IP address is displayed within <em>WhatIsMYIP.com</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="261" class="wp-image-2152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 35" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 808" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-35.jpeg 502w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-35-300x156.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="298" class="wp-image-2153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 36" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 809" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-36.jpeg 378w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-36-300x237.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark36"></a> 6.4 Manual Connection</p>
<p><strong>[General Mode]</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <strong>GV-Eye </strong>icon H on the desktop of your mobile device. This page appears.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="244" height="323" class="wp-image-2154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 37" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 810" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-37.jpeg 244w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-37-227x300.jpeg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 244px) 100vw, 244px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <strong>Add </strong>button ^]. This page appears.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="261" height="346" class="wp-image-2155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 38" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 811" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-38.jpeg 261w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-38-226x300.jpeg 226w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 261px) 100vw, 261px" /></p>
<p><strong>[Easy Mode]</strong></p>
<p>1. Tap the <strong>GV-Eye </strong>icon H on the desktop of your mobile device. This page appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="287" class="wp-image-2156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 39" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 812" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-39.jpeg 640w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-39-300x135.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="39" class="wp-image-2157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 40" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 813"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="419" height="587" class="wp-image-2158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 41" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 814" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-41.jpeg 419w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-41-214x300.jpeg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 419px) 100vw, 419px" /></p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>and select <strong>Add Manually</strong>.</p>
<p>Tap the <strong>Add </strong>button</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Add Device page, enter the IP address, port number, username and password of the GV-IP device or software and enter a name.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="345" height="110" class="wp-image-2159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 42" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 815" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-42.jpeg 345w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-42-300x96.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 345px) 100vw, 345px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="313" height="357" class="wp-image-2160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 43" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 816" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-43.jpeg 313w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-43-263x300.jpeg 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /> Type the local / public IP address or the domain name of the GV-IP device / software to which you want to connect, for within the LAN or through the Internet. For the public IP address, see <em>Step 3</em>, <em>6.3 Port Forwarding</em>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Camera 1</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only modify the Web Port of <em>80</em>, which is the default web port for all GV-IP device / software, when the corresponding web port on the device / software to which you want to connect has been changed.</li>
<li>Type one of the below port values as Port, depending on the GV-IP device / software to which you want to connect.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-IP devices (VSS Port)</strong></td>
<td>10000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-Recording Server <em>1</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>Video Gateway Server</strong></td>
<td>11000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-Mobile Server</strong></td>
<td>55000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-VMS</strong></td>
<td>56000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-DVR/NVR</strong></td>
<td>56000</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GV-SNVR</strong></td>
<td>10000</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>Type the login Username and Password of the GV-IP device / software to which you want to connect.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Test Connect</strong>. The total number of cameras and each installed GV-IP Cameras are displayed.</li>
<li>By default, all the installed cameras are selected. To change this setting, deselect the cameras by tapping the check marks next to the cameras, or tap <strong>Select </strong>to set the range of cameras to add.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>Save </strong>on the top-right corner. The selected cameras are added to Camera List.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark38"></a> 6.5 Automatic Connection</p>
<p>For automatic connection, GV-IP devices and software must be within the same LAN as your GV-Eye. For connecting to GV-Software, the related settings on the respective software must first be configured, see <em>6.1 Required Configurations on GV-Software before Connecting</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Follow Step 1 to 2 in <em>6.4 Manual Connection</em> to access the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>[General Mode]</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi </strong>icon Q below. GeoVision IP devices and software under the same LAN</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="341" height="635" class="wp-image-2161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 44" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 817" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-44.jpeg 341w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-44-161x300.jpeg 161w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 341px) 100vw, 341px" /></p>
<p>will be detected.</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Icon</strong></th>
<th><strong>Description</strong></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Logged in successfully</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ft</td>
<td>Incorrect login &#8211; tap to type the login Username and Password for the device</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Select the desired GV-IP devices and software and tap <strong>Save </strong>LB</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="415" class="wp-image-2162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 45" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 818" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-45.jpeg 482w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-45-300x258.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>To display a camera live view, tap and drag the camera from the Camera List to the live view grid you want.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="506" class="wp-image-2163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 46" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 819" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-46.jpeg 379w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-46-225x300.jpeg 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>To disconnect a live view, tap and hold the live view and drag the live view into the trash</li>
</ol>
<p>can icon.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="373" height="496" class="wp-image-2164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 47" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 820" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-47.jpeg 373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-47-226x300.jpeg 226w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>To remove an entry from the Camera List, glide the entry to the left and tap <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="274" height="313" class="wp-image-2165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 48" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 821" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-48.jpeg 274w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-48-263x300.jpeg 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 274px) 100vw, 274px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>To change the device information, tap the entry from the Camera List to modify. The</li>
</ol>
<p>modified camera will be reconnected after you save the settings.</p>
<p><strong>[Easy Mode]</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Search by Wifi</strong>. GeoVision IP devices and software under the same LAN will be detected.</li>
<li>Select the desired IP devices and type its ID and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>Once connected, the live view of all channels will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark40"></a> Group Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Follow the steps below to create up to 100 different groups for your GV-IP devices. Note that this function is only applicable under <strong>General Mode</strong>.</p>
<p>1. In the Settings page (<em>No. 6, 4.1 General Mode</em>), tap <strong>Group Management</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="775" height="221" class="wp-image-2166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 49" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 822" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-49.jpeg 775w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-49-300x86.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-49-768x219.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 775px) 100vw, 775px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Group Management page, tap <strong>Edit</strong>, and tap the name field to name the group.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="754" height="223" class="wp-image-2167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 50" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 823" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-50.jpeg 754w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-50-300x89.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 754px) 100vw, 754px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>To choose layouts for each group, tap the &gt; sign. There are 6 pages in total with each displaying up to 16 channels of live view.</li>
</ol>
<p>Tap to save your settings</p>
<p>Tap to edit the name of the layout</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="915" height="276" class="wp-image-2168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 51" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 824" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-51.jpeg 915w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-51-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-51-768x232.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 915px) 100vw, 915px" /></p>
<p>Tap and scroll to select a layout template</p>
<p>Tap and hold to change the order of the pages</p>
<p>4. Return to the main page and select a desired group for adding IP devices.</p>
<p>Click to display the drop-down list of the group menu</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="929" height="572" class="wp-image-2169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 52" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 825" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-52.jpeg 929w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-52-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-52-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-52-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 929px) 100vw, 929px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark42"></a> Live View</li>
</ol>
<p>Tap any live view within the live view grid for a full-screen display as below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="652" class="wp-image-2170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 53" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 826" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-53.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-53-300x226.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-53-768x578.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>You can access the following functions by tapping the corresponding icon. When the functions are enabled, the record icon glows red while the others glow blue.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Snapshots the current live view and saves it to the photos or gallery folder of your mobile device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Demo * 0X2500,</strong></td>
<td>Camera Status</td>
<td>Starts the recording. A colored camera name at the upper-left corner of the live view indicates the status of the camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Yellow: successful connection between GV-IP devices and software</li>
<li>Green: starts monitoring</li>
<li>Red: starts recording</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">©/®</td>
<td>Record</td>
<td>Tap the button to enable or disable recording to the connected camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Speaker</td>
<td>Broadcasts sounds from the surveillance site. This function is enabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">H</td>
<td>Microphone</td>
<td>Speaks to the surveillance site. This function is enabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>[hd]</td>
<td></td>
<td>Stream Switch</td>
<td>Switches the connected stream. By default, stream 2 (with lower resolution) is connected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>PIP</td>
<td>Displays a picture-in-picture view which is a close-up view with its original view displayed in an inserted window. This function is enabled by default. On your mobile device, pitch to zoom the part of the live view you wish to examine. You can then glide on the screen to see the different parts of the close-up view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>PTZ Panel</td>
<td>Enables the PTZ control panel. You can control the camera view using the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>: tap the arrow and drag toward the direction you</li>
</ul>
<p>wish to move the camera view</p>
<ul>
<li>O: zooms in and out</li>
<li>(h): focuses in and out</li>
<li>^: Moves the camera view to the home position</li>
<li>©•: Moves the camera view to a predefined position by</li>
</ul>
<p>selecting a preset number</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Auto L J</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto Focus</td>
<td>Automatically focuses the live view. This function is only accessible when the PTZ panel is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>I / O Trigger</td>
<td>Manually triggers the output and edit the output naming displayed on your mobile device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>I / O Trigger does not support IP devices of the following models: GV-ABL2702 / ABL4712 / ABL8712 / AVD2700 / AVD4710 / AVD8710 / EBD4711 / EBD8711 / SD2322-IR / SD2722-IR / SD3732-IR / TDR2700 / TDR4700.</li>
<li>To enable the microphone function for the following IP camera models, make sure to set the <strong>RTSP Authentication </strong>to <strong>Basic </strong>from Setup &gt; Security &gt; Network Security &gt; Authentication on the cameras’ Web interface: GV-ABL / ADR / AVD / EBD / TBL / TDR / TFD / TVD Series, GV-BLFC5800, GV-EBFC5800, GV-FER5702, GV-PTZ5810-IR, SD2322-IR / SD2722-IR / SD3732-IR / SD4825-IR / SD4834-IR.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>360° Mode</td>
<td>Displays the live view of a camera in panoramic view. You can swipe fingers on the screen in every direction to explore a 360° video. This function is disabled by default. Enables <strong>360° View </strong>in the Settings page (see <em>11. System Settings</em>), and the icon will be added on the live view.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The 360° Mode needs to work with GV-VR360 Camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>360°</td>
<td></td>
<td>VR Mode</td>
<td>Switch the display mode of camera live view between</p>
<p><strong>360° Mode </strong>or <strong>VR head set view Iciol </strong>This function is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>disabled by default. Taps <strong>360° Mode </strong>and the icon will</p>
<p>be added on the live view.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The VR Mode needs to work with GV-VR360 Camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Gyroscopic Mode</td>
<td>Allows the live image to rotate with the movement of a mobile device, such as a VR head set. This function is disabled by default. Taps <strong>360° Mode </strong>, and the icon will be added on</p>
<p>the live view.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Gyroscopic Mode needs to work with GV-VR360 Camera.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Fisheye Dewarp</td>
<td rowspan="3">Dewarps the fisheye live view and allows users to align the live view, select display mode and define the installation type.</p>
<p>For details, see <strong>Image Alignment</strong>, <strong>Display Mode </strong>and <strong>Installation Type </strong>in this table.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&lt;©&gt;</p>
<p>180’</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">s</td>
<td>Image</p>
<p>Alignment</td>
<td>Defines the size and center of the Fisheye view. Tap to enable this function and then enlarge, minimize and move the red circle. Tap this icon again to apply the setting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">©</td>
<td>Display Mode</td>
<td>Defines the display mode of a GV-Fisheye Camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Quad View: shows the live view in 4 PTZ views</li>
<li>360-Degree View: shows 2 PTZ views and a 360° view</li>
<li>Single 180° view: shows one 180° view</li>
</ul>
<p>Single View: shows one PTZ view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Installation Type</td>
<td>Defines the installation type of a GV-Fisheye Camera. Tap the icon and select among:</p>
<ul>
<li>|eSjj| ceiling mount</li>
<li>EBI wall mount</li>
<li>|g!j| ground mount</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Alarm</p>
<p>Notification</td>
<td rowspan="3">Enable the alarm notification to GV-Center V2 when events occur. This function is disabled by default. Enable <strong>ARM &amp; E-mail </strong>in the Settings page (see <em>11. System Settings</em> ), and the icon will be added on the live view. This function is only available for <strong>General Mode</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The notification settings should be configured in advance on GV-IP Cameras.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>ARM</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">E-mail</p>
<p>Notification</td>
<td rowspan="3">Enable the function of receiving alert notification through e-mails when events occur. This function is disabled by default. Enable <strong>ARM &amp; E-mail </strong>in the Settings page (see <em>11. System Settings</em>), and the icon will be added on live view. This function is only available for <strong>General Mode</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The notification settings should be configured in advance on GV-IP Cameras.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Plays back recordings. For details, see <em>9. Playing Back Recordings</em> later in this installation guide.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">□</td>
<td>Motion</p>
<p>Detection</td>
<td>Indicates detected motions. The icon becomes red <strong>1 </strong>when a motion is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">□</td>
<td>Hardware</p>
<p>Decode</td>
<td>Enables GPU decoding which lowers the CPU loading and increases the smoothness of live view. This function is only available for <strong>General Mode</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">FPS</td>
<td rowspan="3">Indicates the number of frames per second, ranging from 0 to 30. The more frames per second, the smoother the motion appears.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>FPS: 2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>The control of enabling or disabling recording EO is only available for compatible products and versions. For details, see <em>2.2 Supported Products for Enabling Recording.</em></li>
<li>PTZ Panel functions are fully or partially supported by the following GV-IP device:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>GV-IP Speed Dome and GV-PTZ Camera: all functions supported</li>
<li>GV-PT Camera: all functions supported except zoom in / out</li>
<li>GV-IP Cameras that support remote focus / zoom adjustment: only support auto focus, focus in / out and zoom in / out.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>The microphone function is only supported by GV-IP Cameras and GV-Recording Server V1.3 or later.</li>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark44"></a> Playing Back Recordings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark46"></a> Accessing the Recorded Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Make sure the following functions are enabled ahead to allow remote access from GV-Eye:</p>
<ul>
<li>GV-DVR / NVR / GV-VMS: enable <strong>Remote ViewLog Service</strong>. See <em>6.1 Required Configurations on GV-Software before Connecting</em>.</li>
<li>GV-IP Camera / GV-Video Server / GV-Compact DVR: enable <strong>ViewLog Server</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If a router or firewall is installed with the remote servers and IP devices, ensure the corresponding playback port is open. For example, to play back the files from GV-DVR / NVR / VMS, open port 5552 on the router. For Windows Firewall settings see <em>6.2 Configuring Windows Firewall for Communication</em>. For port forwarding and a full list of default port numbers, see <em>6.3 Port Forwarding</em>.</li>
<li>To enable the Audio function for playback in GV-Eye, you must activate related Audio Settings in hosts.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>GV-VMS</strong>: Setup &gt; Audio Setting &gt; enable <strong>Rec Audio </strong>and <strong>Round-the-Clock Audio </strong>options.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="324" class="wp-image-2171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 54" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 827" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-54.jpeg 600w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-54-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></p>
<p><strong>GV-DVR</strong>: Configure &gt; A/V Settings &gt; Audio Settings &gt; enable <strong>Rec Audio </strong>and <strong>Round-the-Clock Audio </strong>options.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="406" height="448" class="wp-image-2172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 55" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 828" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-55.jpeg 406w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-55-272x300.jpeg 272w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 406px) 100vw, 406px" /></p>
<p><strong>GV-SNVR0400F/0411/0811/0812/1600/1611/1612</strong>: Camera Settings &gt; enable <strong>Audio</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>The following models with recordings saved on the SD card do not support playback from the local storage: GV-ABL / TBL Series, GV-ADR / TDR Series, GV-AVD / TVD Series, GV-BLFC5800, GV-EBD Series, GV-EBFC5800, GV-FER5702, GV-PTZ5810-IR, GV-SD2322-IR / SD2722-IR / SD3732-IR / SD4825-IR / SD4834-IR, GV-TFD Series, UA-B580F3, and UA-IP cameras.</li>
<li>GV-Eye only supports single-channel playback.</li>
<li>A maximum of two GV-Eye connections are supported at a time for remote playback for the following UA-SNVR / HD DVR models: UA-SNVRL810-P, UA-SNVR1620-P, UA-XVL810 / 1610, and UA-XVR810 / 1620.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To access the recorded files:</strong></p>
<p>1. From the live view page, tap n. This page appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="550" height="183" class="wp-image-2173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 56" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 829" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-56.jpeg 550w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-56-300x100.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The date and time marked with the asterisk (*) symbol indicates its daylight saving time (DST).</p>
<ol>
<li>The recording files of the day are listed. Tap to select up to five videos. Tap to start</li>
</ol>
<p>playing.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can also tap the calendar icon |g] to view the recording status.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="222" height="300" class="wp-image-2174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 57" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 830"></p>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark48"></a> 9.2 Playback Display</p>
<p>The full-screen display is as below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="639" height="844" class="wp-image-2175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 58" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 831" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-58.jpeg 639w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-58-227x300.jpeg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 639px) 100vw, 639px" /></p>
<p>You can access the following functions by tapping the corresponding icon. With the functions enabled, the icons glow blue.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Export</td>
<td>Saves the .mp4 playback file when it is ready and share it with smartphone apps available on your mobile device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Snapshot</td>
<td rowspan="3">Snapshots the current playback and saves it to the photos or gallery folder of your mobile device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1 C &#8216;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>PIP</td>
<td>Displays a picture-in-picture view which is a close-up view with its original view displayed in an inserted window. This function is enabled by default. On your mobile device, pitch to zoom the part of the playback you wish to examine. You can then glide on the screen to see the different parts of the close-up view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>|</strong></td>
<td>Hide Control Bar</td>
<td>Hides the control bar on the playback window so that the users can get a full view of the playback display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Rotate</td>
<td>Rotates the playback display by 90° for each tap.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Fisheye Dewarp</td>
<td rowspan="3">Dewarps the fisheye live view and allows users to align the playback scenes, select display mode and define the installation type. For details, see <strong>Image Alignment</strong>, <strong>Display Mode </strong>and <strong>Installation Type </strong>in this table.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>180”</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">360° Mode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Displays the live view of a camera in panoramic view. You can swipe fingers on the screen in every direction to explore a 360° video. This function is disabled by default. Enables <strong>360° View </strong>in the Settings page (see <em>11. System Settings</em>), and the icon will be added on the live view.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The 360° Mode needs to work with GV-VR360 Camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&lt;©&gt; 3B0’</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="4">VR Mode</td>
<td rowspan="2">Switch the display mode of camera live view between</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td>360°</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>360° Mode </strong>or <strong>VR head set view </strong>IckiI This function is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>disabled by default. Taps <strong>360° Mode </strong>and the icon will be</p>
<p>added on the live view.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The VR Mode needs to work with GV-VR360 Camera.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>n</td>
<td>Gyroscopic Mode</td>
<td>Allows the live image to rotate with the movement of a mobile device, such as a VR head set. This function is disabled by default. Taps <strong>360° Mode </strong>, and the icon will be added on</p>
<p>the live view.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Gyroscopic Mode needs to work with GV-VR360 Camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Image</p>
<p>Alignment</td>
<td>Defines the size and center of the Fisheye view. Tap to enable this function and then enlarge, minimize and move the red circle. Tap this icon again to apply the setting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1</td>
<td>Display Mode</td>
<td>Defines the display mode of a GV-Fisheye Camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Quad View: shows the live view in 4 PTZ views</li>
<li>360-Degree View: shows 2 PTZ views and a 360° view</li>
<li>Single 180° view: shows one 180° view</li>
<li>Single View: shows one PTZ view</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Installation Type</td>
<td>Defines the installation type of a GV-Fisheye Camera. Tap the icon and select among:</p>
<ul>
<li>fa*<sup>1</sup> ceiling mount</li>
<li>|elj| wall mount</li>
<li>liffijl ground mount</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark50"></a> Edge Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>The Edge settings section allows you to configure the IP address, device name and storage path for GV-IP devices. Note that the settings are only available for <strong>General Mode</strong>.</p>
<p>To access the settings, enable <strong>Edge Tool </strong>in the Settings page (see <em>11. System Settings</em>), and the <strong>Edge settings </strong>button m will be added on the main page. Tap m and the Edge settings page appears.</p>
<p>IP Name HDD Storage</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="622" class="wp-image-2176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 59" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 832" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-59.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-59-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-59-768x525.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p><strong>Main Page</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edge Settings Page</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For Android devices, tap u on the main page and tap <strong>Edge Tool </strong>to access the</p>
<p>Edge settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark52"></a> Changing IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To change the IP address of a GV-IP Device, follow the steps below.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The function of changing IP address is only supported by compatible GV-IP Camera, GV-Video Server and GV-Compact DVR.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the IP settings page, select the desired GV-IP Device. A green tick appears under camera name.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>Next </strong>at the upper-right corner. This page appears.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>iPad</strong></p>
<p>&lt; Back</td>
<td><strong>T^12:22</strong></p>
<p>IP</td>
<td><strong>37% ■ ■</strong></p>
<p>Save</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Advanced ▼</strong></p>
<p><strong>IP</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.0.1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Selected Items (1): GV-EBL1100 10.0.0.10</strong></td>
<td><strong>—► 192.168.1.10</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Type a new IP address and optionally tap the <strong>Advanced </strong>button to configure the Mask,</li>
</ol>
<p>Gateway and DNS settings.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>iPad</strong></td>
<td><strong>T*F5:36</strong></td>
<td><strong>74% Mi j</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&lt; Back</td>
<td>IP</td>
<td>Save</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Advanced ▲</strong></p>
<p>IP <strong>192.168.0.1</strong></p>
<p>Mask</p>
<p>Gateway</p>
<p>DNS</p>
<p><strong>Selected Items (1):</strong></p>
<p>GV-EBL1100</p>
<p>—► 10.0.0.10</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Save </strong>to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="636" height="229" class="wp-image-2177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 60" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 833" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-60.jpeg 636w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-60-300x108.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 636px) 100vw, 636px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark54"></a> Changing Device Name</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To change the device name of a GV-IP Device, follow the steps below.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The function of changing device name is only supported by compatible GV-IP Camera, GV-Video Server and GV-Compact DVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="638" height="222" class="wp-image-2178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 61" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 834" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-61.jpeg 638w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-61-300x104.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 638px) 100vw, 638px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="633" height="149" class="wp-image-2179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 62" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 835" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-62.jpeg 633w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-62-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" /> 1.</p>
<p>On the Edge settings page, tap the <strong>Name </strong>button Hiki. The Name settings page appears.</p>
<p>2. Select the desired GV-IP Device and tap <strong>Next</strong>. This page appears.</p>
<p>3. Type a new name for the device and tap <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Name settings page, pull to refresh. The device name is updated.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="633" height="111" class="wp-image-2180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 63" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 836" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-63.jpeg 633w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-63-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="626" height="57" class="wp-image-2181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 64" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 837" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-64.jpeg 626w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-64-300x27.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /></p>
<p><strong>Found Items (1): </strong></p>
<p>GV-EBL1100-demo <strong>10.0.0.10</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="220" class="wp-image-2182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 65" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 838" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-65.jpeg 640w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-65-300x103.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="633" height="177" class="wp-image-2183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 66" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 839" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-66.jpeg 633w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-66-300x84.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" /></p>
<p>On the Edge settings page, tap the <strong>HDD </strong>button . The HDD settings page appears.</p>
<p>2. Select the desired camera and tap <strong>Next</strong>. This page appears.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark56"></a> Assigning Storage Path</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To assign the recording storage path on GV-NAS System for a GV-IP Camera, follow the steps below.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure the camera stops recording before assigning storage path.</li>
<li>This function is only supported by GV-IP Camera firmware V3.0 or later and GV-Target IP Camera firmware V1.02 or later.</li>
<li>The Edge recording is only supported by GV-NAS Systems.</li>
</ol>
<p>1.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <strong>Edit </strong>button and select <strong>Yes </strong>in the pop-up dialog box to add a valid path.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>r</strong>No valid path exists.</p>
<p>Do you want to add hosts now?</p>
<p>No Yes</p>
<ol>
<li>In the pop-up Host List, select the desired host, type the username and password of the host and tap <strong>Login</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="421" class="wp-image-2184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 67" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 840" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-67.jpeg 562w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-67-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>In the pop-up Storage Path List, select the desired storage path, type a name and tap <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="568" height="361" class="wp-image-2185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 68" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 841" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-68.jpeg 568w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-68-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 568px) 100vw, 568px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="31" class="wp-image-2186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 69" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 842"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="31" height="29" class="wp-image-2187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 70" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 843"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="26" height="29" class="wp-image-2188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 71" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 844"></p>
<p>T^6:18 Edge Storage</p>
<ol>
<li>To view the added storage path, on the Edge settings page, tap the <strong>Storage </strong>button</li>
</ol>
<p>The added path is displayed.</p>
<p>IPad</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Q</p>
<p>Found Items (1):</p>
<p>B</p>
<p>Pathl</p>
<p>//GV- NAS4016/I P_Camera</p>
<p><a id="post-2117-bookmark58"></a> 10.4 Monitoring HDD Storage</p>
<p>To view the HDD storage status, tap the <strong>Info </strong>button O on the HDD settings page. The HDD Info page appears and displays the capacity.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="172" class="wp-image-2189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 72" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 845" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-72.jpeg 640w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-72-300x81.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>This function is only supported by GV-IP Camera firmware V3.0 or later and GV-Target IP Camera firmware V1.02 or later.</li>
<li>For the camera with its storage path being assigned on the GV-NAS System, the HDD Info page displays the NAS storage capacity; for the camera without storage path assigned, the HDD Info page displays the SD card storage capacity.</li>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark60"></a> System Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>To access GV-Eye settings, tap □ on the main page. The settings page appears.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="560" class="wp-image-2190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 73" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 846" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-73.jpeg 415w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-73-222x300.jpeg 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="200" class="wp-image-2191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 74" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 847" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-74.jpeg 408w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-74-300x147.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="565" class="wp-image-2192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 75" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 848" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-75.jpeg 454w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-75-241x300.jpeg 241w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p><strong>Main Page (General Mode)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Main Page (Easy Mode)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Settings Page</strong></p>
<p><strong>[LAYOUT MANAGEMENT]</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Group Management: </strong>Creates groups and arranges live view layouts. GV-Eye can receive up to 96 channels of live view from various GV-IP devices. Users can create up to 100 groups, and each group has 6 pages in total with each displaying up to 16 channels of live view. See <em>7. Group Management</em> for details.</li>
<li><strong>Demo Mode: </strong>Displays 3 channels of live view for you to experience the features of GV-Eye.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you enable <strong>Demo Mode</strong>, your current connection of IP-devices and layout settings of live view will be temporarily closed. Instead, 3 demo channels and default layout will be displayed. To resume your previous settings, disable <strong>Demo Mode</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>[ADD CAMERA]</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Default Username: </strong>Sets the default username when adding a new IP device to the Camera List. The default is <strong>admin</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Default Password: </strong>Sets the default password when adding a new IP device to the Camera List. The default is <strong>admin</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Auto Add to Live View: </strong>Automatically displays the added IP devices to live view. This function is disabled by default.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>[LIVE VIEW SETTING]</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Show Device Name: </strong>Displays device name on live view.</li>
<li><strong>Show Device Time: </strong>Displays device time on live view.</li>
<li><strong>Keep Image Ratio: </strong>Displays the live view in proportion to the device’s resolution.</li>
<li><strong>Multi View Buffering: </strong>Enhances the smoothness of live view with multiple divisions. Note this function is for Android devices only.</li>
<li><strong>ARM &amp; EMAIL: </strong>Displays the alarm invocation and e-mail notification icons on live view.</li>
<li><strong>Default HD: </strong>Displays the live view in HD quality video. This function is enabled by default.</li>
<li><strong>360 View: </strong>Enables the panoramic view.</li>
<li><strong>PTZ Speed: </strong>Changes the PTZ speed. Speed 1 is the slowest and speed 5 the fastest.</li>
<li><strong>*Delete All Entries on Camera List: </strong>Click to delete all the entries from the Camera List of all groups.</li>
<li><strong>*Export Camera List: </strong>Export the current camera list as a QR code image to the internal storage of smartphone.</li>
<li><strong>*Import Camera List: </strong>Scan the QR code containing the camera list, previously exported, to be loaded into GV-Eye. Select <strong>Append </strong>to import a new camera list along with the existing one. Select <strong>Replace </strong>to replace all existing camera list with the newly imported list.</li>
<li><strong>Edge Tool: </strong>Displays the edge settings icon on live view.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>[ACCOUNT MANAGEMENT]</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>*Add a binding account: </strong>Logs into a GV-Relay Account, see <em>5. GV-Relay QR Code</em>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>[PLAYBACK SETTING]</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>*Audio: </strong>Enable Audio function for video playback.</li>
<li><strong>Hardware Acceleration: </strong>Enable Hardware Acceleration function to increase the smoothness of playback. Note this function is enabled by default and for Android devices only.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>[SYSTEM SETTING]</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>*Disable Screen Off: </strong>Turns off sleep mode of the mobile device when the GV-Eye is running.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Under <strong>Easy Mode, </strong>only the functions marked with the asterisk (*) symbol are available.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark62"></a> Defining the User Privilege of GV-VMS for GV-Eye</li>
</ol>
<p>In GV-VMS, you can alter user privileges to determine which user account can access Video, Audio, PTZ, Monitor Start / Stop and I / O Output Control from mobile app GV-Eye.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The function is only supported by GV-VMS V16.10.3 or later.</p>
<p>To set up the user privilege:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Home </strong>click the account ID, click <strong>Password Setup</strong>, and select <strong>Local Account</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit </strong>and select the <strong>Web / Mobile tab</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select or deselect <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>Audio</strong>, <strong>PTZ, Monitor Start / Stop </strong>and <strong>I / O Output Control </strong>of specific cameras to allow or deny the user the function.</li>
</ol>
<p>For instance, firstly, on the Local Account Edit dialog box of GV-VMS, you can deny User1</p>
<p>the access of PTZ. Then, when you log on GV-Eye with the ID and password of User1,</p>
<p>you will see that User1 cannot access PTZ on GV-Eye.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="751" height="695" class="wp-image-2193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 76" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 849" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-76.jpeg 751w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-76-300x278.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 751px) 100vw, 751px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2117-bookmark64"></a> Connecting to Authentication Server</li>
</ol>
<p>GV-Authentication Server is a central credential management system for you to manage multiple GV-VMS or GV-DVR / NVR systems. By connecting to GV-Authentication Server, you can access the cameras from multiple GV-VMS or GV-DVR / NVR systems with one Authentication user account on GV-Eye.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Other device connection functions on GV-Eye will be disabled while connecting to GV-Authentication Server.</li>
<li>This is only applicable to GV-Eye for iOS / Android V2.8 or later (under General Mode) and GV-Authentication Server V18.3 or later.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To create clients / user accounts in GV-Authentication Server:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To create a GV-Eye client, highlight <strong>Client List </strong>from the left pane and click <strong>Add A Client </strong>button.</li>
<li>To create one Authentication user account that has access rights to assigned GV-VMS or GV-DVR / NVR systems, select <strong>Account Setup </strong>&gt; <strong>Password Setup. </strong>Refer to <em>Creating User Accounts</em>, <em>11.5 Authentication Server</em> in <em><a href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/geovision_downloads/Manual/DVR/EN/GV-DVR_NVR_UserManual.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">GV-DVR / NVR User’s Manual</a></em><a href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/geovision_downloads/Manual/DVR/EN/GV-DVR_NVR_UserManual.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">,</a> or <em>9.4 Authentication Server</em> in <em><a href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/geovision_downloads/Manual/VMS/EN/GV-VMS_User_Manual_181.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">GV-VMS User’s Manual.</a></em></li>
</ol>
<p>3. Click the <strong>Start Service </strong>button on GV-Authentication Server.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="563" class="wp-image-2194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 77" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 850" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-77.jpeg 600w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-77-300x282.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></p>
<p><strong>To connect to GV-Authentication Server:</strong></p>
<p><strong>For iOS users</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Settings □ </strong>&gt; <strong>Auth Server</strong>. The following page appears.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="443" class="wp-image-2195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 78" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 851" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-78.jpeg 340w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-78-230x300.jpeg 230w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></p>
<p><strong>For Android users</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Settings □ </strong>&gt; <strong>Demo Mode </strong>&gt; <strong>Auth Service Mode. </strong>The following page appears.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="608" class="wp-image-2196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2117 79" title="GV-Eye Installation Guide 852" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-79.jpeg 340w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-2117-79-168x300.jpeg 168w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Type <strong>IP Address</strong>, <strong>Port</strong>, <strong>Authorized ID</strong>, and <strong>Authorized Password </strong>of GV-Authentication Server.</li>
<li>Type the following connection information:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Client Name: </strong>Type the client name you have created on GV-Authentication Server.</li>
<li><strong>User ID </strong>/ <strong>User Password</strong>: Type the ID and password of the user account you have created on GV-Authentication Server.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Get Auth Host List.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>After GV-Authentication Server is successfully connected, you will be able to access the cameras from multiple GV-VMS or DVR / NVR systems assigned to the Authentication user account. You can proceed with desired configurations on these cameras.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/gv-eye-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Ajax PRO Desktop User manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Jun 2023 19:43:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ajax PRO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ajax Translator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1607</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Ajax PRO Desktop User manual, Ajax PRO Desktop is the app for monitoring and administering Ajax security systems. Allows you ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/#more-1607" aria-label="Read more about Ajax PRO Desktop User manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ajax PRO Desktop User manual, <strong>Ajax PRO Desktop </strong>is the app for monitoring and administering Ajax security systems. Allows you to configure and test devices, manage user access, and monitor and process events and alarms of an unlimited number of Ajax security systems.</p>
<p>PRO Desktop can be used in parallel with the PRO mobile app. Installation and service companies can use the app to set up and connect security systems, while security and monitoring companies can use it to organize a Central Monitoring Station (CMS).</p>
<p><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23pro-desktop" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Download PRO Desktop</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark2"></a> Ajax PRO apps types and their capabilities</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1608" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 1" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 908" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-1-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>There are two types of Ajax PRO apps: desktop and mobile.</p>
<p><strong>The PC PRO app is</strong><a href="https://ajax.systems/pro-desktop/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong> PRO Desktop</strong></a><strong>. </strong>This app is available for Windows and macOS. In the PC app, you can create companies, manage their settings, add employees, and manage their rights. PRO Desktop is essential for monitoring and remote configuring of Ajax security systems.</p>
<p><strong>The mobile PRO app is</strong><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23pro-mobile" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong> Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers</strong></a><strong>. </strong>This app is available for smartphones with iOS and Android. It allows installers to connect hubs and manage the settings of available systems.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>PRO Desktop (PC app)</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers (mobile app)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect devices and set up the system</td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect the hub to the company</td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create a company</p>
<p><strong>More about companies</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit company information</td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Add employees <strong>+</strong></p>
<p><strong>More about employees</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Change employee rights</p>
<p><strong>More about employee rights</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Events and alarms monitoring</p>
<p><strong>More about monitoring</strong></td>
<td><strong>+</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Ajax PRO Desktop User manual Read Next :</h2>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1532/ajax-translator-full-user-manual/">Ajax Translator Full User manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1151/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/">Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>More about Ajax apps</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark4"></a> General information</p>
<p>One company connected to the hub is one user. Regardless of how many employees (PRO accounts) are assigned to this company. Any number of companies can be connected to the hub within the user limit. The limit (maximum number of users) depends on the hub model.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark6"></a><a href="https://ajax.systems/hub-compare/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Comparison of hubs</a></p>
<p>PRO accounts can be connected to an unlimited number of companies.</p>
<p>PRO accounts can have different roles in different companies. For example, the role of Installer in one company, and the role of Head of installers in another one.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="772" height="438" class="wp-image-1609" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 2" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 909" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2.jpeg 772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-2-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 772px) 100vw, 772px" /></p>
<p>When you log in again after closing the app, you should use the login and password from the PRO account. If two-factor authentication is enabled for a PRO account, it will need to be passed during logging in.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="772" height="441" class="wp-image-1610" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 3" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 910" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3.jpeg 772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-3-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 772px) 100vw, 772px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="943" height="470" class="wp-image-1611" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 4" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 911" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4.jpeg 943w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-4-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 943px) 100vw, 943px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="772" height="441" class="wp-image-1612" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 5" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 912" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5.jpeg 772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-5-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 772px) 100vw, 772px" /></p>
<p>To report a bug, change PRO Desktop settings, view information about the PRO account, log out or change its settings — click on the menu with the company logo or the PRO account initials.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark8"></a> Installing PRO Desktop app</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark10"></a><a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23pro-desktop" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Download the app installation file</a>.</li>
<li>Open the downloaded file.</li>
<li>Install PRO Desktop.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark12"></a> Creating the PRO account and logging into the app</p>
<p>To log in to PRO Desktop, you need the PRO account. The account should be registered in any of these two apps: PRO Desktop or Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers. You can’t log in to the PRO app with a username and password from the<a href="https://ajax.systems/software/%23for-users" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong>Ajax Security System </strong></a>app for end users. PRO account is different from the account created in the end-user app.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="465" class="wp-image-1613" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 6" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 913" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-6-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p><strong>If you have a PRO account</strong>: fill in the <strong>Email </strong>and <strong>Password </strong>fields, and then click <strong>Login</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>If you don’t have a PRO account: </strong>click <strong>Create PRO account </strong>in PRO Desktop or Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers and follow the instructions in the app. When creating a PRO account, you can use the same email and phone number as in the account of the Ajax Security System app. These will be different accounts.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/faqs/how-to-create-the-ajax-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to create a PRO account</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark14"></a> Account types</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1614" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 7" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 914" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-7-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>Two types of accounts are available in Ajax PRO apps: a personal PRO account and a company account.</p>
<p><strong>A personal PRO account </strong>is needed to connect to companies, as well as to set up and manage connected Ajax security systems.</p>
<p><strong>Company accounts </strong>are required for running the security business: monitoring alarms and events, maintenance, configuring, and installing Ajax security</p>
<p><strong>More about PRO account</strong></p>
<p><strong>More about company account</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark16"></a> Switching between a personal PRO account and a company account</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1615" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 8" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 915" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-8-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>When you enter the app, the company the PRO account worked the last time with is automatically opened. To go to a personal PRO account or an account of another company:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the menu with the security company logo or initials.</li>
<li>Select a personal PRO account or a company account.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark18"></a> Account security</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1616" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 9" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 916" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-9-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>To<a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-secure-ajax-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong>protect the PRO account from hacking </strong></a>set up two-factor authentication and track sessions on other devices. Use both security tools to reduce the chances of unauthorized access to your PRO account.</p>
<p>Change your password and enable two-factor authentication when rogue account sessions are detected.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark20"></a> How to enable the two-factor authentication</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1617" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 10" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 917" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-10-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the avatar (icon) of the PRO account.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Profile Settings </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Account Security </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Enable the <strong>Two-factor authentication </strong>option.</li>
<li>Connect the authenticator following the instructions on the screen. For example, the Google Authenticator app.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark22"></a> How to terminate an account session</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1618" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 11" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 918" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-11-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the avatar (icon) of the account.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Profile Settings </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Account Security </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click on <strong>Sessions</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The session of the device from which you entered the app is called the <strong>Current session</strong>. <strong>Other sessions </strong>of devices from which the PRO account is logged in are available below. You can end a session by clicking <strong>Terminate</strong>, or <strong>Terminate all other sessions </strong>except the current one.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark24"></a> State of connection to the Ajax cloud</p>
<p>The indicator in the upper right corner of the PRO Desktop screen shows the connection status with the Ajax Cloud server. If the Internet connection is active, the indicator lights green. If there is no connection, it is red, and the message <strong>No Connection </strong>is displayed on the screen.</p>
<p><strong>Connection to Ajax Cloud is active</strong></p>
<p><strong>No connection to Ajax cloud</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="468" height="221" class="wp-image-1619" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 12" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 919" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-12.jpeg 468w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-12-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 468px) 100vw, 468px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="468" height="222" class="wp-image-1620" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 13" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 920" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-13.jpeg 468w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-13-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 468px) 100vw, 468px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark26"></a> Working with a personal PRO account</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="501" class="wp-image-1621" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 14" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 921" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-14-768x384.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>When you log in, a list of hubs linked to the PRO account opens. Hubs with which there is no connection are marked with a red caption <strong>Offline</strong>. The faults counter (red icon with a number) shows the total number of faults for a specific security system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1622" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 15" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 922" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-15-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>When pressed, the <strong>Refresh </strong>button updated the states and fault counters of the connected hubs. Automatic updating of hub states is not provided.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1623" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 16" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 923" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-16-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p><strong>Finding the hub. </strong>The app has a search by name and by hub identifier (ID). Hubs are displayed as you type a text.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1624" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 17" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 924" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-17-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1625" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 18" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 925" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-18-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Add Hub </strong>button allows you to link a new hub to a PRO account.</p>
<p><strong>How to link the hub to an account</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark28"></a> Security system menu</p>
<p>The menu contains rooms, devices, a notifications feed, and object security control buttons. The <strong>Hubs </strong>button returns to the list of linked hubs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1626" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 19" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 926" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-19-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>The PRO account can have temporary or permanent access to system settings. The field indicated in the screenshot shows the time during which the PRO account has access to the settings. Click on the field and select the required option to request temporary or permanent access. The request can be confirmed by the hub administrator or another PRO account with the right to configure the system.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-to-connect-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to request access to hub settings</strong></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1627" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 20" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 927" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-20-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>A PRO account can manage the object security modes if such a right has been granted to it by the hub admin. The field indicated in the screenshot displays the security status of a specific Ajax security system. By clicking on the field, you can change the security mode or press the <strong>Panic button</strong>, if the PRO account is entitled to do so.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark30"></a> Setting up the security system</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark32"></a> Change hub or device settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1628" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 21" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 928" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-21-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Devices </strong>O menu.</li>
<li>Select the device from the list.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark34"></a> Go to its Settings @.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="58" class="wp-image-1629" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 22" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 929"> Make changes.</li>
</ol>
<p>All device settings are described in the user manual of this device.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark36"></a> User management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1630" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 23" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 930" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-23-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Devices O </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark38"></a> Go to its Settings <sup>t</sup>3&amp;.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Users </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Make changes: add a user, change their permissions, or delete them.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark40"></a><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/accounts-and-permissions/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Ajax security systems user permissions</a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark42"></a><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/faqs/how-to-invite-users/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">How to add a new hub user</a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark44"></a> PRO account management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1631" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 24" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 931" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-24-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Devices </strong>O menu.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its <strong>Settings </strong>@.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Installers </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Make changes: add a PRO account, change its rights or delete it.</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-to-connect-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to add a PRO account to the hub</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark46"></a> Working with a company account</p>
<p>A company account combines all security objects, employee accounts, and teams of rapid response units (RRU) in one interface.</p>
<p><strong>Company service types</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="729" height="465" class="wp-image-1632" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 25" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 932" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-25.jpeg 729w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-25-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 729px) 100vw, 729px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="464" class="wp-image-1633" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 26" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 933" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-26.jpeg 88w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-26-57x300.jpeg 57w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 88px) 100vw, 88px" /></p>
<p>PRO Desktop is an integrated tool for security, installation and service business. The app has a set of functions for both <strong>Alarm monitoring </strong>and <strong>Installation and maintenance</strong>.</p>
<p>The set of functions is selected independently. The app also allows you to select both types of services at once: <strong>Alarm monitoring </strong>and <strong>Installation and maintenance</strong>. This is provided for companies that simultaneously install security systems and respond to their alarms and events.</p>
<p>The owner specifies the types of services when registering the company and can change them at any time. The interface and functions of the app adapt to the selected type of service.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark48"></a> Creating a company</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1634" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 27" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 934" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-27-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>The PRO account that created the company becomes the Company owner. Such a PRO account has access to all PRO Desktop modules, can add and remove employees, as well as change information about the company. One PRO account can create an unlimited number of companies.</p>
<p>The role of the Company owner can be assigned to one PRO account only. Only the Company owner or an authorized employee should create the company. Deleting the company or changing the Company owner is not provided.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark50"></a> To create a company:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open PRO Desktop.</li>
<li>Sign in to a PRO account.</li>
<li>Go to a personal PRO account if a company account is open.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark52"></a> Click Register a company.</li>
<li>Enter the company name and the country of service.</li>
<li>Specify the type of service the company provides: alarm monitoring, installation and maintenance, or both.</li>
<li>Fill in company information and follow the app’s instructions.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the registration form, enter an available and working email address. A validation code will be sent to the owner’s email to complete the company creation. This code should be entered at the last step of registration. After validation, the company is created automatically. You don’t need to wait for additional confirmation.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark54"></a> Employees</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="501" class="wp-image-1635" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 28" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 935" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-28-768x384.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>You can add employees or change the roles of already connected PRO accounts in the <strong>Employees </strong>menu (<strong>Company </strong>module ^ <strong>Employees </strong>menu). You can only add an employee who already has a PRO account. An account can be registered in any of these two apps: PRO Desktop or Ajax PRO: Tool for Engineers.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark56"></a> Employee Roles</p>
<p>If the <strong>Alarm monitoring </strong>service type is selected:</p>
<ol>
<li>Company owner</li>
<li>Senior CMS Engineer</li>
<li>Engineer</li>
<li>Head of operators</li>
</ol>
<p>If the <strong>Installation and Maintenance </strong>service type is selected:</p>
<ol>
<li>Company owner</li>
<li>Head of Installers</li>
<li>Installer</li>
</ol>
<p>If both service types are selected: All employee roles are available.</p>
<p><strong>Employee rights and access</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Company owner</strong></td>
<td><strong>Senior CMS Engineer</strong></td>
<td><strong>CMS Engineer</strong></td>
<td><strong>Head of operators</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operator</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Company</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>View RRU menu</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>General info</strong></p>
<p>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Employees </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>Limited View/Edit</p>
<p>(other engineers only)</td>
<td>Limited View/Edit</p>
<p>(operators and head of operators only)</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>V i</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Workstations</strong></p>
<p>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Response</strong></p>
<p><strong>Units </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit.</p>
<p>Without the ability to remove RRU</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Objects</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td colspan="2">View/Edit/arm View/Edit/arm</td>
<td colspan="2">View/Edit/arm View/Arm</td>
<td>View/Arm</td>
<td>o</p>
<p>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Journal</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>New </strong>incidents menu in the</p>
<p><strong>Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>module</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Processing </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit incidents in the processing</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sleep Mode </strong>menu</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
<td>View/Edit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Company owner information</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Senior CMS Engineer</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Engineer</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Head of operators</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Operator</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add, edit or remove the Head of installers</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Add, edit or </strong>+ +</p>
<p><strong>remove the</strong></p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View incidents</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>Only incidents of this operator</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Process incidents</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Control Sleep Mode</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>If incidents of this hub are not being processed</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set up events of operators</strong></p>
<p>(Operator offline and login from an unverified computer)</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Arm and enable the Night mode</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>I ii</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disarm and disable Night Mode</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>I</p>
<p>ii</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Manage system settings</strong></p>
<p>(for example, hub settings)</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Add and edit RRU</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete RRU</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Change information about an object</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cancel the object monitoring</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cancel the maintenance of an object</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit company information</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable/disable the Access to all objects option</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manage media files storing period</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manage installers’ access to hub settings</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Confirm monitoring request</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Work with hubs availability reports</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Work with operators availability reports</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Send a system recovery request</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
<td>+</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Confirm a system recovery request</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark58"></a> Adding, editing, and deactivating employees</p>
<p>To add an employee, they should have a PRO account registered.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/faqs/how-to-create-the-ajax-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How to create a PRO account</strong></a></p>
<p>To add an employee, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Employees </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add employee</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the email address the employee’s PRO account is registered with.</li>
<li>Define the role of the employee.</li>
</ol>
<p>After adding, the owner of the PRO account will receive a notification email. The employee adding will be recorded in the PRO Desktop event journal.</p>
<p>To edit the data or delete an employee’s PRO account, select it in the list. A window with details and the <strong>Edit </strong>and <strong>Delete account </strong>buttons will appear on the right.</p>
<p>To find an employee, use sorting or search by name, phone, and email.</p>
<p>PRO Desktop allows you to temporarily deactivate an employee’s PRO account without deleting it from the system — in case of holiday or sick leave. To do this, turn the toggle against the employee’s name to an inactive position. A temporarily deactivated employee does not have access to company modules in PRO Desktop.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark60"></a> PRO Desktop modules, menus, and capabilities</p>
<p>The app allows you to:</p>
<ul>
<li>Manage employee PRO accounts — <strong>Company </strong>module, <strong>Employees </strong>menu, <strong>RRU </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Administer an unlimited number of Ajax security systems — the <strong>Objects </strong>module.</li>
<li>Maintain a customer database of the object — the <strong>Objects </strong>module and <strong>Hubs </strong>menu in the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li>Receive, distribute among operators and process Ajax security system alarms — <strong>Monitoring </strong>module.</li>
<li>Assign workstations to operators — <strong>Company </strong>module, <strong>Workstations </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Generate hub availability report or CMS operators availability report — <strong>Journal </strong>module.</li>
<li>Coordinate the work of Response Units (RRU) — <strong>Monitoring </strong>module.</li>
<li>Maintain a journal of events and alarms of security systems — the <strong>Journal </strong>module.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark62"></a> Company</p>
<p><strong>Access to the module: </strong>Company owner, Engineer, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator, Installer, Head of installers.</p>
<p>The <strong>Company </strong>module contains menus and settings for the following tasks:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>General Info </strong>— to view information about the company. Only the company owner can edit.</li>
<li><strong>Services settings </strong>— to select the type of company services, the media files storing period, the level of access to objects and hubs, and other settings.</li>
<li><strong>Cloud signaling monitoring </strong>— to manage receivers that are intermediaries between CMS and a cloud server (available only for Senior CMS Engineer and CMS Engineer).</li>
<li><strong>Access rights </strong>— to grant permission to take and view photos on demand, to create maintenance reports for serviced objects.</li>
<li><strong>Employees </strong>— to manage employee accounts.</li>
<li><strong>Workstations </strong>— for accounting of computers (PCs) operators use for work. Helps to calculate the CMS availability and track the login of operators to the PRO account from third-party devices.</li>
<li><strong>Response Units (RRU) </strong>— to administer Rapid Response Teams.</li>
<li><strong>Hubs </strong>— to manage company hubs. The menu contains objects in<a href="https://ajax.systems/translator/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong>Translator</strong></a> (if connected), requests for monitoring, and requests for removal from monitoring.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark64"></a> General info</p>
<p>The menu contains information about the company. The owner can change company details by clicking the Edit button. The app allows you to change all data about the company, except for the name. To change the company name, contact <a href="mailto:support@ajax.systems"><strong>Ajax technical support service</strong></a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark66"></a> Services settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1636" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 29" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 936" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-29-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>In the menu, you can set the type of services provided by the company and manage other system settings (access to objects, media files storing period, maintenance reports). The owner of the company chooses the type of company services when registering in the app and can change the type of services at any time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark68"></a> Employee access to objects</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1637" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 30" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 937" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-30-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>By default, an employee with the <strong>Installe</strong>r role has access to those objects that are assigned to them by the <strong>Head of installers</strong>. For the installer to be able to configure all objects connected to the company, the <strong>Access to all objects </strong>option should be enabled.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark70"></a> To do this, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module.</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Services settings </strong>menu.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Access to all company objects </strong>field, enable the option for <strong>Installers</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Now the installer and the company have the same rights to configure all objects. The rights can be following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Permanent access to system settings.</li>
<li>Temporary access: you can configure the system for a specified time, from</li>
</ul>
<p>1 to 8 hours.</p>
<p>No access to system settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark72"></a> Media files storing period</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1638" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 31" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 938" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-31-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>You can set the period after which all media files (images, videos from cameras) will be deleted. The new media files storing period only applies to files created after changes.</p>
<p>Available storing period for media files:</p>
<ol>
<li>7 days.</li>
<li>30 days.</li>
<li>90 days.</li>
<li>180 days.</li>
<li>1 year.</li>
<li>2 years.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected media files storing period must comply with the laws of your region.</p>
<p><strong>Hubs linked to a company</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="466" class="wp-image-1639" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 32" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 939" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-32-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p><strong>The Restrict access to hubs </strong>option is disabled by default. When enabled, hubs linked to the company can only be added to that company’s account. Adding to <a href="mailto:support@ajax.systems">accounts of other companies is not possible. Contact <strong>Ajax technical support</strong></a><strong> service </strong>or your Ajax manager to learn more about this feature.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark74"></a> Maintenance of objects</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="818" height="465" class="wp-image-1640" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 33" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 940" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33.jpeg 818w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-33-768x437.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 818px) 100vw, 818px" /></p>
<p>If the <strong>Maintenance reports </strong>option is enabled, company employees can generate reports on the technical health of security and fire detectors used in the system. Such reports can be generated and downloaded only by those roles which received the appropriate right from the company owner. The right is assigned in the <strong>Access rights </strong>menu.</p>
<p>By default, the maintenance reports option is turned off. An employee with the <strong>Installer </strong>role can’t generate technical health reports for those objects to which they have no access.</p>
<p><strong>Learn more</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark76"></a> Incidents processing</p>
<p>The <strong>Receive notifications of power outage on the objects </strong>option is enabled by default. When the option is disabled, the system will not generate incidents of external power loss for the hub, range extender, or integration module installed at the object.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="465" class="wp-image-1641" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 34" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 941" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-34.jpeg 88w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-34-57x300.jpeg 57w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 88px) 100vw, 88px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="729" height="466" class="wp-image-1642" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 35" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 942" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-35.jpeg 729w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-35-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 729px) 100vw, 729px" /></p>
<p>After disabling this option, the following message will be displayed in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module: “Incidents of power supply failure on site won’t be generated according to company settings”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="466" class="wp-image-1643" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 36" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 943" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-36-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark78"></a> Cloud signaling monitoring</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="466" class="wp-image-1644" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 37" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 944" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-37.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-37-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p><strong>Cloud Signaling </strong>is a service that enables communication between Ajax system and third-party monitoring software. It serves as a link between a hub and monitoring stations, converting notifications received from the hub into an event protocol compatible with the Central Monitoring Station’s (CMS) software.</p>
<p>Cloud Signaling can deliver events to the CMS directly from Ajax Cloud. This service is beneficial for alarm monitoring companies and companies involved in both security systems installations and alarms and events response. By using PRO Desktop, they can configure and connect security systems. Additionally, security and monitoring companies can use the app to organize a CMS.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/manuals/cloud-signaling/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Learn more about Cloud Signaling</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark80"></a> Access rights</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1645" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 38" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 945" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-38-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>In the <strong>Access rights </strong>menu, the head of the company can adjust the access rights for employee roles. If the manager assigns access to a certain type of employee, then all employees with this role will have the corresponding right.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark82"></a> The head of the company can enable or disable the following rights:</p>
<ul>
<li>Shooting and viewing photos on demand.</li>
<li>Watching streams of video cameras and DVRs.</li>
<li>Viewing photos by alarm and photos by alarm scenarios.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="58" class="wp-image-1646" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 39" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 946"> Creation of operation reports for systems.</li>
</ul>
<p>If the company owner has granted the right to create maintenance reports for a specific role, all employees with this role can create reports, download them, and access the archive of these reports.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark84"></a> Workstations</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1647" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 40" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 947" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-40-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>In the <strong>Workstations </strong>menu, you can assign a unique identifier to each computer (computer ID) and link an employee account to it. This information is used to generate a report on CMS availability.</p>
<p>To assign a workstation to an operator, you need to confirm their login to the account. You can do this by clicking “<strong>+</strong>” in the line with the operator’s email in the <strong>Unverified </strong>tab. When you click on the line, the extended information about the account and the <strong>Verify </strong>button open on the right.</p>
<p>When verifying the workstation, you should assign a name to it for the convenience of displaying it in the event journal. The computer ID is assigned automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1648" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 41" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 948" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-41-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>After confirming the workstation, the operator account displays in the <strong>Verified </strong>tab along with the data about the computer. A workstation can be temporarily deactivated or deleted by selecting an account in the list and clicking <strong>Delete from verified</strong>.</p>
<p>Filters are provided for convenience in navigation through the list of workstations.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Workstations </strong>menu, you can configure the types of events that generate incidents. PRO Desktop notifies about incidents in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>tab. To select events that generate incidents, click on the gear icon in the <strong>Unverified </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="466" class="wp-image-1649" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 42" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 949" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42.jpeg 816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-42-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>In the opened window, select the types of events:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The operator is offline </strong>— the operator computer has no Internet connection.</li>
<li><strong>Login from an unverified computer </strong>— login to the account from a PC that has not been verified by the head of operators.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark86"></a> How to manage response units in the RRU menu</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="468" class="wp-image-1650" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 43" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 950" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-43-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>To add a new response unit, click the <strong>Add RRU </strong>button in the <strong>Response Units (RRU) </strong>menu.</p>
<p>A window will open with a form in which you need to specify the unit details.</p>
<p>This information will be displayed in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module when processing an alarm, as well as in the <strong>Objects </strong>module when the RRU is linked to an object. You can add 2 phone numbers to one unit. Required fields are marked with an asterisk.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1002" height="500" class="wp-image-1651" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 44" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 951" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44.jpeg 1002w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-44-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1002px) 100vw, 1002px" /></p>
<p>It is possible to deactivate the <strong>RRU </strong>temporarily without removing it from the system. To do this, switch the toggle in the line with the certain unit. Left position — the unit is inactive, right position — it is active.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark88"></a> Hubs</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="469" class="wp-image-1652" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 45" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 952" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-45-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Hubs </strong>menu is designed to administer hubs linked to a company. Here you can receive requests for monitoring/removal from monitoring, adding/deleting objects, as well as transferring objects from Translator to PRO Desktop (if the Translator account is linked to a company account). Hubs are displayed in the menu as a list, where the hub identifier, object statuses, number, and name of the object in PRO Desktop are indicated.</p>
<p>The hub status is also displayed in this window. <strong>Monitoring with PRO Desktop </strong>is designed for monitoring services, and <strong>Installation services </strong>is for installing and configuring the Ajax security systems.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Monitoring with PRO Desktop</strong></td>
<td><strong>Meaning</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Active</td>
<td>Object accepted for monitoring.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pending deletion</td>
<td>The object has been removed from monitoring and is in the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu of the <strong>Objects </strong>module.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not connected</td>
<td>Monitoring request was not sent.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Installation services</strong></td>
<td><strong>Meaning</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Active</td>
<td>A request for installation services has been sent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not provided</td>
<td>Installation and maintenance services are not provided. Installers and heads of Installers do not have access to system settings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When the hub is selected, a details window opens, where there are buttons for creating/deleting an object, going to the object card, and deleting the hub from the company account. The deletion from an account means that the object will be deleted both in PRO Desktop and in Translator (if the account in Translator is linked to an account in PRO Desktop).</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark90"></a> Objects</p>
<p><strong>Roles of employees with access to the module: </strong>Engineer, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator, Installer, Head of installers.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="821" height="468" class="wp-image-1653" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 46" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 953" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46.jpeg 821w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-46-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 821px) 100vw, 821px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Objects </strong>module is designed to administer objects in PRO Desktop. To go to the module, select <strong>Objects </strong>in the list of modules in the upper left corner of the screen.</p>
<p>An object in PRO Desktop is a security system controlled by a single hub. When adding a new object, the operator enters the hub identifier and assigns a number and a name to it. All devices connected to the hub are automatically linked to the object and displayed in the <strong>Equipment </strong>tab.</p>
<p>Only one hub can be linked to one object.</p>
<p>The module screen consists of two parts: a list of objects and a sorting menu.</p>
<p>The list of objects contains their numbers in PRO Desktop, names, addresses, as well as hub identifiers (IDs). The following items are available in the sorting menu:</p>
<p>Cloud signaling monitoring:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>&lt;Receiver name&gt; </strong>— the list of all objects that are monitored via &lt;Receiver name&gt;.</li>
<li><strong>No monitoring </strong>— the list of all objects that are not monitored via receivers.</li>
<li><strong>Active </strong>— the list of all objects within PRO Desktop, aside to objects in the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu.</li>
<li><strong>Armed </strong>— the list of objects with the currently armed security system.</li>
<li><strong>Disarmed </strong>— the list of all objects with the currently disarmed security system.</li>
<li><strong>In Sleep Mode </strong>— the list of objects with muted alarm notifications.</li>
<li><strong>Offline </strong>— the list of objects where the hub is offline.</li>
<li><strong>With malfunctions </strong>— the list of objects where the security system reports a malfunction: low battery indicator, failed attempts to arm the detector, etc.</li>
<li><strong>No contract </strong>— the list of objects with empty information about the contract with the company. Contract information can be added at any time.</li>
<li><strong>Installation services provided </strong>— objects that are under maintenance of installers and heads of Installers.</li>
<li><strong>Monitoring requests (from installers) </strong>— objects from which a request was submitted to connect to the CMS via Ajax PRO apps.</li>
<li><strong>Monitoring requests (from end-users) </strong>— objects from which a request was submitted to connect to the CMS via the Ajax Security System app for end­users.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1654" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 47" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 954"><strong>Monitoring cancellation requests </strong>— a list of objects from which a request was submitted to disconnect from the CMS via any Ajax app.</li>
</ul>
<p>Only an admin or a PRO account with the right to configure the system can cancel a request for monitoring cancellation. You can do this in any Ajax app: Devices — Hub —— Settings —— Security companies.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>— deleted objects. Objects are automatically deleted from the bin after 7 days.</li>
</ul>
<p>In the <strong>Objects </strong>module, the following buttons are also available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add object </strong>— allows you to link an object to a company using the QR code (ID) of the hub. You can add an object by ID (QR code) if the following conditions are met:</li>
</ul>
<p><em>H</em> Hub is online.</p>
<p><em>H</em> Hub has no users.</p>
<p>o Hub is not added to the account of another company.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark92"></a> More about adding objects</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Maintenance reports — </strong>opens the menu of maintenance reports.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark94"></a> More about maintenance reports</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Update </strong>— updates the list of hubs linked to the company.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark96"></a> Adding an object</p>
<p>There are three ways to add a new object to PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Using the hub ID (its QR code).</li>
<li>Accepting a monitoring request from the Ajax app.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1655" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 48" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 955"> Transferring the object from Translator to PRO Desktop.</li>
</ol>
<p>After connecting the hub, specify the necessary information in the object card. In Ajax apps, this will make easier navigation and object searching.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.ajax.systems/en/how-to-connect-pro-account/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>How PRO account can access the hub</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark98"></a> Adding via ID</p>
<p>When adding an object, a card is created with all the information necessary for alarms processing: address, contacts, room layouts, road maps, responsible people, comments, etc. You can add an object by ID (QR code) if the following conditions are met:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hub is online.</li>
<li>Hub has no users.</li>
<li>The hub is not added to another company account.</li>
</ul>
<p>The installer or head of installers can connect the hub. You can add the hub from a company account only, but not from a personal PRO account. After adding the hub, the company has permanent access to the object’s settings.</p>
<p>To add the hub, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the <strong>Objects </strong>module.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Add object </strong>button.</li>
<li>Specify the number and name of the object, as well as the 20-digit hub ID (located under the QR code on the hub or packaging, the format is xxxxx- xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark100"></a> Adding an object via a monitoring request</p>
<p>The request to add is sent via Ajax apps by the hub admin or a PRO account with access to the object’s settings. The list of requests for monitoring and monitoring cancellation is displayed in the corresponding tabs of the <strong>Objects </strong>module, as well as in the <strong>Hubs </strong>menu of the <strong>Company </strong>module.</p>
<p>The adding method depends on the type of services provided:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>To access alarm monitoring</strong>, the end-user should send a request for monitoring.</li>
<li><strong>To access installation and maintenance</strong>, the employee should request access to the system settings.</li>
<li><strong>For both types of access</strong>, you should send both requests.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark102"></a> To send a request for alarm monitoring, in the Ajax app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the hub if you have more than one or if you use the Ajax PRO app.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its settings.</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Security companies </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select a company and click <strong>Send request</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1656" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 49" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 956"> A monitoring request can also be sent if you know the company’s email address. To do this, click on the envelope icon in the <strong>Security companies </strong>menu, enter the company’s email address, and click <strong>Continue</strong>. Select a company from the list and confirm sending the request.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark104"></a> To accept a monitoring request, in PRO Desktop:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark106"></a> In the Objects module, go to the Monitoring requests (from end-users) and/or Monitoring requests (from installers).</li>
<li>Select the hub.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Accept request</strong>. An object card will be automatically created for the hub to fill in the information.</li>
<li>Enter the number, name of the object and click <strong>Save</strong>. A new object will appear in PRO Desktop.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark108"></a> To send a request for access to installation and maintenance, in the Ajax app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the hub if you have more than one or if you use the Ajax PRO app.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its settings.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark110"></a> Open the Installers menu.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Assign </strong>button.</li>
<li>Enter the email address of the company specified when registering.</li>
<li>Select a company and confirm the sending of a request.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark112"></a> You do not need to accept a request for the installation company services in</p>
<p><strong>PRO Desktop. </strong>After adding, the company has 8 hours to change the hubsettings, add devices and invite users. On the expiry of this access time, the company can no longer change the object’s settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="58" class="wp-image-1657" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 50" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 957"> If necessary, the installer, or head of installers can request temporary or permanent access, which should be confirmed by the hub admin or a PRO account with rights to configure the system.</p>
<p>PRO receives permanent rights to configure the system if there is no single hub admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark114"></a> Transferring objects from Translator</p>
<p>To transfer objects from Translator, contact<a href="mailto:support@ajax.systems"> <strong>Ajax technical support service</strong></a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark116"></a> Configuring an object</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="458" class="wp-image-1658" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 51" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 958" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51.jpeg 1001w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-51-768x351.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></p>
<p>00:00</p>
<p>00:08</p>
<p>The installer or the head of installers can set up the object via mobile or desktop app. Both apps provide the same options for installers.</p>
<p>By default, the installer has the same rights for setting as his company. The installer does not have access to the hub settings (if access to all objects is disabled) until the head of Installers grants him such a right. Once access is granted, installers can begin setting up the object.</p>
<p><strong>There are two ways to grant access to the installer:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>The first way</strong></td>
<td><strong>The second way</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Open the object list in PRO Desktop.</li>
<li>Select the object.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Installers </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Assign</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the email address of the installer’s PRO account, or select it from the list.</li>
<li>Define its access rights. The access rights of the installer cannot exceed the rights of the company.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Open the object list in PRO Desktop.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Company </strong>module and select the <strong>Employees </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select the employee.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Assigned objects </strong>menu and click <strong>Assign</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the name/ID of the object or select it from the list.</li>
<li>Define the access rights of the installer. Their access rights cannot exceed the rights of the company.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark118"></a> Prolongation of access time to the hub settings</p>
<p>The field indicated in the screenshot shows the time during which the installer has access to the system settings. By clicking on the field, you can request permanent or temporary access (for 1, 2, 4 or 8 hours).</p>
<p>If there is not enough time to set up, the installer can send a request to extend the time to access the settings. All head of installers of this company will receive such a request.</p>
<p>If the company has sufficient rights, any head of installers can grant this right to the installer. Such a request can only be confirmed in the PRO Desktop app.</p>
<p>If the rights are not enough, for example, the company has rights to configure within 4 hours, and the installer needs 8 hours, the head of installers can request access rights from the hub admin. When approved, access will be granted to the company and this particular installer.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark120"></a> Set up company rights</p>
<p>The hub admin or PRO account with the right to configure the system can assign company access rights. These settings apply to all employees of the company. To assign access rights to a company, in the Ajax app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select an object if you have several of them, or use the Ajax PRO app.</li>
<li>Select the hub in the list of devices.</li>
<li>Go to its settings.</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Installers </strong>menu.</li>
<li>Select a company. Go to its settings. These settings allow you to grant or disable the right to:</li>
<li>Change security modes.</li>
<li>Activate panic button in Ajax apps.</li>
<li>Control relays and smart plugs.</li>
<li>Enable <strong>Chimes</strong>.</li>
<li>Disable fire alarms.</li>
</ol>
<p>The hub admin or PRO account with the right to configure the system can also remove the company from the hub or cancel its access.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark122"></a> Object Card</p>
<p>Data about the object can be supplemented and edited. The data is divided into tabs:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Equipment </strong>— a list of devices, virtual rooms, and security groups of an object. When a device is selected, the status screen opens, showing battery charge, connection status, tamper status, and other data about the operation.</li>
<li><strong>Security Companies </strong>— names, phone numbers, and a status of the security companies.</li>
<li><strong>Responsibles </strong>— names and phone numbers of people with whom the operator can contact in case of an alarm at the object.</li>
<li><strong>Object Photos </strong>&#8211; a photo of the object, a map of approaches to the object, room layouts of the object, and road maps for directions to the object.</li>
<li><strong>Reaction </strong>— information about the main and reserve RRU’s assigned to the object. To manage units in this menu, you should first create them in the <strong>Company </strong>module, the <strong>Response Units (RRU) </strong>menu.</li>
<li><strong>Object Notes </strong>— technical information about the object: dates and detailed information on the installation work, connecting to the monitoring station, data of the installer assigned to the object.</li>
<li><strong>Log </strong>— event journal of an object.</li>
<li><strong>Services </strong>— information about monitoring with PRO Desktop and via Translator, and installation services (available only for the Senior CMS Engineer, the CMS Engineer, the Head of operators and the Operator).</li>
</ul>
<p>In addition to the access time to the object settings, the tab <strong>Equipment </strong>displays the <strong>Maintenance reports </strong>button. The button is available only for those employee roles for which the company owner has assigned such a right.</p>
<p>Keep in mind that employees with an <strong>Installer </strong>role can create reports if they have access to the settings of this hub.</p>
<p>By clicking on the button, you can generate a new report or download a previously created report from the archive. When trying to create a new report,</p>
<p>the <strong>Maintenance reports </strong>tab opens.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark124"></a> Editing a card and deleting an object</p>
<p>The menu to control security modes, the object number, its name and address, buttons to edit and delete, and a button that opens contacts and details of the object operation are located above the informational tabs.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Object information </strong>to change the title or account number of the object, specify its location, contact details, a password for alarm cancellation, add a work schedule, set the alarm when disarming at non-working hours, or specify the contract details. This information is displayed in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module during alarm processing. Required fields are marked with an asterisk. After entering or editing the data, click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p>To delete an object, click on the red icon of the trash can or the icon with three dots if the company performs both functions: alarm monitoring, installation and maintenance. There will be a menu with two options: <strong>Stop monitoring </strong>or <strong>Stop maintenance services</strong>. Their functions are different. For example, if the object remains under monitoring and the service is stopped, the operators will receive alarms and events of this system, but the installer will not be able to change the equipment settings at the facility.</p>
<p>When monitoring is stopped, the object is moved to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu and automatically deleted after 7 days. During this time, the object can be returned to the list of active ones by going to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu in the <strong>Objects </strong>module and clicking <strong>Restore</strong>. You can stop the monitoring only for those objects that do not have open incidents.</p>
<p>To delete an object, click the bin icon. The object will be moved to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu and automatically deleted after 7 days. During this time, the object can be returned to the list of active ones by going to the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu in the <strong>Objects </strong>module and clicking <strong>Restore</strong>. You can delete only those objects that do not have open incidents.</p>
<p>To delete objects without waiting 7 days, select the object from the <strong>Withdrawn from monitoring </strong>menu and click the red bin icon. Confirm the action by clicking <strong>Stop monitoring</strong>.</p>
<p>When the maintenance services are stopped, the object is permanently removed. This means that installers and head of installers will no longer be able to maintain this object. To restore the object, the company needs to be reconnected through the hub settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark126"></a> Maintenance reports</p>
<p>Maintenance reports allow you to generate PDF files that contain information about security and fire detectors connected to the hub, and their states. Reports allow you to regularly monitor the status of all monitored objects.</p>
<p>One report is generated for one object. The language of the report downloaded matches the language selected in the PRO Desktop app as a language for SMS messages.</p>
<p>The company owner can enable or disable the maintenance reports option at any time.</p>
<p>The maintenance reports menu contains three tabs:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Objects </strong>— contains a list of objects for which you can generate maintenance reports. In this menu, you can also generate these reports.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark128"></a> Learn more</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Upload CSV </strong>— menu for uploading the list of hubs for generating a maintenance report.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark130"></a> Learn more</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Archive </strong>— contains previously created maintenance reports.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Learn more</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark132"></a> Objects tab</p>
<p>All objects for which you can generate maintenance reports are shown in this menu. Objects can be sorted:</p>
<ol>
<li>By object number.</li>
<li>By name or address of the object.</li>
<li>By hub ID (identifier).</li>
<li>By date of generation of the last report.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark134"></a> To generate a report, in the Objects menu:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required objects. For ease of navigation, we have provided search by name of the object, its number and address, as well as by the hub ID. If you want to hide extra objects, enable the option <strong>Hide unselected</strong>.</li>
<li>Press <strong>Create report</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm report generation by selecting <strong>Create</strong>.</li>
<li>Wait until the report is generated.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Archive </strong>tab. Select the required reports.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark136"></a> Press Download selected.</li>
<li>Select a folder and save the files.</li>
</ol>
<p>To automatically download selected reports to your PC after creation, enable the option <strong>Automatically download when created</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark138"></a> Upload CSV tab</p>
<p>00:00</p>
<p>00:10</p>
<p>Drag the CSV file or upload it from your computer to generate a report for the required list of objects. CSV file should contain hub IDs (identifiers) or object numbers. If you upload a file in the wrong format, the app will return an error.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="59" class="wp-image-1659" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 52" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 959"> After uploading the file, reports on the necessary objects will be generated and available in the <strong>Archive </strong>tab.</p>
<p>You can download an example of CSV in the required file format in the <strong>Upload CSV </strong>tab.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark140"></a> Archive tab</p>
<p>The maintenance reports generated are located in this tab. The tab shows only the last 5 reports for each object. Older reports are deleted.</p>
<p>Objects can be sorted:</p>
<ol>
<li>By report number (the higher the number, the newer the report).</li>
<li>By object number.</li>
<li>By name or address of the object (one of the two options can be selected by clicking on the column name).</li>
<li>By name or e-mail address of the company employee who generated the report (one of the two options can be selected by clicking on the column name).</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1660" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 53" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 960"> By hub ID (identifier).</li>
</ol>
<p>For ease of navigation, we have provided search by name of the object, its number and address, as well as by the hub ID.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark142"></a> To download a report:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Archive </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Select the required reports.</li>
<li><a id="post-1607-bookmark144"></a> Press Download selected.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1661" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 54" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 961"> Select a folder and save the files.</li>
</ol>
<p>After selecting an object in the <strong>Archive </strong>tab, you can also generate a new report for this object if necessary.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark146"></a> PDF file of the report</p>
<p>PDF file of the report contains all the necessary information about the object and the states of all devices of the security system. At the beginning of each file, in addition to general data, a short summary of the check is also available: if the engineer should visit the object or not. A recommendation to visit the object appears if at least one device in the system has a malfunction.</p>
<p>The file name has the following format: AA_XXXXXXXX_YYYYYYY_MM</p>
<ul>
<li>AA — the result of the check.</li>
</ul>
<p><em>p</em> p — the test passed, and the report does not contain a malfunction.</p>
<p><em>p</em> pw — the test passed, but the report contains some malfunctions. It is recommended that an engineer visit the object to check. For example, if one of the detectors has a low hub signal strength or this detector is temporarily disabled.</p>
<p>of — the test failed. It is recommended that an engineer visit the object to check. For example, one of the detectors has lost connection with the hub.</p>
<ul>
<li>XXXXXXXX — the date when the report was created in the DDMMYYYY. For example, 27032022.</li>
<li>YYYYYYY — the assigned object number. If there is no number, the hub ID is used.</li>
<li>MM — report number.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark148"></a> Monitoring</p>
<p><strong>Module access: </strong>Company owner, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator.</p>
<p>The <strong>Monitoring </strong>module allows you to process events and alarms of Ajax security systems, as well as notifications about the operators work. <strong>New</strong>, <strong>Processing</strong>, and <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>tabs are located at the top of the PRO Desktop screen.</p>
<p>New alarm notifications are displayed in the <strong>New </strong>tab and are accompanied by the sound of a siren until the incident will be considered. An incident is not considered closed until it is closed by the operator. One notification can includemultiple alarms or events of the security system. The latter three are displayed as icons in the notification line, in the <strong>Source </strong>column.</p>
<p>An incident is created after the following Ajax security events:</p>
<ul>
<li>Detector alarms.</li>
<li>Tamper triggering of any device in the system.</li>
<li>Sirens accelerometer triggering.</li>
<li>Jamming detection.</li>
<li>Loss of connection with any device in the system.</li>
<li>Loss of connection between the hub and the Ajax Cloud server via one or all communication channels.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="53" class="wp-image-1662" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1607-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1607 55" title="Ajax PRO Desktop User manual 962"> Loss of the central unit, range extender, vhfBridge or integration modules external power supply.</li>
</ul>
<p>Notification of power outage at the object can be disabled in the <strong>Services settings </strong>menu in the <strong>Company </strong>module.</p>
<ul>
<li>Any other malfunction of the system devices.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Meaning of system alarms and events icons</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
<td>Recovery icon</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Malfunctions</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&lt;Device name&gt; is offline. Connection via Jeweller channel lost.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Server connection via Ethernet lost</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Server connection via cellular lost</p>
<p>Server connection via Wi-Fi lost</p>
<p>Hub is offline. Check the network connection.</p>
<p>External power failure</p>
<p>Battery low</p>
<p><strong>Alarms</strong></p>
<p>Leakage detected</p>
<p>Lid is open</p>
<p>Motion detected</p>
<p>Detector view blocked</p>
<p>Glass break detected</p>
<p>Opening detected</p>
<p>Shock detected</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Tilt detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Alarm detected, roller shutter</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; pressed the panic button</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Device was moved</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Fire alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Carbon monoxide (CO) detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Smoke detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Alarm is temporarily muted</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Temperature above the threshold value</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Gas leak detected</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Auxiliary alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The notification line displays the name, address, object number, as well as the status and time elapsed since the alarm was received, during which the operator is viewing the incident. Which operator and when started viewing the incident is recorded in the <strong>Journal </strong>module. The journal also records all other actions of operators to process the incident: from consideration to closing the incident.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Icons for operator incident viewing status</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Incident started</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; started viewing the incident</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; started processing the incident</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Your company employee &lt;Name&gt; closed the incident</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark150"></a> Operator incidents</p>
<p>Separately, the list shows incidents of loss of connection with the operator and operator logins to the PRO account from an unverified computer. These types of incidents are generated according to the operators’ workstations, which are confirmed in the <strong>Company </strong>module, processed as security alarms, indicating the cause of the incident, and recorded in the journal.</p>
<p>Notification <strong>Operator is offline </strong>&#8211; an incident type that contains information about the loss of connection with the computer that is confirmed as the operator’s workstation in the <strong>Company </strong>module.</p>
<p>Notification <strong>Login from an unverified computer </strong>&#8211; an incident type that contains information about the user and the computer from which the login was made.</p>
<p><strong>More about operator workstations</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark152"></a> Incident processing</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark154"></a> Incident processing algorithm</p>
<ol>
<li>Sending an Ajax security alarm by the hub.</li>
<li>Automatic creation of an <strong>Incident </strong>in the <strong>Monitoring </strong>module.</li>
<li>Review of the <strong>Incident </strong>by the CMS operator or the head of operators.</li>
<li>Processing the <strong>Incident </strong>by the CMS operator or the head of operators.</li>
<li>Checking the cause of the alarm: communication with contact persons, checking pictures from detectors with photo verification.</li>
<li><strong>If the alarm is real or it is impossible to determine the cause of the alarm: </strong>Sending the RRU. After finding out the causes of the alarm, end the incident processing, indicating the cause of the alarm.</li>
<li><strong>If the alarm is false</strong>: Set the cause of the alarm as “False alarm” or “No incident” and end the incident processing.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark156"></a> Information on incident processing screens</p>
<p>Clicking on the notification opens:</p>
<ul>
<li>Incident details —alarm time, triggered device, room, photo verification (if detectors with photo verification triggered).</li>
<li>Object info — address, contacts, schemes of premises, etc.</li>
</ul>
<p>The operator starts processing the alarm by clicking the <strong>Start processing</strong>, and the incident goes to the <strong>Processing </strong>tab. The operator has limited access to the tab: they see only those incidents that are being processed. The head of operators has full access to see all incidents that are being processed by the operators and can close multiple incidents at once.</p>
<p>In the centre of the <strong>Processing tab</strong>, information about the object, a list of alarms, a menu for controlling security modes, as well as notes, a list of devices, road maps, and room layouts are displayed.</p>
<p>If <strong>motion detectors with photo verification </strong>are installed at the object, the operator can view a series of photos taken by the detector to check the cause of the alarm. Photos are displayed in the <strong>MotionCam </strong>tab in chronological order, starting with the latest.</p>
<p>The operator can contact one of the responsible people indicated in the object card — when processing an alarm, their names, and phone numbers are displayed on the app screen. PRO Desktop does not support calls from the app. But the operator can copy the phone number of the responsible person and call them using third-party software. For example, using an app for IP telephony.</p>
<p>Responsible people are assigned when creating an object in PRO Desktop. This may be, for example, the owner of the flat or the head of the security service at the production site.</p>
<p>Based on the results of the connection, the operator puts a mark <strong>Accepted </strong>&#8211; if it was possible to contact and the responsible person accepted the information. If there is no connection with the responsible person, the operator puts the mark <strong>Not responding</strong>. You can switch between responsible people using the arrows. They appear if all responsible people cannot be displayed at the current size of the app window.</p>
<p>The rapid response teams assigned to the object are displayed under the responsible people. When communicating with the RRU, the operator checks if the unit has been <strong>Dispatched</strong>, <strong>Arrived</strong>, or is <strong>Unavailable</strong>. You can switch between assigned groups using the arrows. They appear if all RRUs cannot be displayed at the current app window size.</p>
<p>RRUs are assigned when an object is created in PRO Desktop.</p>
<p>The incident processing log is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen. For each record in the log, the operator can leave a comment by clicking on the record. At the top of the processing journal, you can select the cause of the alarm from the drop-down list and complete the processing. If necessary, you can comment on the cause of the alarm. For example, to describe in more detail the cause of a false alarm at an object.</p>
<p>When processing an incident related to the operator’s workstation, you can specify the reason from the drop-down list, and, if necessary, accompany it with a comment. When processing an incident about an operator logging in from an unverified computer, the workstation can be verified in the same window. To do this, click the <strong>”</strong>+<strong>” </strong>button next to the operator details.</p>
<p>After the incident is processed, it closes and goes to the <strong>Journal</strong>, where the log of its processing is saved. <strong>You cannot return to incident processing.</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark158"></a> Sleep Mode</p>
<p>An employee who has access to the monitoring module can switch an object into <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>if installation work is being carried out at the object or false alarms are coming from it. Objects with alarms and events that are temporarily ignored are on the <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>tab. You can switch the object to <strong>Sleep Mode </strong>using the menu for managing security modes.</p>
<p>When transferring an object to <strong>Sleep Mode</strong>, the operator specifies the time after which the object will return to normal operation. You can select 1, 5, 15, or 30 minutes, or manually enter the time from 1 to 300 minutes.</p>
<p>While the object is put into <strong>Sleep Mode</strong>, PRO Desktop ignores its alarms and events — they are not displayed in the <strong>New </strong>tab but are recorded in the <strong>Journal </strong>module. At the end of the set time, the object returns to normal operation.</p>
<p>To remove an object from Sleep Mode before the end of the set period:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the security mode controlling menu.</li>
<li>Disable <strong>Sleep Mode</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark160"></a> Journal</p>
<p><strong>Access to the module: </strong>Company owner, Engineer, Senior CMS Engineer, Head of operators, Operator, Head of installers.</p>
<p>PRO Desktop maintains a journal of alarms and events of all company objects, and also allows you to generate reports on the availability of hubs and CMS operators. To go to it, select the <strong>Journal </strong>in the list of app modules.</p>
<p>Object notifications are displayed in chronological order. To set the time interval for notifications, their type, or object number, use the filters. Above the filters, a counter of filtered records is displayed, as well as buttons for resetting filters and refreshing the journal.</p>
<p>To filter notifications by device or user, click on them in the list of notifications. By clicking on the number of the object in the column, you can filter the notifications of this object. Notifications can also be filtered by clicking on the event icon — you will get a list of all events of the same type.</p>
<p>To open the incident processing log, click on the clock icon on the incident ending record.</p>
<p><a id="post-1607-bookmark162"></a> Availability reports</p>
<p>PRO Desktop can generate reports showing the connection time with security systems (<strong>Hubs availability</strong>). You can also generate a report on the <strong>Operators availability</strong>. To generate reports on hub availability, select the <strong>Hubs availability </strong>filter. By default, the report has information of the last 7 days. If necessary, the period can be changed in the <strong>Time frame </strong>filter, and you can also set the object number.</p>
<p>The availability report will be generated for the selected objects if the filter by object number is active. If the filter by object number is inactive, the report will be generated for all hubs of the company. After setting parameters, click the report generation button next to the filter name — the report will open in a new window.To generate the operators availability report, only the workstations of operators verified in the <strong>Company </strong>module are considered. To generate a report, click the <strong>Operators availability </strong>filter.A list of events will be displayed on the right:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Your company employee signed in </strong>— login to the operator account is registered.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Your company employee signed out </strong>— logout of the operator account is registered.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Your company employee added new receiver for cloud signaling monitoring.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee changed settings for receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee deleted receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Connection with your company employee lost </strong>— loss of Internet connection with the operator’s computer.</li>
<li><strong>Connection with your company employee restored </strong>— restoring the Internet connection with the operator’s computer.</li>
<li><strong>Receiver lost connection via primary/secondary address.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Restored receiver connection via primary/secondary address.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Monitoring is paused: no operators online </strong>— there is no available operator.</li>
<li><strong>Monitoring is resumed </strong>— at least one operator is available.</li>
<li><strong>Your company employee started monitoring object via receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee updated account number of object for receiver.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Your company employee stopped monitoring object via receiver.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Set and apply the range to filter events by time. To generate a report based on the specified parameters, click the report generation button next to the filter name.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ajax-pro-desktop-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 14:39:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSS Express V8]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[E-Map]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intelligent Analysis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LiveView]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video monitoring]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1151</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual, This user manual is prepared based on Easy7 video monitoring system. In order ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/#more-1151" aria-label="Read more about Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual, This user manual is prepared based on Easy7 video monitoring system. In order to provide brief function instruction of the system and help users to systematically understand operation process, this user manual is prepared for reference.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark2"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark3"></a> Preface
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark6"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark7"></a> Preparation purpose</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>This user manual is prepared based on Easy7 video monitoring system. In order to provide brief function instruction of the system and help users to systematically understand operation process, this user manual is prepared for reference.</p>
<p>[Note] Product real-time update will not be further notified.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark8"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark9"></a> Terms and abbreviations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>N/A</p>
<h2>Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/323/dss-express-v8-user-manual/">DSS Express V8 User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/mobile-apps/278/unv-mobile-app-ezview-guide/">Hikvision Password Reset Do It Yourself</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark15"></a> 3. Usage Attentions</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark16"></a> Current monthly largest quantity of human face pictures received from single channel is 1 million. The current upper limit of quantity of human face pictures received from all channels is 5 million. If the quantity exceeds the upper limit, result of intelligent retrieval cannot be acquired.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark17"></a> Standalone version can support 500 point locations at most at present.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark18"></a> Present screen supporting 3,840*2,160 (4K) resolution at most.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark19"></a> This platform is not compatible with cameras in sky-eye series cameras at present.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark20"></a> MAC AIO only supports external microphones.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark21"></a> As for the equipment added in P2P account number way, audio sampling frequency shall be set to be 8kHz. Other sampling frequency may cause program failure on standalone version, so please use it cautiously.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark22"></a> As for the same NVR and IPC, video playback and video download exist at the same time. 5 channels at most are supported at present. Otherwise, download failure or equipment overload will be reminder in download process and video playback will fail.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark23"></a> MAC system authorizes standalone version, such as microphone authority. Restart the standalone version.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark24"></a> As for MAC version, the real-time preview in full screen cannot quit from full screen by pressing ESC (unless equipment list is closed).</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark25"></a> Firewall of computer may influence some normal functions of standalone version. Please add white list or close firewall.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark29"></a> Software overview
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark33"></a> Software usage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Easy7 Smart Client Express is an application based on MacOS and Windows operation system, which is specially used for managing, previewing and operating network monitoring equipment, suitable for all series of Tiandy NVR, IPC and other devices. The software can realize grouping management of watch points according to different scenarios and customize the group name. It can carry out real-time video browsing, audio preview, voice intercom and other operations based on the device.</p>
<p>It can control the equipment PTZ, set preset position and call. It can switch video playback between user-defined groups, support front-end and local video playback, control playback through time axis, and download video files to the client-side. The rich video monitoring business functions of the software are really suitable for the application of various video monitoring scenarios.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark35"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark37"></a> Software operation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.5.exe can install and operate individually and support Tiandy full series of hard disk video equipment and network video equipment.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark38"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark41"></a> 3. System configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>CPU: Intel(R) Core(TM) i5, the 8<sup>th</sup> generation is recommended</p>
<p>Memory: 8G recommended</p>
<p>System: Support Windows 7 64-bit and Windows10 64-bit system</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark44"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark45"></a> Software installation and</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark46"></a> uninstallation</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark47"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark50"></a> Software installation</li>
</ol>
<p>Take the installation of &#8220;<a href="https://en.tiandy.com/index.php?s=/Home/File/download/id/2042.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.5.exe</a>&#8221; in Windows 10 64-bit system as an example, the installation of other versions is the same.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark51"></a> Find the installation file &#8220;Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.4.exe&#8221; in installation disk, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p>P] Easy? Smart Client Express Win64 V8,5.exe</p>
<p>Figure 3.1.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark52"></a> Double click and enter installation program, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="571" class="wp-image-1152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 1" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1171" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-1-768x506.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark53"></a> Select installation language, we take English as an example here,</li>
</ol>
<p>select &#8220;English&#8221;, click &#8220;Next&#8221;. It will be installed on Disk C as shown in the</p>
<p>figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="571" class="wp-image-1153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 2" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1172" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-2-768x506.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.1.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark54"></a> If it’s necessary to change installation directory, click &#8220;Browse&#8221; to</li>
</ol>
<p>select customized installation directory, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Figure 3.1.4</p>
<p>5) Set installation directory, click &#8220;Install&#8221; to start installation program,</p>
<p>as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Figure 3.1.5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="553" class="wp-image-1154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 3" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1173" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-3.jpeg 538w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-3-292x300.jpeg 292w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="571" class="wp-image-1155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 4" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1174" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-4-768x506.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark55"></a> After installation, click &#8220;Finish&#8221; to complete installation, as shown</li>
</ol>
<p>in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="570" class="wp-image-1156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 5" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1175" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-5-768x505.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.1.6</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark56"></a> Upgrade package installation</li>
</ol>
<p>Temporarily not available.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark57"></a> Software uninstallation</li>
</ol>
<p>Take the uninstallation of &#8220;Easy7 Smart Client Express Win64 V8.5.exe&#8221; in Windows 10 64-bit system as an example, the uninstallation of other versions is the same.</p>
<p>1) Select &#8220;Start&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;All program&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Tiandy&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Easy7 Smart Client</p>
<p>Express&#8221;-&gt;&#8221;Uninstall&#8221;, as shown in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>V</td>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>jjjjj.pny</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O</strong></td>
<td><strong>Easy? Smart Client Express</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td><strong>TortoiseSVN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Pin to Start</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>V</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>More</strong></td>
<td><strong>&gt;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td><strong>Video LAN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Uninstall</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 3.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark58"></a> Click &#8220;Uninstall&#8221;, enter control panel, select &#8220;Program and feature&#8221; -&gt; &#8220;Uninstall or change program&#8221;, then select &#8220;Easy7 Smart Client Express&#8221;, right key to select &#8220;Uninstall&#8221; or double click, there will display a pop-up for deletion, as shown in below figure:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-1157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 6" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1176"> Easy? Smart Client Express Uninstall</p>
<p>Are you sure you want to completely remove Easy? Smart Client Express and all of its components?</p>
<p>Yes</p>
<p>No</p>
<p>Figure 3.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark59"></a> Click &#8220;Yes&#8221;, to uninstall the program will terminate all operating</li>
</ol>
<p>Easy7 related programs and continue uninstallation progress, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="507" class="wp-image-1158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 7" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1177" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-7.jpeg 767w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-7-300x198.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.2.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark60"></a> After uninstallation, there will display a pop-up for uninstallation</li>
</ol>
<p>completion, click &#8220;Confirm&#8221; and the program is completely removed, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="264" class="wp-image-1159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 8" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1178" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-8.jpeg 700w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-8-300x113.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark64"></a> Software login and framework setting
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark68"></a> Software login</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="126" class="wp-image-1160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 9" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1179"></p>
<p>Double click the application icon</p>
<p>on the desktop to enter system</p>
<p>login interface, an initial password is required to be set for the first-time log in , as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Initial password setting X</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>£ admin</p>
<p>Û Please enter password</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="76" class="wp-image-1161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 10" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1180" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-10.jpeg 448w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-10-300x51.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></p>
<p>Û Please enter the password again</p>
<p>Figure 4.1.1</p>
<p>Note: the password shall be a combination of digits and letters. (Password can be 6-32 characters)</p>
<p>After the initial password is set, enter the password protection setting page, as shown in following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="453" class="wp-image-1162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 11" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1181" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-11.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-11-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.1.2</p>
<p>After the password protection question is set, you will enter the login page, as shown in following figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• a</td>
<td>admin</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Û</td>
<td>Please enter password</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>□ Auto 1&#8230; □ Save p&#8230; Forgot th..</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Login</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>English</td>
<td>▼</td>
<td></td>
<td>Server settings</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 4.1.3</p>
<p>The information of related parameters in log-in interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto login</td>
<td>Tick and enable the check box. If the user name and</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>password is correct, there’s no need to input user name and password anymore the next time, you may enter automatically.</p>
<p>Cancel automatic login: System configuration -&gt; Common Settings-&gt;Login Settings-&gt;Automatic Login Software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Save password</td>
<td>Tick and enable the check box. If the user name and password is correct, the current password will be saved and it will automatically fill in the password for the next time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Login</td>
<td>Click and enable it. If the user name and password is correct, you may log in the program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Forget the password</td>
<td>Click enable and click to enter the password verification page. After the password security question is successfully verified, you can re-enter the initial password setting page to set the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>English ▼</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>English pyccKHÜ</p>
<p>Im Ei</p>
<p>Tieng viet Le français lingua italiana</td>
<td></td>
<td>Support shifting between multiple languages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">x</td>
<td>Click and enable it. Click to close Easy7 login interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Server settings</td>
<td>Stand-alone enabling. Enter database service port No.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>interface through single click. Range of port No.: 1 -65531.</p>
<p>It will take effect after restarting the platform.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4.1.1</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark69"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark70"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark72"></a> Framework setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Input correct user name and password, click &#8220;Login&#8221; to enter the main program interface of Easy7 Smart Client Express. The default grouping is</p>
<p>shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 12" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1182" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-12-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.1</p>
<p>After entering the interface, click V/&#8217; on the right upper corner of the interface to display version information and date, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>About</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="225" class="wp-image-1164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 13" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1183" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-13.jpeg 532w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-13-300x127.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.2</p>
<p>The mouse slides over &#8220;®&#8221; on the right upper corner of the interface to display the current CPU occupancy and memory usage, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>CPU 25.49% | RAM 5381.OOM</p>
<p>Figure 4.2.3</p>
<p>When connecting video, if CPU utilized rate exceeds 75%, it cannot connect to real-time video. As shown in following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="313" class="wp-image-1165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 14" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1184" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-14.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-14-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.4</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Ö on the right corner of the interface to lock the interface. When correct delock password (i.e. login password) is input, the screen will be delocked, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="207" class="wp-image-1166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 15" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1185" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-15.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-15-300x175.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.5</p>
<p>Only accounts with &#8220;system lock-in authority&#8221; and &#8220;system unlocking authority&#8221; are able to carry out delock operation.</p>
<p>Click O’ cancellation button at the right upper angle of interface and a cancellation prompt box will pop out, as shown in the figure below. Click “OK” to exit from the present platform and return to login interface. Click “Cancel” or</p>
<p><sup>x</sup> at the right upper angle of prompt box to exit the current prompt box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="218" class="wp-image-1167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 16" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1186" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-16.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-16-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.6</p>
<p>Click &#8220;<sup>_</sup>&#8221; on the right corner of the interface to minimize the program; click &#8220;0/0&#8243; on the right corner of interface to restore/maximize the program; click &#8221; <sup>x</sup>&#8221; on the right corner of interface to quit the program.</p>
<p>In order ensure that users may not close the program by mistake in using process, when &#8220;<sup>x</sup>&#8221; is clicked to quick the program, a notice will pop up to confirm whether to quit the program, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="186" class="wp-image-1168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 17" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1187" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-17.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-17-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.7</p>
<p>If &#8220;<sup>x</sup> is clicked by mistake, click &#8220;Cancel&#8221; to return to previous operation interface; if you are sure to quit the system, click &#8220;OK&#8221; to quit.</p>
<p>The right upper corner of the interface will display current system time &#8221; to facilitate user to check time at any time.</p>
<p>13:54:38</p>
<p>The navigation menu bar on the top of the interface can be separated from the main interface by dragging the menu, or the position can be exchanged by dragging.</p>
<p>Interface function items are divided into: common functions and basic functions. The module icons in basic and common function area can be dragged separately, and the user can choose the common function for convenience, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="137" class="wp-image-1169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 18" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1188"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="62" class="wp-image-1170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 19" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1189"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="62" class="wp-image-1171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 20" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1190"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="30" class="wp-image-1172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 21" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1191"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="48" class="wp-image-1173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 22" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1192"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="57" class="wp-image-1174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 23" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1193"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="55" class="wp-image-1175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 24" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1194"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-1176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 25" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1195"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy Home page</strong></p>
<p><strong>Common functions</strong></p>
<p><strong>Basic functions</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>Search and play the recording file at the nonttonng point</strong></p>
<p><strong>TV Wai</strong></p>
<p><strong>TV wall configuratloo. preview, offline</strong></p>
<p><strong>User management</strong></p>
<p>Device management</p>
<p>Add, modify and delete groups</p>
<p>„ Inlet and outlet management</p>
<p>Jr .’ Face management, human gate real-</p>
<p><strong>Face recognition</strong></p>
<p>, System configuration</p>
<p>Typca operation on client configuration</p>
<p>ElectronicMap</p>
<p>Management and operaton function</p>
<p>eTiandy Co.,Ltd Al Rights Reserved</p>
<p>Figure 4.2.8</p>
<p>Real-time preview: View the live images at the monitoring point.</p>
<p>Video playback: Search and play the recording file at the monitoring point.</p>
<p>Equipment management: General management of monitoring devices to facilitate addition.</p>
<p>System configuration: Typical operation on client configuration.</p>
<p>Alarm management: Real-time indication of unit alarm message to facilitate access to unit exception.</p>
<p>TV Wall: TV Wall configuration, preview, offline switch settings.</p>
<p>Inlet and outlet management: Face management, human gate realtime preview and information query.</p>
<p>ElectronicMap: Management and operation function of electronic map.</p>
<p>Face recognition: Management and distribution of face database.</p>
<p>User management: User password change allowed.</p>
<p>Operation logs: Check the system operations logs to understand the system operation.</p>
<p>Intelligent search: Intelligent analysis information from search, such as face retrieval, indoor electric vehicle testing and so on.</p>
<p>Data statistics: Total amount.</p>
<p>Alarm configuration:Coordinated configuration of various alarms.</p>
<p>[Note] After each login, the module icon will return to the default position, and the navigation menu bar position will be saved as the position when you quit last time.</p>
<p>Click &#8221; &#8221; on the left lower corner of the interface to display real-time</p>
<p>alarm information, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="136" class="wp-image-1177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 26" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1196" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26-300x47.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-26-768x121.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.9</p>
<p>&#8220;Real-time alarm&#8221; records time, source, type, status, grade and other information of the alarm. When alarm information occurs, click &#8220;Play&#8221; to check alarm video playback, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="353" class="wp-image-1178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 27" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1197" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-27.jpeg 532w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-27-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.10</p>
<p>Click “ <em>”</em> to enter defense deployment/withdrawal management interface”, where all hosts can be controlled. The defense deployment/withdrawal status of channel and alarm is shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="387" class="wp-image-1179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 28" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1198" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-28.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-28-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4.2.11</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark76"></a> Function operation instruction
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="43" class="wp-image-1180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 29" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1199"><a id="post-1151-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark78"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark80"></a> Equipment management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the equipment management icon l j on home page to enter the equipment management interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark84"></a> Encode device management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click &#8220;Device&#8221; to enter the device management interface. The device interface displays name, device type, IP address, port, video channel, connection status and other basic information of all added device, in which if the connection status is green, it means the device is on-line, and if it is red, it</p>
<p>means the device is offline; addition, modification, deletion and other operation</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 30" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1200" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-30.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-30-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>of the device can be conducted. As shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.1</p>
<p>The information of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auto Search</td>
<td>Automatically search for devices under the same network segment, batch addition supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add</td>
<td>Manually add encode device, support IP method, Standard domain name method, EasyDDNS method , P2P direct connection method, P2P account number method to add device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Modify</td>
<td>Modify information of already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Delete already added device, batch deletion of device supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Output</td>
<td>Select the device, and output the device information in three forms of Equipment List, Organization Chart, and Organization Relationship Table.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import</td>
<td>Click the device, and input the information in Equipment List, Organization Chart, and Organization Relationship Table, which are contained in the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Invert Selection</td>
<td>Select all device that are not selected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Update the status of device at current interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Display the name of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Type</td>
<td>Display the device type of all already added device, TD series (Tiandy series) supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Display the IP address of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Display the port of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Channel</td>
<td>Display the maximum number of video channels allowed to play of all already added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection Status</td>
<td>Display the current connection status of all already added device. The reason will be displayed, if equipment login fails.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Operation</td>
<td>Click and enable it to open the web user-side interface of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.1.1</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark86"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark88"></a> Auto search of encode device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>Q. Auto Search</p>
<p>to enter automatic search interface, as shown in below</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="40" class="wp-image-1182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 31" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1201"> figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Add Device</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>4-Add</td>
<td>C Refresh</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Device Type</td>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Channel No.</td>
<td>Product number</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.28</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.30</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>EV-IP-2B20G1-M-28</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.32</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.37</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.41</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.42</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.43</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.44</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>IPC/PTZ</td>
<td>192.168.30.45</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>NVR</td>
<td>192.168.30.49</td>
<td>3000</td>
<td>11</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.2</p>
<p>Tick and select one or more device in device column, click and a pop-up to add device will display, input the device’s user name and password (it’s recommended to set unified user name and password for severaldevice, if user name or password is wrong, the batch addition of partial device</p>
<p>will fail). If you select to import it into a group, the device will be automatically imported into the group, otherwise you need to manually add to a group, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="349" height="251" class="wp-image-1183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 32" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1202" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-32.jpeg 349w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-32-300x216.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.3</p>
<p>After addition, it will display the number of device successfully and</p>
<p>unsuccessfully added, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 33" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1203" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-33.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-33-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>O Refresh</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.4</p>
<p>to refresh the information of on-line device.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark90"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark92"></a> 2. Encode device addition</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="113" height="42" class="wp-image-1185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 34" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1204"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>&#8221; to enter device addition interface, as shown in below</p>
<p>figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="570" class="wp-image-1186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 35" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1205" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-35.jpeg 444w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-35-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="609" class="wp-image-1187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 36" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1206" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-36.jpeg 444w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-36-219x300.jpeg 219w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p>Add Device</p>
<p>Add Mode Standard domain name</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Device Type</p>
<p>DNS</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Video Chan..</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Add Cancel</p>
<p>0 Off-line Ad&lt;</p>
<p>| Please enter device name</p>
<p>TD series ▼</p>
<p>I Please enter DNS</p>
<p>3000</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>••••</p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>0</p>
<p>I» 1</p>
<p>0 Import to Group</p>
<p>Add Device X</p>
<p>Add Mode EasyDDNS ▼</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Device Type</p>
<p>DNS</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>DNS usern&#8230;</p>
<p>DNS passw&#8230;</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Video Chan&#8230;</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Add Cancel</p>
<p>0 Off-line Ad&lt;</p>
<p>Please enter device name</p>
<p>TD series</p>
<p>Please enter DNS</p>
<p>3000</p>
<p>Please enter DNS username</p>
<p>Please enter DNS password admin</p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>0</p>
<p>I&#8221;</p>
<p>0 Import to Group</p>
<p>Add Device X</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="383" height="328" class="wp-image-1188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 37" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1207" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-37.jpeg 383w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-37-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px" /></p>
<p>Add Cancel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="443" height="387" class="wp-image-1189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 38" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1208" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-38.jpeg 443w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-38-300x262.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.5</p>
<p>Select device addition type and fill in corresponding device name, device ID, port, user name, password and video channel, and tick to select whether it’s offline device addition and whether needs to import a group according to requirement, the description of related parameter information is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Mode</td>
<td>Select different add type: IP type, Standard domain name type, EasyDDNS type , P2P direct connection</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>type, P2P account number.type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Off-line Add</td>
<td>Tick, then both on-line and offline device can be added. Not to tick, then only on-line device can be added.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Add device name. ( There’s illegal character limit when adding device name, following characters are not allowed to be input ~!#$%<sup>A</sup>()=[]{},&#8221;:;'&lt;&gt;?*&#8217;+/\&amp; )</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Type</td>
<td>Optional device type: TD series (Tiandy series).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device IP</td>
<td>Add device IP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS</td>
<td>Add device DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device ID</td>
<td>This information needs to be typed in when enabling the P2P direct connection adding model.</p>
<p>Find [Device ID] via Device IE-&gt;Config.-&gt;System</p>
<p>Config.-&gt;System Maintenance-&gt;System</p>
<p>Upgrading-&gt;Version Info , or Device IE-&gt;Config.-&gt;Advanced Option-&gt;System Settings, then type in the digital characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS User name</td>
<td>It’s necessary to input this information when</p>
<p>EasyDDNS type is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS Password</td>
<td>It’s necessary to input this information when</p>
<p>EasyDDNS type is selected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Add the communication port of device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Add the login user name of device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Add the login password of device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Channel</td>
<td>Add the total number of video channels the device has.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import to Group</td>
<td>Tick, then the system will automatically add the device to Customized list and create a group (the same as device name).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Input</td>
<td>Number of alarm input ports of the device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>Number of alarm output ports of the device</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.1.2</p>
<p>Upon correct information is input, the device will be connected, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Notice X</p>
<p>1 device has been added successfully!</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.6</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark94"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark96"></a> 3. Encode device modification</li>
</ol>
<p>Tick and select the device to be modified, click</p>
<p>&amp; Modify</p>
<p>to enter device</p>
<p>information modification interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="529" class="wp-image-1190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 39" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1209" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-39.jpeg 444w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-39-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.7</p>
<p>Modification of add type, device name, device type, device IP, port, user name and password, video channel and other related information supported.</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Modify&#8221; to complete modification, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="195" class="wp-image-1191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 40" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1210" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-40.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-40-300x165.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.1.8</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark99"></a> 4. Encode device deletion</li>
</ol>
<p>Select one or more devices to be deleted, click</p>
<p>□ Delete</p>
<p>to enter device</p>
<p>deletion interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Notice</p>
<p>Sure to want to delete the selected host?</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="135" height="40" class="wp-image-1192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 41" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1211"><a id="post-1151-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark104"></a> 5. Encode device invert selection</li>
</ol>
<p>, select</p>
<p>Select one or more devices not to be operated, click</p>
<p>all devices not selected at that moment, and conduct on selected devices.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark105"></a><strong>6. Encode device refresh</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="128" height="42" class="wp-image-1193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 42" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1212"></p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>to refresh the information of all devices on current page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark106"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark109"></a> Deciding device management</li>
</ol>
<p>The operation is the same as 5.1.1 encode device management.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark110"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark111"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark113"></a> Gate equipment management</li>
</ol>
<p>The operation is the same as 5.1.1 encode device management.</p>
<p>Note:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark114"></a> The device serial number is the factory number of the gate equipment, such asID060218100922201900889.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark115"></a> When connecting the Tiandy equipment, it should be noted that the port number is 80.</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark116"></a> If the device is configured as Tiandy PAD, you need to enter PAD backend &#8211; &gt; communication settings to configure the server address (this address is the IP address of the platform).</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark118"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark119"></a> 5.1.4. Grouping</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Group&#8221; to enter group management interface. Information of all devices and customized groups in current system will be displayed, as shown</p>
<p>in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 43" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1213" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-43.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-43-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in this interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Set the channel name on the local device tree</p>
<p>0 Sync to device</p>
<p>synchronously to the front-end channel.</p>
<p>Get the front-end channel name of on-line channel in</p>
<p>O Get Device Name</p>
<p>Device list.</p>
<p>O Get alarm port</p>
<p><em>0</em> Modify Group</p>
<p>Obtain the alarm input and output information of IPC and NVR equipment.</p>
<p>Select a group in Customized list, click to modify the group name.</p>
<p>+ Add Group</p>
<p>Select the list needs to create sub-group in</p>
<p>Customized list, click to add a group.</p>
<p>Tick and select a Customized list group, click to delete the group and delete the sub-groups and channels in the group at the same time.</p>
<p>□ Delete Group</p>
<p>/I Import</p>
<p>t? Export</p>
<p>Tick and select the channel in left Device list, select a group in right Customized list, click to import the device to the customized device list.</p>
<p>Tick and select the channel in Customized list group, click to export that channel.</p>
<p>Quick search of channel name, input key information</p>
<p>and the channel name including that key information</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">will be displayed in Device list and Customized list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="3">Sync to device, move the mouse to Device list channel node, click synchronize the channel name to the front­end channel, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□ C ■ My device</p>
<p>□ ffi 192.168.15.191</p>
<p>&lt;?&gt; Channel 1 0 C</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td colspan="3">Get the name, move the mouse to Device list channel node, click to get the front-end channel name of single channel, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>£</p>
<p>( in Device list)</p>
<p>£</p>
<p>(in alarm list )</p>
<p>Modify channel name, move the mouse to Device list</p>
<p>channel node, click to modify the channel name, as</p>
<p>shown in below figure:</p>
<p>El H My device</p>
<p>□ H 192.168.15.191</p>
<p>&lt;?&gt; Channel 1</p>
<p>Upon acquiring the alarming port information of the present equipment list channel, click to modify the name, No. and descriptions of alarming port, as shown</p>
<p>in the figure below:</p>
<p>□ ■ My device</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark120"></a> □ S 192.168.30.72</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark121"></a> ■ “ 192.168.30.215</li>
</ul>
<p>0 &lt;•&gt; 192.168.30.215-Channel 1</p>
<p><em>âb</em> 192 168.30.215-Alarmln 1 £</p>
<p>192.168.30.215 192.168.30.215-AJan <em>âb</em> 192.168.30.215-AlarmO&#8230;</p>
<p>Add group, move the mouse to Customized list group, click to add the sub-group of the group, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="33" height="33" class="wp-image-1195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 44" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1214"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="128" class="wp-image-1196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 45" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1215" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-45.jpeg 432w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-45-300x89.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="107" class="wp-image-1197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 46" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1216" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-46.jpeg 477w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-46-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Modify watch point group, move the mouse to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Customized list group, click to modify the name of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>( in Customized</td>
<td>watch point group, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>list)</td>
<td><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="107" class="wp-image-1198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 47" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1217" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-47.jpeg 476w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-47-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Delete group, move the mouse to Customized list group, click to delete the group, and delete the sub-</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>groups and channels in the group at the same time,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>n</td>
<td>as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.2</p>
<p>The information in left Device list is the information of all added encode devices and their channels automatically generated by the system. The right Customized list is the group information customized by users themselves. To facilitate user’s management, users may add the encode device on the left to the Customized list on the right as necessary. For example, to add all channels of device 10.30.10.12 in Device list to the &#8220;Group Test&#8221; in customized group of Customized list, the operation steps are:</p>
<p>1) Tick and select all channels of 10.30.20.12 in Device list</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="43" class="wp-image-1199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 48" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1218"></p>
<p>10.30.10.12</p>
<p>1) Select the customized group to be added in Customized list</p>
<p>(highlighted when selected)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="26" height="26" class="wp-image-1200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 49" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1219"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="25" class="wp-image-1201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 50" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1220"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="55" class="wp-image-1202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 51" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1221"></p>
<p>■ Group Test</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>to add channels.</p>
<p>Similarly, select corresponding device channel in Customized list, click &#8221;</p>
<p>t? Export</p>
<p>to delete the device channel from Customized list.</p>
<p>( Note:</p>
<p>Modules other than equipment management all load Customized list, users need to add used devices into Customized list. )</p>
<p>If the name of Channel 1 in device 10.30.10.21 in Device list needs to be modified, click &#8221; —&#8221; and a pop-up for modifying device name will display (if the video has been encrypted, it can be decrypted here), as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="353" class="wp-image-1203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 52" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1222" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-52.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-52-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.2</p>
<p>Relevant interface parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Modify the name of present channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Support the selection of both channel and bayonet.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection mode</td>
<td>Support three connection modes of TCP, MCAST</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>(RTSP) and MCAST (SRTP). In other words, the platform supports video playing in the form of MCAST (RTSP) and MCAST (SRTP) on the real-time preview interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set password or not</td>
<td>An encrypted video password can be set after enabling. Decrypt video that has been encrypted here.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.1.3</p>
<p>If the alarm port 2 in device192.168.30.215 in Device list needs to be modified, click &#8221; —&#8221; and a pop-up for modifying device name will display, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="502" class="wp-image-1204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 53" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1223" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53-300x174.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-53-768x445.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.3</p>
<p>Relevant interface parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Type of alarming</p>
<p>port</td>
<td>Obtain the information about the present alarming port and support two types of ports, i.e., alarm input and alarm output.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name of alarming</p>
<p>port</td>
<td>Name of alarming port can be self-defined.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No. of alarming port</td>
<td>The No. of alarming port can be self-defined (ensure port No. cannot be repeated).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host name</td>
<td>Obtain name of the present host automatically. Modify host name by Equipment-&gt; Coding device -&gt; Modify.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>Obtain the IP of the present host automatically</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Descriptions of alarming port</td>
<td>Add information about the descriptions of alarming port based as required.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Parameters</p>
<p>Descriptions</p>
<p>Table 5.1.4</p>
<p>Similarly, select list group in Customized list, click &#8221; —&#8221; and a pop-up for modifying watch point name will display, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 54" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1224" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-54.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-54-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.1.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark122"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark125"></a> Real-time preview</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 55" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1225"></p>
<p>Click the real-time preview icon on the home page to enter real-time</p>
<p>preview interface. The main interface consists of Device list, video preview</p>
<p>window, View, PTZ control ,Senior and Target Information, as shown in below</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="468" class="wp-image-1207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 56" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1226" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-56-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="172" height="127" class="wp-image-1208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-57.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 57" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1227"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>to unfold or hide the view boxes at the left and right sides.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="28" class="wp-image-1209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-58.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 58" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1228"> to unfold or hide the view boxes below.</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Position the channel node quickly by clicking video window.</p>
<p>The equipment supports video preview and broadcasting by dragging it from group list to window.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark126"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark128"></a> 5.2.1. Device list</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Device list&#8221; on the left to display all customized group list and input key information in search blank, double click to check device watch point, as</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="608" height="229" class="wp-image-1210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-59.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 59" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1229" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-59.jpeg 608w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-59-300x113.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 608px) 100vw, 608px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark130"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark132"></a> Right key menu of encode device customized group list</li>
</ol>
<p>Click right key on the customized group list and the right key menu of customized group list will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="388" height="319" class="wp-image-1211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-60.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 60" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1230" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-60.jpeg 388w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-60-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off all videos</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main code stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>main code stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subcode stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in subcode stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time calibration</td>
<td>Conduct time calibration on on-line devices in all group lists.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark134"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark136"></a> 2. Right key menu of encode device group list</li>
</ol>
<p>Select a group in Device list and click right key, the right key menu of device group list will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="440" class="wp-image-1212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-61.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 61" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1231" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-61.jpeg 481w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-61-300x274.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off all videos</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off this video</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected in current group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Added to the list of switch groups</td>
<td>Add selected encode device to automatic switch group list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main code stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in main code stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subcode stream</td>
<td>All the videos in current list are added and played in subcode stream mode (as for the channel being played, the playing code stream will not be changed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time calibration</td>
<td>Conduct time calibration on on-line devices in selected group lists.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark139"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark140"></a> 3. Right key menu of encode device list</li>
</ol>
<p>Select a channel watch point of a device in device list group, click right key, the right menu of device list will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="664" class="wp-image-1213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-62.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 62" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1232" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-62.jpeg 537w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-62-243x300.jpeg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.3</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Login to the affiliated host computer</td>
<td>Right click the encode device channel to restore the connection between the device host computer of the channel and Easy7 platform. For example, select Channel 1 in [Device List] in above figure (the affiliated host computer is 192.168.15.191), right click &#8220;Login to the affiliated host computer&#8221;, the connection status of the host computer 192.168.15.191 is on-line, as shown in below figure:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="651" height="281" class="wp-image-1214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-63.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 63" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1233" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-63.jpeg 651w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-63-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 651px) 100vw, 651px" /></p>
<p>Right click the encode device channel to disconnect the connection between the device host computer of the channel and Easy7 platform. For example, select Channel 1 in [New Group] in above figure (the affiliated host computer is 192.168.15.149), right click &#8220;Log off the</p>
<p>affiliated host computer&#8221;, the connection status of the host</p>
<p>Log off the<br />
affiliated host<br />
computer</p>
<p>computer 192.168.15.149 is offline, as shown in below</p>
<p>figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>IP address</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video Channel</strong></td>
<td><strong>Connection status</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>EJ ■ ■ Device List</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.191</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.191</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Off line</strong></td>
<td>J</td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.191</strong></p>
<p><strong>n z i</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.213</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.213</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Channel 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.149</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.149</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.213</strong></p>
<p><strong>EJ[ ■ 192.168.15.149</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.144</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.144</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>E <em>9</em> Channel 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.148</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.148</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>E fc 192.168.15.144</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.139</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.139</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.148 g</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.184</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.184</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.139 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.52</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.52</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>■ 192.168.15.184</strong></li>
<li><strong>■ 192.168.15.52</strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.188</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.188</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.188</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.197</strong></td>
<td><strong>TD series</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.15.197</strong></td>
<td><strong>3000</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>On-line</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ ■ 192.168.15.197</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Turn off all</td>
<td>Turn off all videos connected at that moment.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>videos</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Main code</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>stream</td>
<td>connect the main code stream video of the channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Subcode</p>
<p>stream</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to connect the subcode stream video of the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video interruption</td>
<td>In the channel connected to video, click this button to disconnect the video of the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start intercom</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to talk to the video source of the channel. Click this button in the channel of DVR/NVR device, the intercom box &#8220;Talking to XXXX&#8221; will pop up to start talking with DVR/NVR; click this button in the channel of IPC device, the intercom box &#8220;Talking to XXX&#8221; will pop up to start talking with IPC device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop intercom</td>
<td>In the channel of login encode device, click this button to stop the intercom with video source of the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time calibration</td>
<td>To conduct time calibration on this on-line device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Change channel name</td>
<td>Change the name of currently selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.3</p>
<p>Choose one alarming input port in group in the equipment list, click the right key and the right key menu of equipment list will pop out, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Ş 192.168.30.2&#8242;</p>
<p>192.168.““ “</p>
<p>Clear alarm</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark141"></a> 192.168.^.^</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark142"></a> 192.168.30.2&#8242;</li>
</ul>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.4</p>
<p>Relevant parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
<td>If the equipment alarm inputs alarm, click “Manual</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>cancellation</td>
<td>alarm cancellation” to clear the alarm in process.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.4</p>
<p>Choose one alarming output port in group in the equipment list, click the right key and the right key menu of equipment list will pop out, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="242" class="wp-image-1215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-64.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 64" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1234" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-64.jpeg 454w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-64-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.1.5</p>
<p>Relevant parameters are described as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open/close alarm</td>
<td>Control the on/off status of alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>output</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.1.5</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark146"></a> Video preview window</li>
</ol>
<p>In video preview window, the video will be displayed in the middle, capture menu, video menu and sound menu are in the left lower part, menus can realize its function respectively. Double click video window to maximize it and double click it again to restore, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-65.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 65" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1235" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-65.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-65-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.1</p>
<p>During the video preview, the split screen window will self-adapt to the video according to the number of linked videos, and it supports the real-time video playing of devices added in various ways.</p>
<p>The target bar in the below will display human face information, age, sex, whether or not wearing a mask, whether or not wearing glasses and physical temperature, etc.</p>
<p>The target bar in the right will display the comparison similarity result with the human face database, and the strangers’ face will not be displayed.</p>
<p>When previewing video, the target bar on the right side can display the real-time detected face information.</p>
<p>When previewing video, the status bar at bottom left (in dark color) may display current channel is connecting respectively, audio preview, capture function, instant playback and channel video recording are supported. The channel name will be displayed at bottom right, when the alert is turned on, the right upper corner of the video window will display the alert icon and not to</p>
<p>display it when the alert is turned off, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="764" height="413" class="wp-image-1217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-66.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 66" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1236" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-66.jpeg 764w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-66-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark147"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark150"></a> Toolbar in video preview interface</li>
</ol>
<p>The description of icons in toolbar in video preview interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Icon</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Capture all, to capture windows of all connected</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>videos at current screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ilil</strong></td>
<td>Start all recording, record windows of all connected videos at current screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>fc</strong></td>
<td>Intercom list, display current intercom status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save view, users click to save current view information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td>Rotating display plan, allow users to set their own switch mode, so that Easy7 can automatically switch video channels on [Real-time preview] interface for users’ convenient browse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>El</strong></td>
<td>Start rotating display, automatically switch video channels to preview according to rotating display plan.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Group switching list, click this button to display group switching list. There will have devices in the list only when right click the device group in customized device list of device list on the left to select and add devices to [Add to group switching list].</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>|jF|j</td>
<td>Last group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the last screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[5~j]</strong></td>
<td>Start/Stop group switching, open video window, click this button to conduct group switching; click again to</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>stop group switching.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Next group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the next screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td>Set number of video views, click and the setting menu of displayer will pop up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>m</td>
<td>Full screen, click to display video window at full screen. Click ESC button or right click the video to cancel full-screen display to escape from full-screen model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gb</td>
<td>Indicate that the video connecting status is direct connection</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>e</td>
<td>Turn off the video, i.e. disconnect the connection of present video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>*»/♦</td>
<td>Turn on audio / Turn off audio</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Screen capture, capture the picture of the present video<sub>o</sub></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>!&amp;</td>
<td>Turn on tape recording / turn off tape recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Instant replay, which supports timely view of present playback based on demands. The time of instant replay can be modified according to System settings -&gt; Video-related -&gt; Time of instant playback.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Return to preview to exit the page of instant playback.</p>
<p>Table 5.1.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark153"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark154"></a> 2. Right key menu of video preview window</li>
</ol>
<p>Right click video preview window and the right key menu of video preview window will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="545" class="wp-image-1218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-67.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 67" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1237" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-67.jpeg 533w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-67-293x300.jpeg 293w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<p>Turn off the video</p>
<p>Audio pre-view</p>
<p>Snap shot</p>
<p>Adjust the video&#8217;s aspect ratio</p>
<p>control</p>
<p>Switching of main code and subcode streams</p>
<p>16:9</p>
<p>Video parameter</p>
<p>16:10</p>
<p>9:16</p>
<p>Time calibration</p>
<p>Change channel name</p>
<p>Full screen</p>
<p>Clear alarm</p>
<p>✓ Defence</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.3</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off the video</td>
<td>Click on the single video window of connected video to turn off the video in the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio pre-view</td>
<td>Click on the single video window of connected video to listen to the audio of video channel in the window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Snap shot</td>
<td>Click on the single video window of connected video to take snap shot of the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adjust the video’s aspect ratio</td>
<td>Adjust the video’s aspect ratio, filled, 4:3, 16:9, 16:10 and 9: 16 supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control</td>
<td>Electronic amplification and fast ball 3D control are available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electronic amplification</td>
<td>After enabling the electronic amplification function, press and hold left button of mouse and move the mouse in video &amp; image area to choose the area you want to amplify (roll the pulley of mouse to amplify the image in the area chosen).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fast ball 3D control</td>
<td>By clicking mouse, the scenes monitored are adjusted to video center. In detail:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the left button on the point of monitored video and the point will move to center of the video.</li>
<li>Press and hold the left button and move the mouse downward and rightward to choose a rectangular area. The center of the rectangular</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>area chosen will move to the center of the video and amplify.</p>
<p>3. Press and hold the left button and move the mouse upward and leftward to choose a rectangular area. The center of the rectangular area chosen will move to the center of the video and shrinks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Switching of main code and subcode streams</td>
<td>Auto switch between main code and subcode streams. Support simultaneous switch among native video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Video parameter</td>
<td>Set the display parameter of currently selected video: brightness, contrast, saturation and Hue.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Video parameter X</p>
<p><sup>50</sup> *</p>
<p>Brightness •</p>
<p>50</p>
<p>□ Contrast *</p>
<p>50</p>
<p>Q Saturation ®</p>
<p>50</p>
<p>• Hue •</p>
<p>/♦Restore Default</td>
<td></td>
<td>Modify video parameters of selected video, restore default supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Time calibration</td>
<td>Conduct time calibration on the on-line device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Change channel name</td>
<td>Change the name of currently selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Full screen</td>
<td>Display video view window at full screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Manual alarm</td>
<td>Cancel the current alarm in the channel in video manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Defense</td>
<td>Support one-key defense</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>deployment/withdrawal function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark158"></a> 3. Rotating display plan</li>
</ol>
<p>The main function of rotating display plan is to allow users to set their own switch mode, so that Easy7 can automatically switch video channels on [Live</p>
<p>View] interface for users’ convenient browse. Notice: A Liveview window supports up to 64 Cameras previews.</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="46" class="wp-image-1219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-68.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 68" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1238"><a id="post-1151-bookmark159"></a> Add view:</li>
</ol>
<p>After configuring the split screen scheme and the video played, click</p>
<p>&#8221; in preview interface toolbar to save view, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="200" class="wp-image-1220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-69.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 69" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1239" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-69.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-69-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark160"></a> Add rotating display plan:</li>
</ol>
<p>Click view bar on the left and select the view to be added, right click &#8220;Add to the regular rotating switch program&#8221;, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>View</p>
<p>test-face</p>
<p>Name change</p>
<p>Added to the regular rotating switch program</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.5</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="64" height="64" class="wp-image-1221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-70.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 70" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1240"><a id="post-1151-bookmark161"></a> Set rotating display plan: in preview interface toolbar in bottom right to enter to List of</li>
</ol>
<p>Click</p>
<p>view rotating display plan interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="585" class="wp-image-1222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-71.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 71" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1241" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-71.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-71-300x297.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.6</p>
<p>(1) Change the rotating display intervals: tick and select the view to</p>
<p>be modified, click &#8221;</p>
<p><strong><em>0</em> Modify</strong></p>
<p>too change the rotating display interval (the</p>
<p>range of interval value is 30~3600s), as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="195" class="wp-image-1223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-72.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 72" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1242" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-72.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-72-300x165.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.7</p>
<p>(2) Delete: tick and select the view to be deleted, click</p>
<p>n Delete</p>
<p>to</p>
<p>delete the view, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="361" height="200" class="wp-image-1224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-73.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 73" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1243" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-73.jpeg 361w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-73-300x166.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.8</p>
<p>(3) Move upwards/Move down: tick and select the view to be moved,</p>
<p>click &#8221;</p>
<p>/I Move upward</p>
<p>t/ Move down</p>
<p>&#8221; to adjust the view play order.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark162"></a> Turn on/Turn off rotating display plan:</li>
</ol>
<p>Click &#8221; <sup>3 k</sup>&#8221; in preview interface toolbar on bottom right to turn on rotating display plan, click again to turn off rotating display plan.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark165"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark166"></a> 4. Group switching setting</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark167"></a> Add group switching:</li>
</ol>
<p>Right click a group in &#8220;Device list&#8221; on the left, click &#8220;Add to group switching list&#8221; to add group switching, the pop-up notice box is shown as follows:</p>
<p>Notice X</p>
<p>Succeeded to add to view cruise plan.</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark168"></a> Set group switching:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="46" class="wp-image-1225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-74.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 74" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1244"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>in preview interface toolbar on bottom right to set interval and</p>
<p>group split screen number of group switching, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="588" class="wp-image-1226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 75" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1245" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-75-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.10</p>
<p>(1) Set group switching interval: set group switching interval in upper part of the interface, the range of interval value is 30~3600s.</p>
<p>(2) Set split screen number, -x- screen (not to change split</p>
<p>screen number and keep original split screen number), 1&#215;1 screen and 2&#215;2 screen supported. Two methods can be adopted</p>
<p>to change split screen number, explained as follows:</p>
<p>©Click &#8221;</p>
<p><strong><em>0</em></strong> Modify</p>
<p>to enter Set Split Screen Number</p>
<p>interface;</p>
<p>©Double click the split screen number in Group Split</p>
<p>Screen to set enter Set Split Screen Number interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="464" class="wp-image-1227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-76.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 76" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1246" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-76.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-76-230x300.jpeg 230w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.2.11</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark169"></a> Turn on/Turn off group switching:</li>
</ol>
<p>Click &#8220;^^&#8221; on preview interface toolbar on bottom right to turn on group switching, click again to turn off group switching.</p>
<p><strong>5.2.2. 5. Target Information</strong></p>
<p>Under and in the right of real-time preview interface, display information of identified persons and the comparison human face database, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="451" height="403" class="wp-image-1228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-77.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 77" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1247" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-77.jpeg 451w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-77-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="416" class="wp-image-1229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-78.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 78" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1248" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-78.jpeg 350w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-78-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></p>
<p>Real-Time</p>
<p>Youth</p>
<p>Male</p>
<p>No mask</p>
<p>Wearing glasses</p>
<p>192.16 8.16.22.1-Channel 1</p>
<p>2020-11 -23 10:24:29</p>
<p>Figure5.2.2.12</p>
<p>The target information can identify the person&#8217;s age, sex, whether or not wearing a mask, whether or not wearing glasses, detected physical temperature and detection time in real time. At the same time, it can also identify whether the person matches in the human face database. If yes, it can be compared with the pictures uploaded in the database, and the similarity, the name of the person and the detection time will be displayed, otherwise stranger alarm will be on.</p>
<p>If previous record needs to be checked, shift to “History” to check history information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark172"></a> 5.2.3. View</p>
<p>View list shows currently saved view tag, double click to preview the information of this view. Right click this list view node and a menu will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Name change</p>
<p>Added to the regular rotating switch program</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5.2.3</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name change</td>
<td>Click to change view name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add to the regular</td>
<td>Click to add the view to the regular rotating switch plan</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>rotating switch plan</td>
<td>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Click to delete this view information node from view list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.3</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark175"></a> 5.2.4. PTZ control</p>
<p>PTZ control may control PTZ speed, preset, etc., as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="297" height="349" class="wp-image-1230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-79.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 79" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1249" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-79.jpeg 297w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-79-255x300.jpeg 255w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 297px) 100vw, 297px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.2.4</p>
<p>The description of icons on PTZ control interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Icon</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>8-direction key, press corresponding direction key to control PTZ to rotate in the direction accordingly; the center button is scan shortcut key.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Zoom control button, press &#8220;Q&#8221; to control the device to perform zoom-out operation, the field of view angle becomes larger and the scene becomes smaller; press &#8220;<sup>,j</sup>a&#8221; control device to perform zoom-in operation, the field of view angle becomes smaller and the scene becomes larger.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>•*/*</td>
<td>Focus control button, press &#8220;^ &#8221; to control the device to perform focusing-in operation, the near scene is clear and the far scene is fuzzy; press &#8221; “ &#8221; to control the device to perform focusing-out operation, the far scene is clear and the near scene is fuzzy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Aperture control button, press &#8216;©&#8221; to control the device to perform aperture reduction operation, press &#8220;A<sup>:</sup>&#8221; to control device to perform aperture enlargement operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">The slider can adjust the rotation speed of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■Speed ♦ 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set the preset number for calling.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Call the preset. Select saved preset, click to call and the screen will jump to the preset part.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EJ</strong></td>
<td>Set the preset. Select the preset number to be saved, adjust the screen to the preset to be saved, click Set to save this position.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.2.4</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark177"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark178"></a> 5.2.5. Senior</p>
<p>Senior may set the light, power and wiper, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="250" class="wp-image-1231" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-80.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 80" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1250"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="133" class="wp-image-1232" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-81.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 81" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1251"></p>
<p>Advanced Function</p>
<p>Figure 5.1.5</p>
<p>The description of related parameters is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Light</p>
<p>Open</td>
<td><strong>Close j</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open/close light.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Power</p>
<p>Open</td>
<td><strong>j Close j</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Open/close power.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="172" height="118" class="wp-image-1233" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-82.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 82" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1252"></p>
<p>Open wiper.</p>
<p>Table 5.2.5</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark181"></a> 5. 3. Video playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="60" class="wp-image-1234" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-83.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 83" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1253"></p>
<p>Click the video playback icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter video playback</p>
<p>interface, query of video recording and time-based video downloading are</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1235" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 84" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1254" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-84-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>supported, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.3</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark184"></a> 5.3.1. Video query</p>
<p>In video playback interface, click Watch point on the left, set range of time</p>
<p>for query, if more precise query is required, click</p>
<p>▼ More</p>
<p>to set storage type,</p>
<p>stream type and other screening conditions for query, then click</p>
<p>a More</p>
<p>again</p>
<p>to hide detailed screening condition, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="168" height="710" class="wp-image-1236" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-85.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 85" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1255" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-85.jpeg 168w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-85-71x300.jpeg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 168px) 100vw, 168px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1237" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-86.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 86" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1256" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-86.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-86-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Monitoring point</p>
<p>Figure 5.3.1.2</p>
<p>El ■ fa Device List</p>
<p>El !■ fa 10.30.10.80</p>
<p>El <em>\Z</em> fa 10.30.10.5</p>
<p>El I fa 192.168.15.184</p>
<p>El □ fa 192.168.1.31</p>
<p>El 0 fa 192.168.16.221</p>
<p>□ fa 192.168.16.222</p>
<p>El I fa 192.168.1.80</p>
<p>Query</p>
<p>Time Range</p>
<p>2020-11-28 00:00:00</p>
<p>2020-11-28 23:59:59</p>
<p>▼ More</p>
<p>Storage location</p>
<p>Remote storage</p>
<p>Stream type</p>
<p>Mainstream</p>
<p>El Query</p>
<p>(5 Time-based download</p>
<p>Query results j</p>
<p>Figure 5.3.1.1</p>
<p>Select range of time, select the start time on the start calendar of the time range and the end time on the calendar for the end time.</p>
<p>When front-end storage is selected in storage type, following stream types can be selected, both main code stream and subcode stream supported.</p>
<p>When conditions are selected, click Query to display query result notice box, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Query results</p>
<p>below to check current query results, the</p>
<p>expanded interface is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="330" class="wp-image-1238" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-87.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 87" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1257" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-87.jpeg 237w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-87-215x300.jpeg 215w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 237px) 100vw, 237px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.1.3</p>
<p>At this time, the query results will be displayed on the progress bar, and users can playback by clicking the time point on the progress bar</p>
<p>Note: The front-end storage video supports synchronous playback (four- channel synchronous playback supports at most).</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark188"></a> Video playback</li>
</ol>
<p>Play mode 1: for queried videos, double click one video file to realize playback of the file.</p>
<p>Play mode 2: select a playback window, click ► of playback control to realize video playback on time axis related to selected window.</p>
<p>Play mode 3: select a playback window, directly click the time point in time axis to play back from that time point.</p>
<p><strong>5.3.2.I. Playback control</strong></p>
<p>The playback control menu is shown as follows:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="123" class="wp-image-1239" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 88" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1258" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88-300x43.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-88-768x109.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.2.1</p>
<p>The description of icons on playback control interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On/off synchronous playback; asynchronous playback is set by default. Click to enter synchronous playback mode and click again to exit it. Note: Synchronous playback not supported for local video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Slow forward button, click to make the video file play slowly.</p>
<p>Note: as for the equipment added by P2P direct connection, click the “slow play” button to slow from 4x to 2x and from 2x to 1x. 1x speed is the slowest. 1/2 speed is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Fast forward button, click to make the video file play quickly.</p>
<p>Note: the equipment added by P2P direct connection supports 4X speed playing at most.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>► / II</strong></td>
<td>Play/Pause button, click to control the start/pause of video file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>N</strong></td>
<td>Step forward button, click to make the video file play frame by frame.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Stop button, click to stop the playback of current video file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ut*)</td>
<td>Capturing button. Click it to capture the video file that is selected and being played.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&amp;</strong></td>
<td>Video clip button: click it to start video clip and click it again to finish that. The time axis of clipped section will become red and the target section will be saved. The format of video saved can be modified by setting “system settings -&gt; video -&gt; download video format”; three formats sdv ,mp4, and avi are available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
<td>Set screen number button, click to pop up the menu of playback window split screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1&#215;1 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in single screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1&#215;2 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in two split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1&#215;3 screen playback supported, click and the video</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>playback window will display in three split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>2&#215;2 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in four split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>3&#215;3 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in nine split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">■■■■ ■■■■</td>
<td>4&#215;4 screen playback supported, click and the video playback window will display in sixteen split screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">M</td>
<td>Full screen display button, click to display the playback window in full screen. Click ESC or right click to cancel full screen display to turn off full screen display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Volume adjustment bar, drag to adjust the sound of video playback. Click on the horn to turn sound on/off.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">□/□</td>
<td>Used to adjust the accuracy of time axis.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Window 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>Display the current control window number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Video type filter button, click to filter the video time axis type, and the time axis of unselected video type will not be displayed. The filter of all types, alarm recording, timing recording and manual recording is supported.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.3.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark192"></a> 2. Right key menu of playback window</li>
</ol>
<p>In video playback window, right click, and the right key menu of playback window will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><strong>Stop playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>Snap shot</strong></p>
<p><strong>Change channel name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Full screen</strong></p>
<p><strong>Electronic zoom</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.2.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameter is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop playback</td>
<td>Click to stop the playback of current video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snap shot</td>
<td>Click to snap shot of selected playback window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Change channel name</td>
<td>Click to change channel name of selected playback window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Full screen</td>
<td>Click to display the playback window at full screen.</p>
<p>Click again to turn off full screen display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electronic zoom</td>
<td>Click the left button of mouse to choose and zoom in the area.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.3.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark196"></a> Video downloading</li>
</ol>
<p>The downloading is divided into two modes: by file and by time segment.</p>
<p><strong>5.3.3.I. Download by file</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark197"></a> Batch downloading:</li>
</ol>
<p>In video playback interface, click query result to check query result interface, tick and select several video files and right click, click &#8220;^J&#8221; to conduct</p>
<p>batch downloading, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="217" class="wp-image-1240" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-89.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 89" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1259"></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.3.1</p>
<p>Click &#8221; &#8221; to enter export progress list interface to check the progress of</p>
<p>file downloading, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="377" class="wp-image-1241" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-90.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 90" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1260" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-90.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-90-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.3.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark198"></a> Stop export:</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, select the file needs to stop export, right click this</p>
<p>file, select</p>
<p>Stop Export</p>
<p>to stop downloading the file, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="378" class="wp-image-1242" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-91.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 91" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1261" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-91.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-91-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.3.3.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark199"></a> ReExport:</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, select the file needs to re-export, right click this file,</p>
<p>select &#8221;</p>
<p>ReExport</p>
<p>to export this file again to download.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark200"></a> Clean record:</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, right click a file, select</p>
<p>Clean Record</p>
<p>to delete all</p>
<p>downloaded records.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark201"></a> Clean all: downloaded records in the list.</li>
</ol>
<p>In export progress list, right click a file, select</p>
<p>Clean All</p>
<p>to delete all</p>
<p>( Note: When downloading front-end storage video files, only one record file can be downloaded at the same time. )</p>
<p><strong>5.3.3. 2. By time segment</strong></p>
<p>The video on the front-end storage supports downloading by time segment.</p>
<p>Select the channel you want to download (either through the drop-down menu or by clicking the channel in the tree list), select the time segment youwant to download, and then click &#8221;</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark202"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark204"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark205"></a> Recent browsing</li>
</ol>
<p>Q Time-based download</p>
<p>Record the latest video and click to preview it , as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Recent browsing</p>
<p>192.168.16.221-Channel 1 2020-11-28 00:00:00</p>
<p>Figure 5.3.4</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark208"></a> 5.4. System Configuration</p>
<p>Click the system configuration icon I J on home page to enter system settings interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark210"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark211"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark212"></a> Common settings</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="527" class="wp-image-1243" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-92.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 92" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1262" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-92.jpeg 601w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-92-300x263.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="208" class="wp-image-1244" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 93" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1263" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93.jpeg 332w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-93-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /> @ © I e (!) &#8211; □ x 16:12:10</p>
<p>Figure 5.4.1.1</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Login</p>
<p>Settings</td>
<td>Automatic Login</p>
<p>Software</td>
<td>Tick and select, after fill in correct [User name] and [Password] by users, Easy7 will realize automatic software login function when the operation system starts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Path Setting</td>
<td>Save path of capture photo</td>
<td>The save path of capture, preview and playback photo.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Download</p>
<p>Save Path</td>
<td>The save path of video download.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">System</td>
<td>Language</td>
<td>Set the language of software system, effective after restart.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Skin</td>
<td>Set the skin of software system, effective after restart.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Data backup</td>
<td>Data backup path</td>
<td>Back up, recover, clean up and re­index software database backup</p>
<p>files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration</td>
<td>Import/export relevant configuration information with one key, such as equipment list, user authority and</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>electronic map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Log Settings</td>
<td>Period of keeping operation log</td>
<td>Set the save time of each operation log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period of keeping</p>
<p>alarm log</td>
<td>Set the save time of each alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Restore Default</td>
<td>Restore the configuration of current page to the configuration information when initially installed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark214"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark216"></a> Video Settings</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>Home page</td>
<td>configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ijt Common Settings</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Qi Video Settings</td>
<td>■| □ Automatically restore the stat.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A Alarm grade</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Switch between Main and Su&#8230;</td>
<td>(•) Automatic O Manual</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ft Storage management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>4b </strong>Intelligent application</td>
<td>Automatic Switching Screen&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>▼</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>i3i P2P setting</td>
<td>Manual Default Connection</td>
<td>Substream</td>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Play property setting</td>
<td><strong>Good fluency</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>| * Take effect after replaying video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Decoding mode setting</td>
<td>Software decode</td>
<td></td>
<td>| ‘Take effect after reboot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Video download format</td>
<td>SDV format</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Preview frame rate</td>
<td><strong>tilde</strong></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>* Take effect after replaying video</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.4.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Automatically restore the state last time you exit from the system</td>
<td>The video connected to video preview, when turns on the software again, the video before turn-off will restore connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch between</p>
<p>Main and Sub</p>
<p>Streams, Automatic</p>
<p>Switching Screen</p>
<p>Number</td>
<td>Set switching screen number, when the number of windows displayed in the client-side video browsing interface is greater than the number of split screens, the connected channel video will default to the subcode stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Default</p>
<p>Connection</td>
<td>Set the code stream type of default play.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play property setting</td>
<td>Available to set Good fluency/Minimum delay. Take effect after replaying video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoding mode</p>
<p>setting</td>
<td>Software decode and hardware decoding are supported, effective after restart. Take effect after reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video download</p>
<p>format</td>
<td>The download recording may set SDV (private format) ,MP4 (general format) and AVI format.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview frame rate</td>
<td>Show or conceal frame rate on preview screen. Take effect after accessing video again.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.2</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark218"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark219"></a> 5.4.3. Alarm grade</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="474" class="wp-image-1245" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 94" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1264" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94.jpeg 870w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-94-768x418.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.4.3</p>
<p>Drag the alarm type label to other grades to set the type to a new grade.</p>
<p>Alarm grade is used for alarm record filter.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark222"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark223"></a> Storage management</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Home page Device management</td>
<td>System configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>a û</td>
<td>&#8211; □ X 16:14:01</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Common Settings</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Continuous record!&#8230;</td>
<td>30</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Q </strong>Video Settings</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A </strong>Alarm grade</td>
<td>Record format</td>
<td>sdv</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>fl Storage management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Type of recor. ..</td>
<td>Mainstream</td>
<td>71</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Intelligent application</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>I</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ÖI P2P setting</td>
<td>Min. disk space</td>
<td>® By percentag</td>
<td>&#8230; O By space</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>10</td>
<td>%</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Disk Tull</td>
<td>® Delete data^</td>
<td>Stop storing data</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>storage local&#8230;</td>
<td>Location</td>
<td>Total size (G) railable space f<sup>1</sup>;</td>
<td>Available space (G)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Store face snapshots and I&#8230;</td>
<td><strong><em>□ C&#8217;J</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>150 46.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>70</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>DJ</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>261 38.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>100</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ E7</strong></td>
<td><strong>260 7.8</strong></td>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>260 80.5</td>
<td>209</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Restore Default</td>
<td>Save</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>admin</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.4.4</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous recording</p>
<p>time (min)</td>
<td>Set the time of continuous recording (recording packaging), the time range is 5~120 min.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record format</td>
<td>SDV format , mp4 format and AVI format are supported for recording storage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type of record streaming</td>
<td>Main code stream and minor stream supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Min. disk space</td>
<td>Supported to set by percentage (%) or by space (G), fill in corresponding parameter in the text box below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk full</td>
<td>Supported to select and delete the earliest local recording or stop recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage location</td>
<td>Set the storage location of files.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark227"></a> Intelligence application</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="871" height="446" class="wp-image-1246" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 95" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1265" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95.jpeg 871w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-95-768x393.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 871px) 100vw, 871px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.4.5</p>
<p>After ticking “enable intelligent applications”, pictures of human face and man lock can be received. The picture snapshot reserve time can be defined for actual need.</p>
<p>After checking deletion strategy, the strategy can be executed after the upper limit of the stored guest flow duration (6-24 months be supported to choose from) is reached.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark230"></a> 5.4.6. P2P setting</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="308" height="260" class="wp-image-1247" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-96.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 96" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1266" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-96.jpeg 308w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-96-300x253.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>Common Settings</p>
<p><strong>Q </strong>Video Settings</p>
<p><strong>A </strong>Alarm grade</p>
<p><strong>a </strong>Storage management</p>
<p>ft Intelligent application</p>
<p>©P2P setting</p>
<p>Figure 5.4.6</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Parameter</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>The place of P2P equipment configuration</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of P2P mobile phone client side</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of P2P mobile phone client side</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log in</td>
<td>Enter correct user name and password to log in successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Save</td>
<td>Click “save” to save the current configuration. That</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>takes effect after restarting the program.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.4.6</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark231"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark232"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark233"></a> 5. 5. Alarm management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="57" class="wp-image-1248" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-97.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 97" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1267"></p>
<p>Click the alarm management icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter alarm</p>
<p>management interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark236"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark237"></a> Real-time alarm</li>
</ol>
<p>Real-time alarm list displays the alarm received after this login. The list will be refreshed automatically, time of alarm, source of alarm, type of alarm, alarm grade and other alarm information will be displayed, as shown in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">® a l a &#8211; □</p>
<p>Tiandy Homepage Alarm management</p>
<p>Real-time alarm History alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>cnee* C)&gt;) Finer level </strong><em>j</em><strong> Select all £ Grade 1 • 0 Grade 2 • £ Grade 3*0 Grade 4 • Grade 5 •</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Time of alarm Source of alarm Alarm Type Alarm status Preview Alarm grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:17:35 192.168.23.53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-25 11:17:33 192 168 23 53-cnannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:17:22 192 168 23 53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:17:04 192.168.23.53-Channet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:36 192.168.23.53-criannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play SGrade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-25 11:16:33 192 168 23 53-cnanriet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade ■</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:13 192 168 23 53-Ctiannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Graae •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:11 192.168.23.53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:16:00 192168 23 53-cnannei 1 video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:15:29 192168.23 53-Channei 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:15:19 192168 23 53 Channel 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Grade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:15:09 192168 23 53-Channet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal SGrade •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:12:52 192.168-23.53-Ctiannet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm Play 5Graae •</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-2511:12:47 192168 23 53-Channet 1 Video motion alarm Alarm removal 5Grade ■</strong></p>
<p><strong>HI 0-33 1Ü5 1Î &#8216;1 (&#8220;hanrö 1 Vvtan mntirm alarm Ham mrwu ■</strong></p>
<p><strong>CTianoy Co .Ud Ail Rights Reserved <sup>3</sup></strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.5.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follow:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Check</td>
<td>Tick and select alarm records need to be checked, click to fill in handling suggestion, the checked alarm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>records will be removed from real-time alarm, the handing suggestion and checking status will update to the history alarm record of corresponding alarm record.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio</td>
<td>Click to turn on/off alarm audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td>Click to play the video 10s before and after the time of alarm, if there’s no video, real-time preview will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter level</td>
<td>Tick and select filter level, the selected level will be displayed in the list, nothing will be displayed if on level selected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.5.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark239"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark240"></a> 5.5.2. History alarm</p>
<p>History alarm list displays all alarms, including checked and unchecked alarms, as shown in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Home page</td>
<td>Alarm management</td>
<td colspan="9"><strong>©</strong></td>
<td><strong>8 | 0 &#8211; O X 11:17:56</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Real-time alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>i History alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Starling time</strong></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 00 00 00</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Endtime 2021-11-2523 50 59 E</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Source ol alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>• status check *•</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>&gt; User check .</strong></td>
<td><strong>«II</strong></td>
<td><strong>’ 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Query</strong></td>
<td><strong>Reset</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Check</strong></td>
<td><strong>Output</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Fitter level g</strong></td>
<td><strong>Select all</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>v Gradel</strong></td>
<td><strong>•/ Grade 2 • -■ Grade 3</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>• g Grade 4 • <em>s</em> Grade 5 •</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Tame of alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Source of alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm status</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Preview</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Alarm grade</strong></td>
<td><strong>Status check</strong></td>
<td><strong>User check</strong></td>
<td><strong>Time chec</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 1117:35</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 1662353-Chanoel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Moi confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:17:33</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.166.23.53-Ctiarwiel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 11:17:22</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.23.53-Cnantiel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Hot confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 11 17:04</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 168 23.53-Ctiannel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511 16:36</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.168.23.53-criarmei 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Crade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:16:33</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 1662353-Cnanoel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2511:16:13</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192.166.23.53-CtiarMiel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&amp;Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 11 16:11</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1921682353-cnanoeı i</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm removal</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5Grade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-251116:00</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>192 1662353-Ctiarwel 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video motion alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>SGrade</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Not confirmed</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>TotaH 40Piece ToialSPage »ıtemsıpage ▼ &lt; 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>&gt; To 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Page</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>C Tiandy Co .Ltd Ail Rights Reserved</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.5.2</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Starting time</td>
<td>Available to set the starting time of history alarm query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End time</td>
<td>Available to set the end time of history alarm query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Source of alarm</td>
<td>Available to set the source of alarm of history alarm query, search by key word supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status check</td>
<td>Available to set the checking status of history alarm query, including all, unchecked and checked.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User check</td>
<td>Available to set the checking user of history alarm query</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Query</td>
<td>Click to search history alarm information conforms to search condition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset</td>
<td>Click to restore to default query condition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Check</td>
<td>Tick and select alarm records need to be checked, click to fill in handling suggestion. Update verification status, verify users, verify real-time, and process comments after verification.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Output</td>
<td>Click to output query results to local device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter level</td>
<td>Tick and select filter level, the selected level will be displayed in the list, nothing will be displayed if on</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>level selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td>Click to play the video 10s before and after the time of alarm, if there’s no video, real-time preview will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.5.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="67" class="wp-image-1249" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-98.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 98" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1268"><a id="post-1151-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark243"></a> 5.6. TV Wall</p>
<p>Click the TV wall icon</p>
<p>on homepage to enter TV wall configuration</p>
<p>interface. There are functions of TV wall configuration, TV wall management</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="542" class="wp-image-1250" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 99" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1269" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-99-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>and off-line switch settings as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.6</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark247"></a> TV wall</li>
</ol>
<p>TV wall interface is mainly used for configuring TV wall video display.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark249"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark251"></a> TV Wall Video Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Choose TV wall name on TV wall page to show the current TV wall layout.</p>
<p>Choose a screen that needs video equipment. Choose the video equipment to be added in the left equipment list. One equipment can be added for only one</p>
<p>time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="548" class="wp-image-1251" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 100" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1270" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100.jpeg 872w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-100-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.1.1</p>
<p>The relevant icons and parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Local preview</td>
<td>After starting preview, videos can be previewed on current TV wall interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(M)</td>
<td>Set the quantity of screens. 1 screen, 4 screens, 6</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>screens, 8 screens, 9 screens, 16 screens, 25 screens and 36 screens can be supported for every decoding output channel. Choose decoding output channel and click screen quantity to set the upper limit of screens of the decoding output channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>| tg]]</td>
<td>Click the button to show switch group list. Click the right button to define the equipment group in equipment list on the left, choose [Add to switch group list] to add equipment in the list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Last group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the last screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[oil</td>
<td>Start / stop group switch: open video window, click the button to switch group; click it again to stop the group switch.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>fr]j</td>
<td>Next group, which supports the manual switch group to switch the next screen of group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Save the view: click to save the current view information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1</td>
<td>View browse plan: users can set suitable switch way and Easy7 can switch video channel automatically on page [Real-time preview], which is convenient for users’ browse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Start view browse and switch video channel automatically for preview according to the view browse plan.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Start all off-line switch, click to enable and start to watch decoding video of all output channels on decoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>fi fp</td>
<td>Stop all off-line switch, click to enable and start to stop all decoded videos.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.6.1.1</p>
<p>If splicing function of equipment is started, click the splicing screen with the right button as shown below.</p>
<p>Picture setting of splicing unit</p>
<p>Create display area</p>
<p>Create all display areas</p>
<p>Close all display areas</p>
<p>All windows zoom to a single screen</p>
<p>Save screen scheme</p>
<p>Application screen scheme</p>
<p>Restart the host</p>
<p>Figure 5.6.1.2</p>
<p>The relevant icons and parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Picture setting of</td>
<td>The quantity of screens set by splicing unit can be</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">spicing unit</td>
<td colspan="3">defined by user.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>User-defined X</p>
<p>Number of rows</p>
<p>Number of columns</p>
<p>OK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create display area</td>
<td colspan="4">Choose the screen in splicing unit, click the right button to create display area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create all display areas</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to display the screen areas in all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close all display areas</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to close the screen areas in all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>All windows zoom to a single screen</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to shrink the maximized screen to the original.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Save screen</p>
<p>scheme</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to save the display plan of screens in current all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Save screen scheme X</p>
<p>Project name</p>
<p>Save</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Application screen</p>
<p>scheme</td>
<td colspan="4">Click the right button to apply existing screen plan to current splicing unit.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="325" height="240" class="wp-image-1252" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-101.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 101" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1271" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-101.jpeg 325w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-101-300x222.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 325px) 100vw, 325px" /></p>
<p>Restart the host Restart the current decoder.</p>
<p>Table 5.6.1.2</p>
<p>The display area created by clicking the right button is shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="523" class="wp-image-1253" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-102.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 102" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1272" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-102.jpeg 479w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-102-275x300.jpeg 275w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.1.3</p>
<p>The relevant icons and parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn off the video</td>
<td>Close the video preview on current splicing screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio pre-view</td>
<td>Preview the audio effect of current splicing screen.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Decoder audio preview</td>
<td colspan="4">Display audio on decoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Decoder offline</p>
<p>switch</td>
<td colspan="4">It is permitted to set video switching of current splicing screen window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>X</strong></p>
<p><strong> ÇL Offline swtcri setup nitiate offline switch Slop offline «.wile</strong></p>
<p><strong>E . Device Lisi</strong></p>
<p><strong>Switch para&#8230;</strong></p>
<p><strong>H Bt 182.1S8.2154</strong></p>
<p><strong>Id . h 102.168.23.55 Stream type Mainstream ’</strong></p>
<p><strong>Switching fl_ 30 Set</strong></p>
<p><strong>Display mode ’ Move upward Move down</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel Name Length ol stay (seconds) Stream type</strong></p>
<p><strong>192 168 23 541 30 Mainstream</strong></p>
<p><strong>192 168 23 53 1 30 Mainstream</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switching of main code and subcode streams</td>
<td colspan="4">Video preview effect can be switched between main code stream and subcode stream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Video parameter</td>
<td colspan="4">The brightness, contrast ratio, saturability and chroma of video can be modified.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Video parameter X</p>
<p>-A&#8217;- _</p>
<p>” Brightnesi</p>
<p>O Contrast</p>
<p>Ö Saturatior <sup>=</sup></p>
<p>Hue</p>
<p>/^Restore Default</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close the display area</td>
<td colspan="4">Close current display area of splicing screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>All windows shrink to a single screen</td>
<td colspan="4">Shrink all screens to single splicing screens</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Set to top / bottom</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click them to set to top layer / bottom layer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other operations of splicing screens</td>
<td colspan="3">As for every splicing screen, create / close display area, shrink to the screen, maximize all screens etc.; screen scheme can be saved and applied.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create all display areas</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to display the screen area in all splicing units</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close all display areas</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to close the screen area in all splicing units</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom to a single screen</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click to shrink them to a screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom to occupied screen</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click to spread them on the screen fully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximize to all screens</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose the screens in splicing unit, click to spread them on all splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Save screen</p>
<p>scheme</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to save display scheme of screen areas in all current splicing units.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save screen scheme X</p>
<p>Project name</p>
<p>Save</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Application screen</td>
<td colspan="3">Click the right button to apply existing screen scheme</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="365" class="wp-image-1254" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-103.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 103" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1273" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-103.jpeg 620w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-103-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="266" class="wp-image-1255" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-104.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 104" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1274" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-104.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-104-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Table 5.6.1.3</p>
<p><strong>5.6.1. 2. Device list</strong></p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark254"></a> 5.6.1.3. View</p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<p><strong>5.6.1. 4. PTZ Control</strong></p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<p><strong>5.6.1. 5. Advanced Function</strong></p>
<p>Same as Real-time preview.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark257"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark258"></a> TV wall configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Wall layout can be configured on the TV wall configuration page. Click the button© to enter the name of TV wall layout and then click “OK”. In this way, the name of TV wall layout can be added as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="385" height="265" class="wp-image-1256" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-105.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 105" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1275" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-105.jpeg 385w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-105-300x206.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.1</p>
<p>The current name of TV wall layout can be modified by clicking the button</p>
<p>Ö. After clicking “OK”, the name of TV wall layout can be modified as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="245" class="wp-image-1257" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-106.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 106" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1276" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-106.jpeg 358w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-106-300x205.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.2</p>
<p>To delete a TV wall layout, choose a layout name and click the button O.</p>
<p>The layout data cannot be recovered after the layout is deleted. Therefore, there is a prompt box for your confirmation. Click “Yes” button to delete the current TV wall layout; click “Cancel” to retain the TV wall layout, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="287" height="157" class="wp-image-1258" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-107.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 107" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1277"></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.3</p>
<p>After setting the name of TV wall, click the lower configuration list to configure TV wall layout. It supports 1 screen, 4 screens, 9 screens, 16 screens and user-defined screen settings. At the same time, every screen can be adjusted, such as left justifying and right justifying. The parameters and description are shown below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Binding: tick “Decoding output channel” in equipment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>list, tick TV wall screen on the right and click it to bind</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the current decoding output channel with the screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Unbinding: choose TV wall screen on the right and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>click it to unbind the current decoding output channel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>with the screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 1 screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 4 screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 9 screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Add 16 screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Define the rows of screens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>■ X</strong></td>
<td>Click to choose the screen to be deleted</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>w</strong></td>
<td>Clear screens: delete all the screens on current TV wall.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Left justifying: choose two screens at least and click</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>to justify to the left side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Right justifying: choose two screens at least and click to justify to the right side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ft</strong></td>
<td>Top justifying: choose two screens at least and click to justify to the top side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>in</strong></td>
<td>Bottom justifying: choose two screens at least and click to justify to the bottom side of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>:Q</td>
<td>Equalize size: choose two screens at least and click to equalize size with that of the first screen chosen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ell</strong></td>
<td>Splicing: choose two screens at least and bind decoding output channel. The splicing shapes shall be regular (such as rectangle). Click to splice successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El!</td>
<td>Cancel splicing: choose the spliced screens and click to cancel the splicing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save: Click the button after setting TV wall. In this way, the TV wall screen layout can be saved.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.6.2.1</p>
<p>Wall resolution can be configured on TV wall configuration page as shown below. There are three resolutions: 1920&#215;1080 50HZ, 1920&#215;1080 60HZ and 4K 30HZ. If 4K 30HZ is set, decoding can be output from only one route.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="345" class="wp-image-1259" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-108.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 108" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1278" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-108.jpeg 733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-108-300x141.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.6.2.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark261"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark262"></a> Offline switch setup</li>
</ol>
<p>Offline switch configuration is used for TV wall screen switch setting on decoder, as shown below. Code stream type, switch time and display mode of</p>
<p>every decoding output channel can be set.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Device management</p>
<p>TV Wall</p>
<p>@ © | e (!) &#8211; □ x 16:27:49</p>
<p>TV wall</p>
<p>nitiate offline switch</p>
<p>Stop offline switchini</p>
<p>■ Device List</p>
<p>E ■ 192.168.30.215</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Decoding on&#8230;</th>
<th>192.168.30.72Decode output 3</th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Stream type</td>
<td>Mainstream</td>
<td><strong><em>w</em></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switching ti&#8230;</td>
<td>30</td>
<td><strong>▲ ▼</strong></td>
<td>Set</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display mode</td>
<td>Single video</td>
<td></td>
<td>Move upward</td>
<td>Move down</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Decode out&#8230;</p>
<p>Channel Name Length of stay (seconds)</p>
<p>Stream type</p>
<p>TV wall configur. Offline switch se&#8230;</p>
<p>©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.6.3.1</p>
<p>Choose decoding output channel and set display mode (such as sixteenscreens) as shown below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>5-nçjtTı of stay (set and&#8217;</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>sngih of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>2ngth or stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angın or slay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angth of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>engin of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angtn of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>sngtn of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>?ngtti of stay (second&#8217;</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>scigth of stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>;ngth or stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>;ngth or slay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>sngth of slay (sec emit</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>jrigiti <em>of</em> stay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>angth of stay (second!</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Channel Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>ength of slay (second:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Stream type</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.6.3.2</p>
<p>Choose the equipment from the left equipment list for offline switch and</p>
<p>drag the equipment to the channel. In this way, equipment can be added to the</p>
<p>screen. As shown below, click</p>
<p><strong>Initiate offline switcfj</strong></p>
<p>” at top right corner to start offline</p>
<p>switching, or click the right button on screen list to start offline switching. One channel cannot be added to any screen repeatedly.</p>
<p>Channel Name sngth of stay (second: Stream type</p>
<p>192.168.23.53:1</p>
<p>&#8216; Delete</p>
<p>Delete all</p>
<p>Offline switch</p>
<p>Figure 5.6.3.3</p>
<p>Choose the channels on screen, modify code stream type, switch time and sequence of channels on screen in above decoding output setting.</p>
<p>Relevant parameters on the interface are described below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Initiate offline switch</td>
<td>Click to enable and start it to watch decoding video of the output channel on decoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop offline</td>
<td>Click to enable and start it to stop playing the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>switching</td>
<td>decoding video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoding output</p>
<p>channels</td>
<td>The equipment supports several decoding output channels. Video effect of every decoding output channel can be set for actual need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream type</td>
<td>Set code stream type of channels added to each screen. Choose the channels whose code stream type shall be changed from the following screen list, then choose code stream type from the drop-down box of code stream types. In this way, code stream can be switched.</p>
<p>Note: Before changing code stream type, it is necessary to stop offline switching firstly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Switching time</td>
<td>Set the interval of screen switching (unit: second) in range 10 seconds ~ 1000 seconds. The interval shall be integer. Choose the channel whose switching time needs to change. After changing switching time, click</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>the button “^^^|” to update duration of screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>stay.</p>
<p>Note: Before changing switching time, it is necessary to stop offline switching firstly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display mode</td>
<td>Set the screen display mode of decoding output</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>channel, such as single screen, screen in screen,</p>
<p>four screens, 1-5, 1-7, nine screens and sixteen</p>
<p>screens. 1-5 screen means 1 large screen and 5 small screens; 1-7 screen means 1 large screen and 7 small screens. The sequence of channel screens is in accordance with the sequence of addition. To change the sequence, choose channel firstly and</p>
<p>adjust screen sequence by pressing “</p>
<p>Move upward</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Move down</p>
<p>Note: Before changing channel display</p>
<p>mode, stop offline switching firstly.</p>
<p>Table 5.6.3.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark265"></a> 5. 7. Face recognition</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="61" class="wp-image-1260" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-109.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 109" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1279"></p>
<p>Click the face recognition icon</p>
<p>, on homepage to enter the interface</p>
<p>of face recognition for face database management, face database download and face configuration as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1261" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 110" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1280" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-110-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark266"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark267"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark268"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark269"></a> Face database management</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark270"></a><strong>Personnel Query</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Personnel can be inquired based on name, serial number and gender.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark274"></a> 2. Face Database Addition / Modification / Delete</li>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark275"></a> Face database addition</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the right button on left “Face database list”, choose “</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>”to create</p>
<p>a new face database as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="231" class="wp-image-1262" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-111.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 111" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1281" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-111.jpeg 389w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-111-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.1</p>
<p>Enter name of face database and click “OK” button to create a new face</p>
<p>database. The name of face database is exclusive.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark276"></a> Face database modification</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the right button on the name of face database to be modified, choose</p>
<p>enter a new name and click “OK” button to complete the modification.</p>
<p>Modify</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark277"></a> Face database delete</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the right button on the name of face database to be deleted, choose and click “OK” button to delete the face database.</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="29" class="wp-image-1263" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-112.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 112" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1282"><strong>5.7.1. 3. Face Image Addition</strong></p>
<p>Choose the face database that needs face image addition, click “</p>
<p>to add face image as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="425" class="wp-image-1264" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-113.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 113" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1283" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-113.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-113-300x166.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.2</p>
<p>Click “local upload” to upload face image (required item). Image format shall be JPG and the dimensions shall be 300*300~800*800; the size shall not be larger than 1 MB. The image shall be clear enough for easy face recognition.</p>
<p>Enter name of the image (required item).</p>
<p>Enter corresponding serial number of the person (required item). The serial number can be 0~ 999999999.</p>
<p>Other items are not required and can be filled in for actual demand.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1265" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-114.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 114" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1284"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to save information of the current person and create a new</p>
<p>page of person information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="34" class="wp-image-1266" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-115.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 115" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1285"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to maintain current personnel information and close the</p>
<p>page.</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>” to close the current page of personnel information.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark281"></a> 4. Add Existing Face Image</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1267" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-116.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 116" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1286"></p>
<p>Choose a face database, click “</p>
<p>” and choose the personnel to be</p>
<p>added as shown below; click</p>
<p>” to complete the addition. The page</p>
<p>of</p>
<p>current personnel can be closed by clicking</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="36" class="wp-image-1268" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-117.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 117" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1287"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="478" class="wp-image-1269" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-118.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 118" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1288" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-118.jpeg 237w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-118-149x300.jpeg 149w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 237px) 100vw, 237px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark282"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark283"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark285"></a> 5. Delete (All) Face Image(s)</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1270" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-119.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 119" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1289"></p>
<p>Choose the face image to be deleted, click “</p>
<p>” to delete the chosen</p>
<p>image; to delete all face images, click “</p>
<p>Delete all</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark286"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark287"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark288"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark289"></a> 6. Face Image Import / Export / Export All</li>
</ol>
<p>1) Import</p>
<p>Click “ I”</p>
<p>to enter the import page as shown below. Click “download</p>
<p>import template” to download template of personnel information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="432" class="wp-image-1271" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-120.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 120" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1290" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-120.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-120-300x183.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.4</p>
<p>Fill personnel information in the template as shown below:</p>
<p>AttentiorUse the 1</p>
<p>Province City Address Company ID type ID numbeiImage patFace library name</p>
<p>Tianjin Tianjin Xiqing Di**** Co., ID card <sup>r</sup>12011120CC:/FacePiFace database</p>
<p>Personnel Serial ntCard numtGender (nphone nmrEirthday Country</p>
<p>Zhang Sa/123 <sup>r</sup>6666 Female &#8216;12345678^2000-01-lChina</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.1.5</p>
<p>Tick “personnel information sheet” or “personnel information image (name</p>
<p># job number)”, click “</p>
<p>Select files</p>
<p>” to import file, click “OK” to upload the file; click</p>
<p>cancel” to close the page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark290"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark293"></a> Face database download</li>
</ol>
<p>Choose the channel of face database download from left “equipment list”</p>
<p>(the channel shall support face recognition).</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Face recognition</p>
<p>Facedataba&#8230; Facedataba&#8230; Face configu&#8230;</p>
<p>q I Add Remove Copy to</p>
<p>□ ■ Device List Q Face database nchronous stat</p>
<p>E M 192.168.23.54</p>
<p>E M 192168.23.53</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.2.1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="35" class="wp-image-1272" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-121.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 121" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1291"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to choose a face database to be synchronized, then click</p>
<p>“OK” as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="387" class="wp-image-1273" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-122.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 122" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1292" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-122.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-122-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.7.2.2</p>
<p>Status and result of synchronization can be seen on current page. If the</p>
<p>synchronization fails, click “operation result” on “operation” page to find information of synchronization failure as shown below. If you want to try</p>
<p>synchronization again, choose the content to be synchronized and click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="354" class="wp-image-1274" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-123.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 123" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1293" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-123.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-123-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="38" class="wp-image-1275" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-124.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 124" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1294"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.2.3</p>
<p>” to delete the current face database in current channel.</p>
<p>Remove</p>
<p>” to copy it to other channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark300"></a> Face configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>On the page of face configuration, face database can be started for current channel; face similarity can be set as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="60" class="wp-image-1276" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-125.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 125" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1295"></p>
<p>Device management</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Facedataba&#8230;</th>
<th>Facedataba&#8230;</th>
<th>Face configu.</th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Q</td>
<td>Similarity so</td>
<td>% (1-100)</td>
<td>Set</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Homepage</p>
<p>Face recognition</p>
<p>□ ■ Device List Face database</p>
<p>Enabled</p>
<p>E M 192.168.23.54 label</p>
<p>E M 192168.23.53</p>
<p>E M 192.168.16.221</p>
<p><strong>□ M </strong>192.168.18.103</p>
<p>Ş 192.168.18.103-Chani</p>
<p>©Tiandy Co.,Ltd All Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.7.3.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark294"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark295"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark296"></a> 5.8. Inlet and outlet management</p>
<p>Click the exit <em>I</em> entrance management icon</p>
<p>on homepage to enter</p>
<p>exit <em>I</em> entrance management page. Human gate and vehicle gate can be managed as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1277" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 126" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1296" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-126-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.8</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark302"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark303"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark304"></a> Gate management</li>
</ol>
<p>Same as face recognition.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark308"></a> Face database management</li>
</ol>
<p>Same as face recognition.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark309"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark310"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark312"></a> 2. Face database download</li>
</ol>
<p>Same as face recognition.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark313"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark314"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark315"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark316"></a> Live view</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitored areas can be previewed on the page of preview as shown below. Equipment gate opening and lifting linkage is supported.</p>
<p>X Gate management</p>
<p>A Lw view</p>
<p>A History of the gate</p>
<p><em>R</em> Checkpoint preview</p>
<p>A History of checkpoint</p>
<p>PAD</p>
<p>Open pate</p>
<p>Oîlamly Co..Lid AH Rights Reserved</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.2.1</p>
<p>Click the right “ ” to unfold equipment list, set real-time equipment preview</p>
<p>sequence and the equipment shown. As shown below, choose the equipment</p>
<p>to be moved, click “</p>
<p>Move upward</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Move down</p>
<p>” to change the sequence.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Device</p>
<p>PAD</td>
<td><strong>&gt;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&lt;i</td>
<td></td>
<td>■İlli</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Move upward</td>
<td>Move down</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.8.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark317"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark319"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark320"></a> History of the gate</li>
</ol>
<p>On the page of human gate history, access areas, user name and access</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="871" height="470" class="wp-image-1278" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 127" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1297" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127.jpeg 871w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-127-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 871px) 100vw, 871px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="414" class="wp-image-1279" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-128.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 128" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1298" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-128.jpeg 480w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-128-300x259.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></p>
<p>time can be searched as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.3.1</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>View</p>
<p>” to find access information of the user as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.3.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark321"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark323"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark324"></a> Checkpoint preview</li>
</ol>
<p>Real-time captured image at checkpoint in current monitored area can beseen on the page of checkpoint preview as shown below. Information of vehicle</p>
<p>can be found.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>TV Wall</p>
<p>Device management</p>
<p>ft Gate management</p>
<p><em>S.</em> Lnewew</p>
<p><em>A</em> History of the gate</p>
<p><em>A</em> Checkpoint preview</p>
<p>A History of checkpoint</p>
<p>License plate number</p>
<p>Vehicle color</p>
<p>Vehicle brand</p>
<p>Channel number</p>
<p>Vehicle type</p>
<p>Transit time</p>
<p>Driving direction</p>
<p>OTiandy Co Ltd A* Rights Reserved</p>
<p>admin</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.4.1</p>
<p>Click the right “ ” to unfold equipment list, set real-time equipment preview</p>
<p>sequence and the equipment shown. As shown below, choose the equipment</p>
<p>to be moved, click</p>
<p>Move upward</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Move down</p>
<p>” to change the sequence.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="704" class="wp-image-1280" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-129.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 129" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1299" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-129.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-129-202x300.jpeg 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.8.4.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark325"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark326"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark327"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark328"></a> History of checkpoint</li>
</ol>
<p>Access area, license plate number and access time can be searched on the page of checkpoint history as shown below.</p>
<p>X Gate management</p>
<p>A Lm view</p>
<p>A History of the gate</p>
<p>Access area aii t Number of license plate</p>
<p>Serial number Access area</p>
<p>Access tme 2021-11 -24 00 00 00 0 TO 2021-11-24 23:59 59 m</p>
<p>Number of license plate</p>
<p>Transit time</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>A Checkpoint preview</p>
<p>A History of checkpoint</p>
<p>Totall Page 20ltems/page ▼ &lt; 1 &gt; To</p>
<p>OTtandy Co. .Ltd AH Rights Reserved</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.5.1</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>View</p>
<p>to find access information of the vehicle as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.8.5.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="760" class="wp-image-1281" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 130" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1300" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130-300x264.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-130-768x675.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark329"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark330"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark331"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark332"></a> ElectronicMap</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="62" height="60" class="wp-image-1282" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-131.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 131" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1301"></p>
<p>Click the electronic map icon</p>
<p>on homepage to enter the page of</p>
<p>electronic map management and operation as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.9</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1283" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 132" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1302" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-132-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Drag the image manually or operate mouse wheel to change position of the image or zoom it in.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark333"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark334"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark335"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark336"></a> Electronic Map Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="33" class="wp-image-1284" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-133.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 133" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1303"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1285" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 134" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1304" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-134-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>“to configure the electronic map as shown below:</p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark337"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark338"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark339"></a> 5.9.1. 1. Add Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="34" class="wp-image-1286" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-135.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 135" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1305"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>, as shown below, enter map name and choose route of</p>
<p>map, click “OK” to save the current map; or click “cancel” to close the current</p>
<p>page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="268" class="wp-image-1287" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-136.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 136" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1306" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-136.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-136-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark340"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark341"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark342"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark343"></a> 2. Delete Map</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="34" class="wp-image-1288" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-137.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 137" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1307"></p>
<p>Choose an electronic map from right list of maps, click “</p>
<p>” and there</p>
<p>will be a prompt dialog box as shown below. Click “Yes” to delete the electronic map; or click “cancel” to close the prompt dialog box and the map will not be</p>
<p>deleted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1289" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-138.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 138" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1308" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-138.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-138-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="33" class="wp-image-1290" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-139.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 139" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1309"><a id="post-1151-bookmark344"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark345"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark346"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark347"></a> 3. Modify Map</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to modify map name or the base map, you can click “ as shown below, click “OK” to save the current map; or click “cancel” to close the current page.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Modify map</td>
<td colspan="2">X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Map name</td>
<td>Nacy</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image path</td>
<td colspan="2">J6e35317d777a5bf06cb6c a.jpg</td>
<td>Browse</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Confirm</td>
<td>Cancel</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.3</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark348"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark349"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark351"></a> 4. Add / Delete Equipment</li>
</ol>
<p>In the self-defined equipment list on the right of edit interface, choose the equipment to be added to the electronic map, drag it to the area that needs the equipment. In this way, data collection channel can be added. Drag channel</p>
<p>equipment icon “ ” to change addition position.</p>
<p>Add alarm two nodes, including alarm input</p>
<p>and alarm output</p>
<p>in</p>
<p>electronic map and the input node will lash upon receiving the alarm of alarm input;</p>
<p>cancel alarm</p>
<p>Clear alarm</p>
<p>’via the right key menu. Alarm output can be used for</p>
<p>controlling two status</p>
<p>Open alarm output</p>
<p>Close the alarm output</p>
<p>” of alarm output on and off via right key</p>
<p>menu.</p>
<p>If the equipment was added, “added already” will be prompted as shown</p>
<p>below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="39" class="wp-image-1291" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-140.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 140" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1310"></p>
<p>Channel 6 Added</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="32" class="wp-image-1292" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-141.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 141" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1311"> To delete equipment, choose the equipment and click the right button on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="43" class="wp-image-1293" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-142.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 142" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1312"> ; or choose the equipment in the left list of electronic maps, click</p>
<p>” to delete the equipment on the current electronic map.</p>
<p><strong>5.9.1. 5. Configure Hot Zone</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="90" height="36" class="wp-image-1294" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-143.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 143" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1313"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="37" class="wp-image-1295" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-144.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 144" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1314"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>” to link other electronic maps on the current electronic map</p>
<p>as shown below. Tick the left electronic map and click “</p>
<p>” to add the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="40" class="wp-image-1296" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-145.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 145" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1315"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="266" height="202" class="wp-image-1297" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-146.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 146" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1316"></p>
<p>” to move back</p>
<p>E-map Related hot zone</p>
<p>Figure 5.9.1.4</p>
<p>electronic map to the right linked area; or click electronic map from right linked area to area of electronic map. Click “OK” to show the hot zone icon “-•” on current electronic map. Drag it to set position of hot zone anew. Or click “cancel” to close the current page.</p>
<p>Configure hot zone X</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="127" height="29" class="wp-image-1298" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-147.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 147" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1317"> To delete the hot zone, choose it and click right button on this way, the hot zone can be deleted from current electronic map.</p>
<p>. In</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark353"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark354"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark355"></a> Electronic Map Preview</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="40" class="wp-image-1299" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-148.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 148" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1318"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1300" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 149" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1319" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-149-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>to preview current electronic map as shown below.</p>
<p>Figure 5.9.2.1</p>
<p>On the page of electronic map preview, the image can be dragged</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="111" height="45" class="wp-image-1301" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-150.png" alt="word image 1151 150" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1320"> manually to change its position; or operate mouse wheel to zoom in.</p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to preview the image on the whole screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="108" height="37" class="wp-image-1302" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-151.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 151" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1321"></p>
<p>Click “</p>
<p>” to return to the last step.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark356"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark357"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark358"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark359"></a> User management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="61" class="wp-image-1303" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-152.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 152" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1322"></p>
<p>Click the user management icon on home page to enter user</p>
<p>management interface. The interface will display the basic information of all added users at that moment, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>All rights reserved Tiandy Technologies Co. Ltd</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Uier management</p>
<p>Real-time preview</p>
<p>adminO!</p>
<p>tKlmiri</p>
<p>Figure 5.10</p>
<p>[ Note ] Only admin-super administrator account has the authority to enable this function.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark360"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark361"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark362"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark363"></a> Add user</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>to enter Add user interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="763" class="wp-image-1304" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 153" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1323" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-153-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.10.1</p>
<p>The description of related parameters in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User level</td>
<td>Set administrator or operator for current system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Users to fill in any name.</p>
<p>[Note] There’s illegal character limit when adding user name, following characters are not allowed to be input ~!#$%<sup>A</sup>()=[]{},&#8221;:;'&lt;&gt;?*&#8217;+/\&amp;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>To set password for newly added user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Confirm password</td>
<td>Needs to be the same as input &#8220;Password&#8221;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Validity</td>
<td>Set the expire date of the authority for users.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Description</td>
<td>Supplement and describe user information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User authority</td>
<td>Set the user authority of administrator or operator, such as the authority of video browsing, audio preview authority ,PTZ control, video playback, video download, system lock, system delock, intercom, alarm check, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Permissions</td>
<td>Set devices permit user authority to apply.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.10.1</p>
<p>Note: Audio preview authority is mainly used for controlling the playing of all audios in the control platform.</p>
<p>( 1 ) Audio preview authority, cloud platform control authority, video playback authority and video downloading authority are based on view preview authority. In other words, if any one of video preview authority, cloud platform control authority, video playback authority and video downloading authority of one channel needs starting, start video preview authority first;</p>
<p>( 2 ) Talkback authority is based on audio authority. Talkback authority of the host can be enabled, when audio authority of at least one channel under such host has been enabled;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="137" height="45" class="wp-image-1305" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-154.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 154" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1324"><a id="post-1151-bookmark364"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark366"></a> 5.10.2. Edit user</p>
<p>to enter Change</p>
<p>Select the user needs to be edited, click</p>
<p>users interface, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="590" class="wp-image-1306" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 155" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-155-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.10.2</p>
<p>In the editing interface, the related information of the user can be changed, including user level, user name, validity, password, description, user authority and permissions. Admin-super administrator can only change password.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark367"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark368"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark369"></a> 5.10.3. Delete user</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="51" class="wp-image-1307" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-156.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 156" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1326"></p>
<p>Select the user needs to be deleted, click</p>
<p>and a notice box</p>
<p>will pop up, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="194" class="wp-image-1308" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-157.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 157" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-157.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-157-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.10.3</p>
<p>Click &#8220;OK&#8221; to delete the selected user; click &#8220;Cancel&#8221; to cancel deletion.</p>
<p>[Note] Several users can be deleted at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark370"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark372"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark373"></a> Intelligent search</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1309" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-158.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 158" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1328"></p>
<p>Click the intelligence retrieval icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter the</p>
<p>intelligence retrieval interface.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark374"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark375"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark376"></a> 5.11.1. Face retrieval</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>Homs page</strong></td>
<td><strong>Intelligent search</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>• f. J, _</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device LISI</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Startime 2021-11-2300 00 00 S Endtime 2021-11-25 23 59 59 (Ş) Gender «U ’ Age group *» ’</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Wearing mas* <em>m</em> » Wearing glasses « • Body temperature measurement AM » Retrieve</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ • a Deoust</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>y&#8217; 192168 2354</strong></td>
<td><strong>Output Export all Select al twit Selection</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>El *1» IM 2353</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>üst Figure</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>El k 19216816221</strong></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>b IM</strong></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515 55 41 &#8216;charmeM Male Youlh glasses Nomas* Invalid twaas Plartrack</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ k 192 168 23 S4</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 55 41 ’^L’<sup>88</sup>’<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Nomas* invalid Dois Pia&gt;M&lt;*</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 55 41 <sup>1</sup>^?’<sup>88</sup>’<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Homas* invalid OOls PiaıMr»</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></p>
<p><strong>2021-11-25 15 54 05 ’’JL’<sup>88</sup>’<sup>8</sup>, Mie Youth Homas* invalid OOls Piaitadr</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515 54 05 <sup>,</sup>^„<sup>188</sup> J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth <sup>M</sup>^,^2&#8243;<sup>9</sup> Homas* Invalid OOls Piartwr*</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-112515 54 05 <sup>1</sup>?„!??, J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Notwearng <sub>Moma5k</sub> «valid OOls Pl art»»</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-1125 15 53 38 &#8216;onarmeM <sup>Ma(e</sup> Youth Unknown Nomas* Invalid Mali Piartar*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515:53:37 <sup>1</sup> CharmeM Male JunKx Unknown No mas* invalid OOls Piartar*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515:53:37 &#8216;^cnarmeM <sup>Mae Voultl</sup> Unknown Nomas* invalid OOls Piartwr*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515 52 46 J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Unknown Nomas* invalid OOls Piartoa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-2515:51:10 <sup>1</sup>5?-.<sup>16</sup>ll<sup>8</sup>. Male Junior Unknown Nomas* invalid nois piartaa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel i</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 50 19 ’“’“J,<sup>8</sup>, Mae Youth Nomas* invalid non piartoa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel i glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 50 19 &#8216;■&#8217;*« Youth Homas* nvaiid non PUrtwa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2021-11-25 15 50 18 ’“’“J,<sup>8</sup>, Male Youth Nomas* nvand not. Piartwa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel 1 glasses ■</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8230; .</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Toori47Piece TowiOPage &lt; i 2 3 &gt; lb Page</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©Tiandy CO ltd Al Rights Reserved ad™</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.11.1</p>
<p>Retrieve by starting and end time, by gender, by age group, by whether wearing mask, by whether wearing glasses and by body temperature measurement are supported.</p>
<p>Users may select any channel among watch points on the left, set query condition and click &#8220;Retrieve&#8221; to retrieve the detailed information recorded by this watch point in the time period, both list and figure display form are supported.</p>
<p>Click &#8220;List&#8221; and the retrieval result will be displayed in list, including capture time, channel name, gender, age group, whether wear mask, whether wear glasses and body temperature measurement; click &#8220;Details&#8221; to check the detailed information of captured picture, as shown in below figure, click &#8220;Playback&#8221; to check playback video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="362" class="wp-image-1310" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-159.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 159" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1329" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-159.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-159-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.11.2</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Figure&#8221; and the retrieval result will be displayed in figure, the detailed information of captured picture and playback information will be checked, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1311" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 160" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-160-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="109" height="36" class="wp-image-1312" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-161.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 161" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1331"></p>
<p>Figure 5.11.3</p>
<p>Select any data in the retrieval result and click</p>
<p>&#8221; to download this</p>
<p>data result to local device, the exported result is shown as in below figure:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot 2020-11-2</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Channel rGender</strong></p>
<p>192.168. liale</td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Age groupWearing</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">gWearing jt</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Body tempBig pictLSmall picture path</strong></p>
<p>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y 7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td rowspan="2">:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192. 168. IFemale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E:/Test/eE:/Test/e as y7/Fa c eP i&lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Junior</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">g Wearing jt</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td>Wearing</td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Not weariNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td>Wearing</td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Not weariNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-2</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td><strong>Wearing</strong></td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td>Wearing</td>
<td>gNo</td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. Hale</td>
<td><strong>Middle</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>agNot weariNo</strong></td>
<td>mask</td>
<td>0 E:/Test/e E:/Test/eas y7/Fa c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-3</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Not weariWearing n</strong></td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-11-2</td>
<td>192.168. liale</td>
<td><strong>Youth</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Not weariWearing n</strong></td>
<td>0 E: /T e s t / e E: /T e s t / e a s y7 /F a c eP i &lt;</td>
<td>:/20</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.11.4</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>&#8221; Exoc t c</p>
<p>to export all retrieved results.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark377"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark378"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark379"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark380"></a> Indoor electric vehicle testing</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="474" class="wp-image-1313" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 162" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1332" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162.jpeg 870w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-162-768x418.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.11.2.1</p>
<p>Search can be based on beginning and ending time.</p>
<p>Users can choose equipment that supports the algorithm from left</p>
<p>monitoring points, set query conditions and click</p>
<p>Retrieve</p>
<p>” to find all recorded</p>
<p>detailed information of the monitoring point during the time. The information can</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="33" class="wp-image-1314" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-163.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 163" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1333"> be presented in list format or graph format.</p>
<p>Search result can be presented in list format by clicking</p>
<p>including capture time, channel name, alarm type etc. The detailed information</p>
<p>of captured image can be seen by clicking “</p>
<p>Details</p>
<p>” as shown below. Click</p>
<p>Replay</p>
<p>” to watch playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="419" class="wp-image-1315" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-164.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 164" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-164.jpeg 474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-164-300x265.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /> Search result can be presented in graph format by clicking</p>
<p>Figure5.11.2.2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="127" height="33" class="wp-image-1316" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-165.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 165" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1335"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="38" class="wp-image-1317" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-166.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 166" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1336"> Detailed information of captured image and playback information can be seen as shown below.</p>
<p>Choose any datum from search result and click “</p>
<p>” to download the</p>
<p>data; or click</p>
<p>Export all</p>
<p>” to export all search results.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Details</td>
<td></td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2021/11/25 15:56:33</td>
<td></td>
<td>Channel 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>B</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Indoor electric vehicle testing</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>► ◄&lt; 1/15 !►</td>
<td></td>
<td>2021-11-2515:56:34</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure5.11.2.3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark381"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark383"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark384"></a> Data statistics</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1318" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-167.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 167" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1337"></p>
<p>Click the data statistics icon</p>
<p>on home page to enter the data statistics</p>
<p>interface.</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark385"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark387"></a> 5.12.1. Face statistics</p>
<p>Face statistics supports to carry out statistics by age group, by gender, by the number of people, by whether wear glasses, by whether wear mask and by body temperature measurement.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark389"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark391"></a> Statistics by age group</li>
</ol>
<p>According to age group, the face statistics can be divided into junior, youth, middle age and old age to display. The platform supports list and graphic</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="417" class="wp-image-1319" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 168" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168.jpeg 816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-168-768x392.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1320" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-169.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 169" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1339" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-169.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-169-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark392"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark393"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark394"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark395"></a> Statistics by gender</li>
</ol>
<p>According to gender, the face statistics can be divided into male, female and unknown to display. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p>[Note] :When the device detects people shape but does not detect face, it will display &#8220;unknown&#8221;.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1321" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-170.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 170" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1340" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-170.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-170-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1322" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-171.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 171" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1341" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-171.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-171-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.4</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark396"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark397"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark398"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark399"></a> Statistics by the number of people</li>
</ol>
<p>The statistics of the number of people every hour in face statistics. The</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1323" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-172.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 172" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-172.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-172-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="63" class="wp-image-1324" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-173.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 173" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1343"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="63" class="wp-image-1325" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-174.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 174" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1344"></p>
<p>platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.5</p>
<p>In graphic interface, click</p>
<p>to switch to line chart display, click</p>
<p>&#8221; to switch to bar graph display.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1326" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-175.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 175" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-175.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-175-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.6</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="469" class="wp-image-1327" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 176" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-176-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark400"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark401"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark402"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark403"></a> Statistics by whether wearing glasses</li>
</ol>
<p>The statistics of whether wearing glasses in face statistics, can be divided into not wearing glasses and wearing glasses to display. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1328" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-177.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 177" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-177.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-177-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.8</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1329" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-178.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 178" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-178.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-178-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark404"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark405"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark406"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark407"></a> Statistics by whether wearing mask</li>
</ol>
<p>The statistics of whether wearing mask in face statistics, can be divided into no mask and wearing mask to display. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1330" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-179.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 179" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-179.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-179-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.10</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1331" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-180.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 180" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-180.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-180-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.11</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark408"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark409"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark410"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark411"></a> Statistics by body temperature measurement</li>
</ol>
<p>The face statistics will conduct statistics of the number of people with abnormal body temperature every hour by time. The platform supports list and graphic display, as shown in below figure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="15" class="wp-image-1332" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-181.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 181" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1351"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="364" class="wp-image-1333" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-182.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 182" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-182.jpeg 92w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-182-76x300.jpeg 76w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 92px) 100vw, 92px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="412" height="40" class="wp-image-1334" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-183.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 183" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1353" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-183.jpeg 412w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-183-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 412px) 100vw, 412px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="293" class="wp-image-1335" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-184.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 184" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-184.jpeg 559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-184-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1336" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-185.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 185" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-185.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-185-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Intelligent search</p>
<p><strong>Home page</strong></p>
<p><strong>Real-time preview</strong></p>
<p>All rights reservea. lianoy technologies co. Ltd</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.12</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>Home page</strong></td>
<td><strong>Intelligent search</strong></td>
<td><strong>Data statistics Real-time preview</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>IS SI-21</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ </strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Ldi</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>vr lypcoi wailSTICS rooy icr-tccrecur. • 1 ypc CT topun. &#8216;ncpon • vale CT statistics: <em>af£V</em> 1 <em>di</em></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Statistics</strong></td>
<td><strong>Output</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>—</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>H Visitor flow ctaTotrc</strong></td>
<td><strong>* ■■ Device list</strong></td>
<td><strong>Lisi</strong></td>
<td><strong>Graphics</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□ -r fc 192.168.16221</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Statistical Time</strong></p>
<p><strong>00000059</strong></p>
<p><strong>01P0-0159</strong></p>
<p><strong>0200 0259</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>✓ ♦ i9ai«a.r«22io</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ 192.roa.1J2</strong></p>
<p><strong>0 I b l92.lfia.25AS</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>0 0</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Fl k 192168.16222</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>!İîİSİİi!8!îSİ§İİiİSS</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>6</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0 0</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>All rights reserved. Handy technologies Co, ltd</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5.12.1.13</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark412"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark413"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark414"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark415"></a> Visitor flow statistics</li>
</ol>
<p>Guest flow statistics supports two methods namely real-time statistics and report statistics. Real-time statistics can monitor the real-time guest flow according to the established area, and give an alarm when the number of person hikes too much; the report statistics can count the number of people entering, leaving and passing by in the established area, and display them with a list or a graph, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="417" class="wp-image-1337" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-186.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 186" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-186.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-186-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark416"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark417"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark418"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark419"></a> Real-timeStatistics Device List</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the device list bar, type in the key information in the search box, and double-click to locate the guest flow equipment, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="727" class="wp-image-1338" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-187.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 187" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-187.jpeg 378w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-187-156x300.jpeg 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.2</p>
<p>Select the device in the guest flow device list and right-click to pop up the right-click menu of guest flow device list, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Analysis configuration</p>
<p>Login to the affiliated host computer</p>
<p>Log off the affiliated host computer</p>
<p>Turn off all videos</p>
<p>Main code stream</p>
<p>Subcode stream</p>
<p>Video interruption</p>
<p>Time calibration</p>
<p>Manual alarm</p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.3</p>
<p>Select “ Analyse Config.” to enter configuration tool page to view the</p>
<p>configuration of each present channel, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="440" class="wp-image-1339" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-188.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 188" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1358" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-188.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-188-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.4</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Analysis channel name</td>
<td>Switch channels and analyse the configuration of each channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>Read the algorithm supported by the front-end device and draw it in the right video frame or directly in the video frame.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sample</td>
<td>Display the effect sketch shown in the video box.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Max. Size of the target</td>
<td>Display the maximum size of the target, and the range can be set from 6% to 30%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Min. Size of the</td>
<td>Display the minimum size of the target, and the range can</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>target</td>
<td>be set from 5% to 20%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sensitivity</td>
<td>Set the detection sensitivity. The higher the sensitivity, the more sensitive it is. The range can be set from 0 to 100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video frame</td>
<td>Display the video and its algorithm under the channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hide prompt</td>
<td>Hide the prompts in the configuration information on the left.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td>Redraw the statistical area in the video graph.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Redraw the statistical lines in the video graph.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Eliminate the lines.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.12.2.1</p>
<p>Other right-click menu button 5.2.1 device listo</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>©Add Device</p>
<p>in device list to enter guest flow camera configuration</p>
<p>page, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.5</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>In the left device list, select the device or device channel.</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select a group, and click to add the device or device channel to the guest flow camera group.</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select a group or device channel, and click to delete the group and its device channel or device channel from the guest flow camera list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<p>t/ Export</p>
<p>t/ Export</p>
<p>+ Add Group</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select the node and click to add the guest flow group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="533" class="wp-image-1340" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 189" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-189-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="59" class="wp-image-1341" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-190.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 190" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1360"></p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select a group and click to delete the guest flow group.</p>
<p>O Delete Group</p>
<p>In the right guest flow camera list, select the node and click to modify the guest flow group name.</p>
<p><em>0</em> Modify Group</p>
<p>Table 5.12.2.2</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark420"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark421"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark422"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark423"></a> Real-time Statistics Area List</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the area list to shift area scene, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Zone list</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark424"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark425"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark426"></a> O Add area</p>
<p>Old school</p>
<p>Figure5.12.2.6</p>
<p>In the area list, click &#8220;i to delete established area, click “Ej” to update the</p>
<p>configuration information of present area</p>
<p>, click “</p>
<p><strong>©Add area</strong></p>
<p>to enter the area</p>
<p>configuration page to set information of area detection time, capacity, number of people surge, whether or not to enable alarm, detection device channel, etc, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="885" class="wp-image-1342" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-191.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 191" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-191.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-191-240x300.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.7</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Area name</td>
<td>Set the name of the detection area to facilitate the rapid positioning of the area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start time/End time</td>
<td>Set the time of starting and finishing of statistics.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>People capacity</td>
<td>Set the upper limit of the capacity. This is required.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set the upper limit of the increase of the number of people</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rapidly increased</td>
<td>in the unit time (10 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>number of people</td>
<td>This is a required field.</p>
<p>Set alarm interval, supporting 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm interval</td>
<td>minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Number of people</td>
<td>Set the current number of existing people.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>staying</td>
<td>Set the detected channel video to be detected. Multiple channel videos adding is possible.</p>
<p>Select the channel video to be deleted. Multiple channel videos deletion is possible.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.12.2.3</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark427"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark428"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark429"></a> 5.12.2.3. Real-time Data of Real-time Statistics</p>
<p>Select the area to be viewed in the area list, and the configuration information of the area can be viewed at the bottom of the interface, as is shown</p>
<p>in below figure:</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.8</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="167" class="wp-image-1343" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 192" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-192-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recount</td>
<td>Click to eliminate the recorded number of people.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Peak</td>
<td>Record the maximum number of people in current area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Current number of people</td>
<td>Record the number of people at current time. If the number exceeds the one that can be accommodated, it will turn into a red box; otherwise, it will be a green box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter/Leave/Passing</td>
<td>Record the number of people in three status namely entering / leaving / passing by. At the same time, the color of each case is distinguished. Red colour represents entering, green leaving, and blue passing by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Real-time Line Chart</td>
<td>The number of people is displayed in real time according to minutes. Red represents entering, green represents leaving, and blue represents passing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Capture, capture picture save path can be changed from [system settings] &gt; [common settings] &gt; [path settings].</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Start all videos. The video download and save path can be changed from system Settings &gt; Common Settings &gt; Path Settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ini</td>
<td>Set the number of pictures, supporting picture display amount 1,4, 9, 36, 49, 64.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>l&#8221;j</td>
<td>Full screen, full screen display of video page and real­time data page. Click again to cancel the full screen.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.12.2.4</p>
<p><a id="post-1151-bookmark430"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark431"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark432"></a> 5.12.2.4. Video Page of Real-time Statistics</p>
<p>View the video effect of real-time preview in video page, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="330" class="wp-image-1344" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-193.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 193" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-193.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-193-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.9</p>
<p>Refer to 5.2.2 Video Preview Window for page-related parameters. :</p>
<p><strong>5.12.2.5. Report statistics</strong></p>
<p>On the report statistics page, count the number of people in a selected area. It supports the statistics of the number of people entering, leaving and passing by according to the detailed time, as is shown in below figure:</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>Real-time preview</p>
<p>Date statistics</p>
<p>Eouipment management</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Type or report. Oaih Recon Statistics Output E) &lt; * Ota school B * Outcbor List Graphics</p>
<p>staosiKai me<br />
00 004»»<br />
01 004)1 »<br />
02 004)2»<br />
03 004»»<br />
04:00-04»<br />
05 004»»<br />
06 00 06»<br />
07 00-07»<br />
06:00-08»<br />
09:004»:»<br />
10:00-10»<br />
11:00-11:59<br />
12:00-12»<br />
13:00-13:»<br />
14:00-14:»<br />
15:00-15:»</p>
<p>Number or people entering</p>
<p><em>M</em> nghts reserved Tiandy Technologies Co. Ltd</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.10</p>
<p>Select the report type and statistical time. If statistics need to be made according to the detailed time, enable the &#8220;detailed time&#8221; check box, and the statistics of the number of people in the detailed period will be displayed during the statistics. Click &#8220;export&#8221; to export the statistical data to the machine, as is</p>
<p>shown in below figure.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>System configuration</p>
<p>Real-time preview</p>
<p>Data statistics</p>
<p>Equipment management</p>
<p>X Face statistics Real time stati Report statistics</p>
<p>•?. Visitor flow statistics Q</p>
<p>Type or report Daily Repon</p>
<p>□ • * Zoneliol</p>
<p>Statistics Output</p>
<p>□ m Old school</p>
<p>E m Outdoor List Graphics</p>
<p>▼ Date <em>al</em> stall 2020-11 -23</p>
<p>3 E7| Detail lime 09 ▼ 00 »</p>
<p>Number ot people leaving</p>
<p>Number ol people passing</p>
<p>0</p>
<p>All rights reserved Tiandy Ternnotogies Co, Lid</p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.11</p>
<p>The data can be displayed in the two forms namely list or graph. The</p>
<p>graphic form supports line chart and bar chart, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="474" class="wp-image-1345" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 194" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-194-768x421.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.12</p>
<p>I lunay Homepage System configuration Real-time preview Data statistics tquipmerfl management</p>
<p><em>I</em> Face statistics Real time stati Report statistics</p>
<p>•5 Visitor flow statistics Q</p>
<p>Type ol report Dmlv Report • Dateotslati 2020-11-23 H Detailtime</p>
<p>LJ ■ k Zonilist Statistics Output</p>
<p>S -r k Oto school ’</p>
<p>□ k outdoor List Graphics</p>
<p>v Humber of <em>s</em> Number or Number or l.li <em>\S </em>Histogram</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="632" height="292" class="wp-image-1346" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-195.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 195" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-195.jpeg 632w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-195-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 632px) 100vw, 632px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.12.2.13</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark433"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark434"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark435"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark436"></a> Alarm configuration</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="60" class="wp-image-1347" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-196.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 196" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1366"></p>
<p>Click the alarm configuration icon on home page to enter the alarm</p>
<p>configuration interface. To conduct alarm configuration on watch point and device respectively is supported.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark437"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark438"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark439"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark440"></a> Alarm configuration of watch point</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="468" class="wp-image-1348" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 197" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-197-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="39" class="wp-image-1349" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-198.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 198" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1368"> Select the channel needs alarm configuration in the watch point on the left,</p>
<p>, click &#8220;set&#8221;</p>
<p>tick and select required alarm type, set whether to enable</p>
<p>o|set coordinated action</p>
<p>to set the operation of coordinated alarm or coordinated</p>
<p>recording in corresponding alarm type, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="668" class="wp-image-1350" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-199.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 199" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1369" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-199.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-199-265x300.jpeg 265w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.2</p>
<p>Note: Set linkage under defense deployment status by ticking “link or not”.</p>
<p>Linkage will take effect under defense withdrawal status by ticking “link or not” and “defense withdrawal enabled” at the same time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark441"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark442"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark443"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark444"></a> Set coordinated alarm</li>
</ol>
<p>Tick and select the check box ahead of &#8220;Audible alarm&#8221;, select alarm audio effect in the drop-down list, customized alarm audio supported (supported audio format is .wav), alarm audio audition supported.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark445"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark446"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark447"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark448"></a> Set coordinated recording</li>
</ol>
<p>Click Add and set &#8220;Coordinated monitoring point&#8221;, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="709" class="wp-image-1351" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-200.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 200" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-200.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-200-210x300.jpeg 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="47" class="wp-image-1352" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-201.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 201" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1371"></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.3</p>
<p>Select the channel needs to set recording, click</p>
<p>to add the</p>
<p>target channel of coordinated recording, click</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>to restore to last</p>
<p>parameter setting. Click the number below or</p>
<p>Advanced</p>
<p>to continue to set</p>
<p>&#8220;Pre-recording&#8221; and &#8220;Delayed recording&#8221; time, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="310" class="wp-image-1353" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-202.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 202" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1372" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-202.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-202-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.4</p>
<p>Pre-recording and delayed recording interval supports the time setting of</p>
<p>0s, 5s, 10s, 15s, 25s and 30s, click</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>to save time setting, click &#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="827" class="wp-image-1354" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-203.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 203" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1373" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-203.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-203-214x300.jpeg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Figure 5.13.1.5</p>
<p>to restore to last parameter setting.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark449"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark450"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark451"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark452"></a> Copy to other channel</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="105" height="31" class="wp-image-1355" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-204.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 204" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1374"> Click and select the type of alarm, click</p>
<p>to copy the parameter of</p>
<p>Enabled status, Coordinated client action and Coordinated monitoring point of</p>
<p>the selected copy to other channel, as shown in below figure:</p>
<p>Click &#8221;</p>
<p>channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark453"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark454"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark455"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark456"></a> All enabled/All disabled</li>
</ol>
<p>All enabled</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>«disabled</p>
<p>to enable/disable all types of alarm in</p>
<p>the</p>
<p><strong>5.13.1.5. Email setup</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Email setup</p>
<p>&#8220;button, and the E-mail can be configured. After</p>
<p>the</p>
<p>configuration is successful, the email alarm can be linked. As shown in the</p>
<p>figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="411" class="wp-image-1356" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-205.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 205" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1375" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-205.jpeg 538w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-205-300x229.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></p>
<p>Figure5.13.1.6</p>
<p>Relative parameters explanation of the interface is as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameters</td>
<td>Explanation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP service</td>
<td>Configure the E-mail server address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Configure sender E-mail name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thorization code</td>
<td>Configure sender E-mail authorization code.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Receiver</td>
<td>Configure the recipient E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection testing</td>
<td>Verify that this method can connect successfully.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.13.1</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark457"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark458"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark459"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark460"></a> Alarm configuration of the device</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="416" class="wp-image-1357" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-206.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 206" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-206.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-206-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.13.2.1</p>
<p>The specific operation is the same as the alarm configuration of monitoring point.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark461"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark462"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark463"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark464"></a> Alarm configuration of people counting area</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="30" height="20" class="wp-image-1358" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-207.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 207" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1377"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Home page</p>
<p>Data statistics</p>
<p>Equipment management</p>
<p>Alarm configuration</p>
<p>Monitoring point</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>People counting area</p>
<p>•i westdoor</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Alarm Type</strong></th>
<th><strong>Alarm grade</strong></th>
<th><strong>Enabled</strong></th>
<th><strong>Operation</strong></th>
<th><strong>Coordinated client action</strong></th>
<th><strong>Coordinated mot</strong></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Capacity eweeded</strong></td>
<td><strong>iGrade •</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Set</strong></td>
<td><strong>NO</strong></td>
<td><strong>No</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm for surge</strong></td>
<td><strong>IGrade •</strong></td>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
<td><strong>Set</strong></td>
<td><strong>No</strong></td>
<td><strong>No</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Set the linkage action Copy to All enabled All disabled Advanced</strong></p>
<p>All rights reserved. Tiandy Technologies Co., Ltd</p>
<p>Figure 5.13.3.1</p>
<p>The specific operation is the same as the alarm configuration of monitoring point.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1151-bookmark465"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark466"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark467"></a><a id="post-1151-bookmark468"></a> Operation logs</li>
</ol>
<p>on home page to enter the operation</p>
<p>Click the operation log icon I</p>
<p>log interface. Login log, operation log and configuration log query supported, as</p>
<p>shown in below figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="413" class="wp-image-1359" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-208.jpeg" alt="word image 1151 208" title="Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual 1378" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-208.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1151-208-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5.14</p>
<p>The description of related parameter in the interface is as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Starting time</td>
<td>Available to set the starting time of log query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ending time</td>
<td>Available to set the ending time of log query.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User name</td>
<td>Available to query the operation record of one user. Admin-super administrator user may check the operation record of all users.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Log Type</td>
<td>Available to query logs by type, including all, login, operation and configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detail Type</td>
<td>Available to conduct detailed classified query of all, login, operation and configuration by type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log description</td>
<td>Search key word to query log information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Logs</td>
<td>Click Export Logs, available to output and save logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Query</td>
<td>Click Query, available to query logs according to query conditions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset</td>
<td>Click Reset, to restore query conditions to default status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total X Pages</td>
<td>Display how many pages does the query result has.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To X Page</td>
<td>Select a page to jump to the log record on that page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5.14</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
